Home

IBM Mobile Systems Hardware Maintenance Manual Volume 1

image

Contents

1. Step Color and type quantity Length Binding head tapping screw 6 mm 2 0 24 in Diameter 3 mm 0 12 in Binding head tapping screw 8 mm 2 0 31 in Diameter 3 mm 0 12 in Dock II 3546 441 1090 Tray Unit Group Removal Main Cabinet Group 1010 442 IBM Mobile Systems HMM Volume 1 Step Color and type quantity Length Binding head tapping screw 3 Diameter 3 mm 0 12 in 8 mm 0 31 in Binding head tapping screw 3 Diameter 3 mm 0 12 in 8 mm 0 31 in Replacement BHH Bu Main Cabinet Group 1010 Step Color and type quantity Length a Binding head tapping screw 8 mm 3 0 31 in Diameter 3 mm 0 12 in Binding head tapping screw 8 mm 3 0 31 in Diameter 3 mm 0 12 in Dock II 3546 443 1100 Blank Cover Group Removal for AT Card Cover BH Removal for 1 inch Height and Half Height Main Cabinet Group 1010 444 IBM Mobile Systems HMM Volume 1 Removal for LCD Circuit Board Group Main Cabinet Group 1010 Step Color and type quantity Length Binding head screw with 6 mm washer 3 0 24 in Diameter 3 mm 0 12 in Dock Il 3546 445 1110 Speaker and Speake
2. page 239 Symptom Go to Error Code or Message Symptom to FRU Index on page 237 Configuration Problem Checking the Installed Devices List on page 241 Power Problem Power Systems Checkout on page 235 Memory Problem Memory Checkout on page 233 TrackPoint Problem TrackPoint Il Checkout on page 470 Note For information about how to run diagnostics error messages passwords and various other tests and service checks go to Related Service Procedures on page 240 232 IBM Mobile Systems HMM Volume 1 Memory Checkout 001 Power off O the computer and wait 10 seconds Reseat the memory module Insert the Advanced Diagnostics diskette into the diskette drive Power on the computer Make a note of any error code you receive DID YOU RECEIVE A 20X XXXXXXXX XXXXXXXX OR 02XX POST ERROR OR FAILURE SYMPTOM Yes No 002 Go to Step 006 003 IS A MEMORY MODULE INSTALLED Yes No 004 Replace the system board Press Fn and F1 to set the time and date to remove the 16X errors 005 Replace the memory module kit If the error remains replace the system board Press Fn and F1 to set the time and date and remove the 16X errors From step 002 f you need to bypass an error press Esc or F1 f you cannot continue you might have a keyboard problem go to Symptom to FRU Index on page 237 ThinkP
3. Memory Standard 2MB Memory Maximum 10MB Video VGA Diskette Drive 3 5 inch Hard Drive 80MB 2 5 inch 98 IBM Mobile Systems HMM Volume 1 FRU Removals and Replacements Follow the numerical sequence in the FRU removal sequence list and the exploded view to remove or disconnect parts in the correct order The letters in parentheses in the list indicate screw types See the Screw Size Chart on page 19 to match the letters to the correct screw type and size before replacing each screw Safety Notice 8 Translation on page 13 Before removing any FRU power off the computer unplug all power cords from electrical outlets remove the battery pack then disconnect any interconnecting cables Safety Notice 1 Translation on page 7 Before the computer is powered on after FRU replacement make sure all screws springs or other small parts are in place and are not left loose inside the computer Verify this by shaking the computer and listening for rattling sounds Metallic parts or metal flakes can cause electrical shorts Battery Pack LCD Hinge Covers Press down on the hinge cover and slide it forward until the tabs clear the bezel Two Screws T with Flat Washers At bottom of bezel plate Screen Bezel Plate Four Screws 2 T 2 H At display corners Upper Right Screen Cable Left Center Screen Cable Lower Right Screen Cable Two Hinge Screws V with Flat Washe
4. Model Type Processor Memory Hrd Dsk ThinkPad 701C 2630 486DX2 25 50 4M 32M 360MB 2630 486DX2 25 50 4M 32M 540MB 2630 486DX4 25 75 8M 32M 360MB 2630 486DX4 25 75 8M 32M 540MB ThinkPad 701Cs 2630 486DX2 25 50 4M 32M 360MB 2630 486DX2 25 50 4M 32M 540MB 2630 486DX4 25 75 8M 32M 360MB 2630 486DX4 25 75 8M 32M 540MB ThinkPad 710T 2523 09Y 486SLC2 25 4M 12M TPF 2523 302 486SLC2 25 4M 12M 60M 2523 303 486SLC2 25 4M 12M 60M ThinkPad 720 9552 307 486SLC 25 50 4M 16M 120M 9552 308 486SLC 25 50 4M 16M 160M ThinkPad 720C 9552 30 486SLC 25 50 4M 16M 160M ThinkPad 730T 2524 486SLC2 25 4M 12M 2524 48651 2 25 4 12 60M ThinkPad 750 9545 006 486SL 33 4M 20M 170M 9545 008 486SL 33 4M 20M 340M ThinkPad 750C 9545 306 486SL 33 4M 20M 170M 9545 308 486SL 33 4M 20M 340M ThinkPad 750Ce 9545 24 50 25 4M 20M 340M ThinkPad 750Cs 9545 486SL 33 4M 20M 170M 9545 486SL 33 4M 20M 340M ThinkPad 750P 9545 40C 486SL 33 4M 20M 170M 9545 40 48651 33 4M 20M 340M ThinkPad 755C 9545 486DX4 50 25 4M 32M 170M 9545 486DX4 50 25 4M 32M 340M 9545 486DX4 50 25 4M 32M 540M 9545 486DX4 75 25 4M 32M 170M 9545 486DX4 75 25 4M 32M 340M 9545 486DX4 75 25 4M 32M 540M ThinkPad 755CD 9545 486DX4 100 33 8M 32M 540M 9545 486DX4 100 33 8M 32M 810M ThinkPad 755CDV 9545 486DX4 100 33 8M 32M 540M 9545 486DX4 100 33 8M 32M 810M ThinkPad 755Ce 9545 486DX4 100 33 8M 32M 340M 9545 486DX4 100 33 8M 32M 540M 9545 486DX4 100 33 8M 32M 810M ThinkPad 755Cs 9545 486DX4 50 25 8M
5. Start Exit 1 1 e 4 XB c 9 f SystemBoardMemory Display HDD 1 FDD 1 PCMCIA 1 Dev 001 OK Err 02 K Parallel Serial HDD 2 FDD 2 PCMCIA 2 amp Cancel E The FRU code represents two FRUs The leftmost two digits indicates the higher priority of replacement The device ID and error codes are used to indicate the detail portion of the FRU which caused the error Errors during the POST the POST detects an error a three to eight digit error code is displayed 408 IBM Mobile Systems HMM Volume 1 Memory Errors If the POST detects a memory error in the first 640 of system memory all of the first bank memory is de allocated and the test continues with the second 640KB of the second bank memory If the total amount of error free memory becomes less than 2MB a 2XX POST error occurs and the system stops All of the remaining memory is used as system memory When the POST memory test has completed the usable memory size is compared with the configuration data and if a mismatch is detected a 2XX error code occurs The user can continue with system operation by pressing F1 and call for service at a later time The memory sizes that are de allocated because of the POST process is kept by the hibernation or suspend functions To test this memory it must be re configured as part of the original memory size The memory re configuring is done by turning
6. IBM Mobile Systems HMM Volume 1 280 System Board Connectors Pointing device connector Hard disk drive connector Keyboard connector LED connector Keyboard connector Parallel port connector Keyboard connector Power card connector LCD color connector PCMCIA connector IC DRAM card connector PAD1 and PAD2 Multiport replicator connector LCD power connector LCD data connector Fi 2 Jai EBESBEnnmmmmmmm U VU c Ja Jio 115 IC ThinkPad 510 2604 281 Parts Listing IBM Mobile Systems HMM Volume 1 282 Parts Listing continued ThinkPad 510 2604 283 ThinkPad 510 System Unit FRUs Index 1 Keyboard Assembly US English TrackPoint II Cap Set 2 Color LCD Assembly 3 Power Switch Assembly See Index numbers 12 13 and 14 4 Power Card 5 System Board System Board Bracket 6 200MB Hard Disk 7 Base Cover Assembly Connector Door 8 Rechargeable Battery 9 ThinkPad MultiPort 10 Diskette Drive Cable External Parallel Port Cable Internal Hard Disk Cable Internal 11 AC Adapter 12 Power Switch Spring 13 Power Switch Slide 14 Power Switch Clip 4MB IC DRAM 8MB IC DRAM 16MB IC DRAM External Diskette Drive Screw Pack 1 mouse hard disk drive screw 1 system board insert screw 1 bottom cover screw 1 power card standoff 1 parallel stud 1 plasti
7. 67 Locations Rcs oo Y 70 oum amt RR RE RU 71 Model N51 8551 73 General Checkout 74 Symptom to FRU Index 87 Related Service Procedures 95 Product Overview 51 SX 98 Product Overview 51 SLC 98 FRU Removals and Replacements 99 Locations adi ak Bo aoe eh keds E 103 Parts Listing oe sg 105 Model CL57 8554 111 General Checkout 112 Symptom to FRU Index 122 Related Service Procedures 131 Product Overview 134 FRU Removals and Replacements 135 Locations 5 cos boe kon 140 Parts Listing E eid 141 Model P70 and P75 8573 145 General Checkout 146 Symptom to FRU Index 151 Related Service Procedures 157 Product Overview P70 160 Product Overview P75 160 Copyright IBM Corp 1995 vii FRU Removals and Replacements 161 Locations Ron mos 170 Parts Listing P70 172 Parts Listing P75 178 ThinkPad 300 2615 183 General Checkout 184 Symptom to FRU Index 185 Related Service Procedures 193 Product Overview 196 FRU Removals and Replacements
8. Start Exit 1 1 e 4 i SystemBoardMemory Display HDD 1 FDD 1 PCMCIA 1 D mogo W Parallel Serial HDD 2 FDD 2 PCMCIA 2 9 Cancel 3 Select a device and press Enter to run the test Dock II 3546 405 4 The test progress screen appears Va 181 System Board 00 5 OK appears when the test ends without any errors Advanced Diagnostic Tests 1 Go to the advanced diagnostic screen by pressing Ctrl A on the basic diagnostic screen 2 Select Tool to install the tools 3 Select a device press the Spacebar and install the tool Multiple devices can be selected by repeating this step A mark appears for the selected device 7A BA rn 1 2 9 2 2 Parallel PCMCIA 1 PCMCIA 2 ok cancel p 4 Select OK and press Enter if the selection is OK 5 Select a device and press Enter to start the tests 406 IBM Mobile Systems HMM Volume 1 How to Run Tests n the advanced diagnostic screen select Test All to test all devices How to Run the Loop Test 1 Go to the advanced diagnostic screen by pressing Ctrl A on the basic diagnostic scree
9. f you get a warning message to instruct you to Keep and Remove setting follow the instructions on the screen before continuing Step 009 continues 146 IBM Mobile Systems HMM Volume 1 009 continued DID YOU HAVE TO CORRECT ANY OF THE SETTINGS Yes No 010 Go to Symptom to FRU Index on page 151 Before replacing any SCSI devices verify that there are no duplicate SCSI ID settings 011 Remove the Reference Diskette and restart the computer DID THE ERROR REMAIN Yes No 012 If you suspect another problem or wish to run System Checkout continue with Step 014 013 Go to Symptom to FRU Index on page 151 014 Insert your Reference Diskette Press Ctrl Alt Del and check for the following responses 1 One or two short beeps 2 IBM logo screen appears DID YOU RECEIVE THE RESPONSES LISTED ABOVE Yes No 015 Go to Symptom to FRU Index on page 151 If that does not correct the problem go to Undetermined Problem on page 156 016 Advance to the Main Menu Press Ctrl A and run System Checkout Notes 1 If the computer has incorrect keyboard responses go to External Keyboard Auxiliary Input Device Checkout on page 465 2 f the printer has incorrect responses go to Printer Checkout on page 468 3 If the external display has problems such as jittering rolling shifti
10. Model 140 SX 8543 25 CONTINUED 007 continued DID YOU REMOVE THE MEMORY MODULE KIT IN CONNECTOR 2 Yes No 008 Go to Step 011 009 Reinstall the memory module in connector 2 Run the memory test Use the RUN TESTS ONE TIME option DID THE MEMORY TESTS END WITHOUT AN ERROR Yes No 010 Replace the memory module in connector 2 If that does not correct the problem replace the System board 011 Check if the actual memory size of the memory module is different from the displayed memory size on the screen If the problem occurs intermittently run the memory tests multiple times to have an error log 26 IBM Mobile Systems HMM Volume 1 Power Systems Checkout Note One or all of the batteries can discharge if there is a short circuit in the computer 1 Replace the failing FRU if the power supply problem is caused by a short circuit 2 Determine if one or all of the batteries have become discharged Replace a discharged battery with a known good spare or recharge the main or standby battery The test procedures for each power supply are found on the following pages Testing the AC Adapter on page 29 e Testing the Rechargeable Battery on page 29 Testing the Backup Battery on page 30 Testing the Standby Battery on page 30 Testing the Quick Charger on page 31 None of the above Follow the steps
11. 348 IBM Mobile Systems HMM Volume 1 Power Supply Connector P3 Table 4 Power Supply Connector P3 Pin Signal V dc Min V dc Max 1 19 21 2 Ground Ex SCSI Power Supply Connector 6060 Table 5 SCSI Power Supply Connector Pin Signal V dc Min V dc Max 1 12 volts 11 46 12 6 2 3 Ground 4 5 volts 44 8 5 25 Dock I 3545 349 Display Problems AD VC Adapter The IBM ThinkPad Analog to Digital Converter Adapter AD VC adapter is one of the options for the Dock With the IBM PS 2 ActionMedia II Display Adapter ActionMedia II adapter the AD VC adapter enables the computer to run multimedia applications When the AD VC adapter is installed in the Dock anda display problem occurs before you start to isolate any problem switch off the computer remove the Dock from the computer and check that the computer works correctly Information is now displayed on the LCD screen using the computer s video control function not the AD VC adapter If the computer works correctly make sure that the ActionMedia II Adapter is installed in the 16 bit AT bus connector of the Dock Then reinstall the computer onto the Dock If there is still a problem go to Display Symptoms AD VC Adapter on page 355 The following figure shows the how to remove the AD VC ada
12. 118 IBM Mobile Systems HMM Volume 1 013 continued DOES ANY INDICATOR REMAIN ON Yes No 014 Replace the following FRUs one at a time until the problem is corrected Indicator card e System board e Voltage converter 015 Suspect one of the devices Reinstall each of the devices to the computer one at a time and power on the computer to see if the original problem occurs Replace the last installed device when the problem occurs 016 Observe the system status indicators for about 1 second after power on System Status Indicator Condition A Condition B Power On Off On Suspend Mode Off On Scroll Lock On Off Caps Lock On Off Numeric Lock On Off Diskette Drive On Off Hard Disk Drive On Off Battery ID 2 Off On Battery Status 2 Off On Battery ID 1 Off On Battery Status 1 Off On Carrier Detect If the status lights match either condition A or B replace the voltage converter If the status lights are different from condition A or B or replacing the voltage converter does not correct the problem go to Undetermined Problem on page 130 Model CL57 8554 119 Testing the AC Adapter t the Power On indicator is not on check the power cord of the AC adapter for proper installation and continuity 1 If any noise can be heard from the AC adapter when it is plugged into line voltage replace the AC adapter with a new
13. 486 Notices Luca Um de Ge ee PEER s 489 Contents ix X Mobile Systems HMM Volume 1 Introduction Portable Computer Descriptions 2 Important Service Information 4 FRU Replacement Strategy 4 Hard Disk Drive Replacement Strategy 5 How to Use Error Messages 5 How to Read POST Error Messages 5 Drive and Diskette Compatibility Matrix 6 Safety Notices Multi lingual Translations 7 Safety Information 14 General Safety 14 Electrical Safety 15 Safety Inspection Guide 16 Handling Electrostatic Discharge Sensitive Devices 18 Grounding Requirements 18 Screw Size Chart 19 Copyright IBM Corp 1995 1 Portable Computer Descriptions All models in the following table have VGA video Models N51 CL57 P70 75 and Thinkpads 700x and 720x are Micro Channel systems All others are bus systems Model Type Processor Memory Hrd Dsk Model L40SX 8543 044 386SX 20 2M 18M 60M Model N45 SL 2614 065 386SL 25 2M 8M 80M 2614 067 386SL 25 2M 8M 120M Model N51 SLC 8551 025 386SLC 16 2M 10M 80M Model N51 SX 8551 033 386SX 16 2M 10M 40M Model CL57 SX 8554 045 386SX 20 2M 16M 80M Model P70 386 8573 031 80386 16 2M 8M 30M 8573 061 80386 20 2M 8M 60M 8573 121 80386 20 2M 8M 120M Model P75 486 8573 161 80486 33 8M 16M 160M 8573 401
14. Power Switch Cable Connector LCD Power Connector Switch and LED Card Connector Digitizer Cable Connector LCD Cable Connector Sub Battery Connector Digitizer Cable Connector 12321210905 308 IBM Mobile Systems HMM Volume 1 System Board Bottom View Model L m EDU A Inverter Card Connector SIMM Card Connector DC DC Card Connector Speaker System Board Bottom View HDD Model Es O b rL gt Iu Inverter Card Connector SIMM Card Connector DC DC Card Connector HDD Connector HDD Connector Speaker ThinkPad 710T 2523 309 Parts Listing IBM Mobile Systems HMM Volume 1 310 System Unit Index 1 2 3 4 12 13 14 15 Top Cover Assembly TPF Model Top Cover HDD Model Pen Assembly Cover Group LCD Unit assembly Includes 3 cables from index 18 Shield Cover System Board TPF Model System Board HDD Model Inverter Card Miscellaneous Kit See page 313 DC DC Card Switch Cable Assembly Battery Terminal Assembly Battery Pack Standard Size U S Canada LA AG AP Spain and Portugal Switzerland Norway Sweden Finland EMEA Others Benelux Japan Battery Pack Half Size U S Canada LA AG AP Spain and Portugal Switzerland Norwa
15. Rearside view 3 Set and of the Dock into the security feature as shown 4 Reinstall the three screws 372 IBM Mobile Systems HMM Volume 1 1080 Bottom Cover 1010 Step Color and type quantity Length Black self tap screw 2 8 mm 0 31 in Black screw 2 5 mm 0 20 in H White screw 1 5 mm 0 20 in H White screw 4 5 mm 0 20 in a Black screw 4 5 mm 0 20 in Note Make sure you use the correct screw Dock 3545 373 E Disconnect the three connectors Disconnect the audio card interface connector Disconnect the power supply connector P1 Disconnect the buzzer connector Remove the three screws Disconnect the I O card interface connector and remove the main board Warning When you remove the main board be careful not to damage the main board with the screw brackets EE Step Color and type Length quantity White screw 3 5 mm 0 20 in Note Make sure you use the correct screw 374 IBM Mobile Systems HMM Volume 1 1090 Speaker Bottom Cover 1010 Main Board 1080 Step Color and type Length quantity White self tap screw 8 6 mm 0 24 in Note Make sure you use the correct screw Dock 3545 375 1100 Audio Card Bottom Cover 1010 Main Board 1080 Note When you remove the four connectors
16. Riser Card 1040 e Remove all cables from the connectors on the main card Refer to Main Card on page 453 for the location of these connectors H upside down view e Remove the Guide AT after doing QJ e Widen the end of the main chassis where the PCMCIA slot is located Ef and pull out the main card from the main chassis Dock II 3546 437 SVA NV V Step Color and type quantity Length Binding head screw 2 8 mm Diameter 3 mm 0 12 in 0 24 in Pan head screw 2 6 mm Diameter 3 mm 0 12 in 0 24 in H Pan head machine screw 20 mm 2 0 79 in Diameter 2 mm 0 08 in Pan head screw 1 6 mm Diameter 3 mm 0 12 in 0 24 in 438 IBM Mobile Systems HMM Volume 1 1060 Keylock Assembly Removal Main Cabinet Group 1010 e Loosen the ring BHH Step Color and type quantity Length Pan head machine screw 4 mm 2 0 16 in Diameter 2 3 mm 0 09 in Dock II 3546 439 1070 Micro Switch Group Removal Main Cabinet Group 1010 Power Supply Unit 1030 Hl Keylock Assembly 1060 Qs C Step Color and type quantity Length Binding head tapping screw 10 mm 1 0 39 in Diameter 2 3 mm 0 09 in 440 IBM Mobile Systems HMM Volume 1 1080 Solenoid Group Removal Main Cabinet Group 1010 Tray Unit Group 1090
17. ThinkPad 510 2604 261 Power Systems Checkout To check the system power do the following 1 Power off the computer 2 Remove the battery from the computer 3 Check the battery voltage The voltage should be a minimum of 10 8 V dc If the voltage is not correct try recharging the battery pack If the voltage is correct continue with the next step to test the AC adapter voltage 4 Unplug the AC adapter from the computer 5 Measure the voltage at the points shown S Eee V dc Lead Lead 16 6 2 1 If the voltage is not correct replace the AC adapter If the voltage is correct go to Undetermined Problems on page 267 262 IBM Mobile Systems HMM Volume 1 Power Management Features Press Func F3 to select Power Management setup any time after the computer is powered on m Important Before using the power saving features be sure to read and observe the following precautions If you enter Suspend or Hibernate mode with a diskette inserted in the diskette drive the same diskette must be installed in the drive before attempting to resume normal operation If you enter Suspend or Hibernate mode with a PCMCIA card inserted in the PCMCIA slot the same PCMCIA card must be installed in the slot before attempting to resume normal operation Hibernate mode does not save restore the status of PCMCIA cards When you resume normal operation from Hibernate
18. 001108XX 001109XX 1 System Board 2 Serial Device 0011XXXX not listed above 1 System Board 001202XX 001206XX 1 Dual Adapter A 001207XX 1 Communications Cable 2 Dual Async Adapter A 001208XX 001209XX 1 Serial Device 0012XXXX not listed above 1 Dual Async Adapter A 2 System Board 0014XXXX See Printer Checkout on page 468 before replacing any FRUs 1 Printer 2 System Board 004611XX 004630XX 1 Multiport 2 Interface Board 2 Multiport 2 Adapter 004612XX 004613XX 004640XX 004641XX 004650XX 1 Memory Module 2 Multiport 2 Adapter 1 Multiport Interface Cable 0046XXXX 1 Multiport 2 Adapter 2 Interface Board 3 Memory Module 008601XX 008602XX 1 Pointing Device 008603XX 1 System Board 008604XX 1 System Board 2 Pointing Device 0096XXXX 1 SCSI Adapter with cache 2 Any SCSI Device 3 System Board 010007XX 1 Communications Cable 2 Multiprotocol Adapter A 0100XXXX 1 Multiprotocol not listed above Adapter A 2 System Board 010102XX 010106XX 010108XX 1 Modem Adapter A 0010109XX 1 Serial Device 154 IBM Mobile Systems HMM Volume 1 Symptom Error FRU Action 0101XXXX 1 Modem Adapter A not listed above 2 System Board 0112XXXX 1 SCSI Adapter SLOT 1 designates the without cache logical
19. 1 Before replacing any SCSI devices verify that there are no duplicate SCSI ID settings 2 f you have both an error message and an incorrect audio response diagnose the error message first 3 If you cannot run the advanced diagnostic tests but did receive a POST error message diagnose the POST error message 4 f you did not receive an error message look for a description of your error symptoms in the first part of this index 5 Check all power supply voltages before you replace the system board of the 3550 Expansion Unit See Power Systems Checkout on page 327 6 If an error message is not listed there is a device installed that requires an additional diskette or service manual Refer to the diskette or the service manual for that device In the following index X in an error message can be any number Numeric Error Codes Symptom Error FRU Action 000113XX 1 Any Adapter 2 System Board of 3550 Expansion Unit 3 Any Drive 000114XX 1 Any Adapter 00016300 00016400 1 Set Configuration 00016500 Features If setting configuration does 2 System Board of 3550 not solve the problem see Expansion Unit Checking the Installed Devices List on page 334 000166XX 1 Any Adapter Expansion Unit 3550 329 run Advanced Diagnostics Symptom Error FRU Action 00017400 1 Set If Automatic Configuration Configuration Features does not solve the problem 2 Any Device
20. 157 Checking Installed Devices 157 SCSI Devices 157 Enable and Disable Settings 158 How to Run Advanced Diagnostics 158 Power on Password 159 Product Overview P70 160 Product Overview P75 160 FRU Removals and Replacements 161 Locations score vob Sete eae 170 Parts Listing P70 172 Parts Listing P75 178 Copyright IBM Corp 1995 145 General Checkout 001 Power off the computer and all external devices Check all cables and power cords Make sure there are no diskettes in the drives Power on all external devices Power on the computer ARE ANY EXTERNAL DEVICES ATTACHED TO THE SYSTEM UNIT Yes No 002 Go to Step 005 003 DID THE POWER GOOD LIGHT ON ALL OF THE EXTERNAL DEVICES COME ON Yes No 004 Go to the external devices service pamphlet 005 DID YOU RECEIVE A POST ERROR CODE Yes No 006 Continue with Step 014 on page 147 007 IS THE FIRST POST ERROR CODE WITHIN THE RANGE OF 02080000 1901 TO 02410000 1901 Yes No 008 Continue with Step 014 on page 147 009 Start the Reference Diskette and verify that the Enable and Disable settings are correct For more information go to Enable and Disable Settings on page 158
21. 4 Check all power supply voltages before you replace the system board See Power Systems Checkout on page 117 5 error message is not listed there is a device installed that requires an additional diskette or service manual Refer to the diskette or service manual for that device How to Read POST Error Messages POST error messages are displayed on the screen as 3 4 5 or 8 digits The error messages that can be displayed as shorter POST messages are highlighted in this Symptom to FRU Index 122 IBM Mobile Systems HMM Volume 1 In the following index an X in an error message can be any number Numeric Error Codes Symptom Error FRU Action 00010200 00010300 00010400 00010700 1 System Board 00010800 1 System Board 2 Communications Cartridge 00011000 1 IC DRAM Card or See Memory Checkout on Memory Module page 115 before replacing 2 System Board any FRUs 000110XX IC DRAM Card or Memory Module 2 System Board 000113XX 1 System Board 2 Communications Cartridge 3 Any Drive 000114XX 1 Communications Cartridge IC DRAM Card or Memory Module 2 System Board 00016100 1 000118XX 1 See Testing the Backup Battery on page 121 2 System Board 3 Voltage Converter 00016300 00016400 1 Set Configuration 00016500 00016900 2 System Board If setting configuration 3 Communications does not solve the problem Ca
22. Note Do not press any keys during the keyboard test 6 To end RUN TEST CONTINUOUSLY press and hold the Ctrl key then press the Pause key The computer will complete testing and return to the Installed Devices menu Display the Error Log 1 Depending on the options installed in the computer questions about attached devices will appear on the display Answer as required then press Enter 2 Press Y or N IS THE LIST CORRECT Y N then Enter Press 2 LOG UTILITIES then Enter Press 2 DISPLAY LOG then Enter 5 Press A ENTER THE DRIVE ID FOR ERROR LOG then Enter 6 If no errors occurred the Log Utilities menu appears If errors are displayed go to Symptom to FRU Index on page 211 Checking the Installed Devices List If an adapter or device is missing from the Installed Devices list and you are able to add it to the list do so and continue with the diagnostic tests If an adapter or device is missing from the installed devices list and you cannot add it to the list you might have one of the following conditions The diagnostic code for the missing device is not on your Advanced Diagnostics diskette The missing device is a 5 25 Inch External Diskette Drive Adapter or another unrecognizable adapter The missing device is defective The bus adapter is defective e The adapter or device is not an IBM product 218 IBM Mobile Systems HMM Volume 1 If the number of drives inst
23. You may have an intermittent problem Check for damaged cables or connectors Reseat all adapters and devices in the 3550 Expansion Unit Start an error log and run the tests several times Check the power supply fan in the 3550 Expansion Unit and make sure it is working properly Check the power supply voltages see Power Systems Checkout Power Systems Checkout If the power good light is not on and if the power supply fan is not running check the power cord for continuity and proper installation If the power cord is not the problem either the power Supp is ly is defective or another component is defective and using the power supply to shut off To verify that the power supply is operating correctly do the following 18 2 Power off the 3550 Expansion Unit and disconnect the 3550 Expansion Unit power cord Remove all power supply connectors power supply connector P1 P2 and drive connector 1 from the system board of the 3550 Expansion Unit and SCSI device On power supply connector P2 short circuit pin 4 to pin 6 and short circuit pin 7 to 8 Connect the 3550 Expansion Unit power cord Check the power supply voltages using the figures on the next page Expansion Unit 3550 327 Drive Connector 1 Pin Signal V dc Min V dc Max 1 12 volts 411 52 12 6 2 3 Ground 4 5 volts 44 8 5 25 If any of the voltages are not correct replace the power supply
24. 75 178 IBM Mobile Systems HMM Volume 1 System Unit P75 486 Index 1 See DASD Bracket Bus Interface 2 Plasma Display Adapter 3 Processor Card 80486 33MHz Screw kit 4 Bus Interface 4 slot Bus Interface Cable Cable Set Ground Cable Plasma Display Power with cable tie Cable Plasma Display Signal with cable tie 5 Cover Rear Security Key Lock Display Tilt Power Assembly 2MB Memory Module Kit 70ns 4MB Memory Module Kit 70ns 4MB Parity Memory Module Kit 70ns 8 Battery 9 Holder without Speaker Battery 10 System Board 161 401 33Mhz 11 LED Assembly Name Plate System Unit Name Plate Keyboard Connector Plasma Display Cover Connector 12 Cover Main Model 161 S N 99xxxxx S N 23xxxxx 12 Cover Main Model 401 S N 99xxxxx S N 23xxxxx 13 Plasma Display Assembly 14 Cover Diskette Drive Bracket Fixed Disk Drive 16 Catch Diskette Drive 17 Speaker Tilt Assembly Diskette Drive Shipping Carton Box S N 99 S N 23xxxxx DASD P75 486 NNO Index 1 160MB Fixed Disk SCSI ID Switch for 160MB 1 400MB Fixed Disk SCSI ID Switch for 400MB Cable Fixed Disk Power Cable Fixed Disk Signal 15 3 5 Inch Diskette Drive 15 3 5 Inch Diskette Drive with 4MB Sensor 6279235 78F9897 64F8789 64F9989 64F9977 78F9893 64F9990 64F9973 64F9974 64F9984 64F9991 56F9100 64F8798 92F0102 92F0105 79F3234 64F9987 64F9986 78F9896 65X1569 64F9988 65X1549 56F9102 64F9978 64F9980
25. Audio Jacks The Dock II has three audio sources CD ROM audio a speaker in and a computer audio These three sources are mixed and sent to the audio out jack or are amplified and sent to the speaker or the headphone jacks Stereo speakers The Dock II provides a pair of stereo speakers Headphone jack headphone jack is provided for connecting a headphone cable Speaker in jacks Speaker in jacks are for the audio cable that is connected to the line out of the AT sound adapter through the Dock II stereo speakers Audio out jacks Audio out jacks are for an external audio device such as a speaker system through the amplifier PCMCIA slots Two PCMCIA slots are available for inserting different kinds of PCMCIA cards External Display Connector This connector on the rear of the Dock II is a 15 pin D shell connector The external display connector is the connector for the display signal cable of the external display Docking Connector This 240 pin connector is the expansion interface connector for notebook PCs and has the capabilities to support the following features e AT bus signals excluding power voltages 5 V 5 V 12 V 12 V e Analog video interface e Serial connector signals e Parallel connector signals e Keyboard and mouse signals e IDE hard disk drive signals LED control signals e Audio CRT TFT Color LCD signals e Audio signals e FDD signals e control signals e Power co
26. If an error occurs without the SIMM card replace the System board Otherwise replace the SIMM card Note The system board contains the first 4MB of the memory Power Systems Checkout To verify the symptom of the problem power on the computer using each of the power sources available If you suspect a power problem see the appropriate power supply check listed below AC Adapter Test on page 291 Battery Pack Test on page 292 Backup Battery Test on page 293 Quick Charger Test on page 293 Car Battery Adapter Test on page 294 Short Circuit Test on page 301 290 IBM Mobile Systems HMM Volume 1 AC Adapter Test 1 Unplug the AC adapter from the power outlet and the computer 2 Inspect the AC adapter for any signs of overheating or damage 3 Inspect the AC adapter power cord for cuts or damage Replace the power cord if necessary 4 Plug the power cord into a power outlet Listen for any sound that might indicate defective operation 5 Measure the output voltage at the AC adapter plug 1 Pin Voltage V dc 19 to 21 Ground sleeve If the voltage is incorrect but not 0 replace the AC adapter If the voltage is 0 check the power cord and the power outlet If the power cord and power outlet are OK replace the AC adapter If the voltage is correct suspect a short circuit or a failure in the computer Go to Short Circuit Test
27. Model N45SL 2614 49 CONTINUED 016 IS THE CHARGE LED LIT Yes No 017 Replace FRUs in the following order e AC Adapter Battery Pack e Battery Contact Cable Assembly Top Cabinet 018 IS THE CHARGE LED RED Yes No 019 DOES THE LCD DISPLAY TURN ON Yes No 020 Adjust the brightness and contrast controls If this does not correct the problem return to Step 001 021 DOES THE COMPUTER BOOT FROM THE HARD DRIVE Yes No If you receive a POST error go to the Symptom to FRU index If you do not receive a POST error go to Undetermined Problem on page 62 023 IS THE BACKLIGHT ON Yes No 024 Go to Step 029 on page 51 025 Step 025 continues IBM Mobile Systems HMM Volume 1 025 continued IS THE DISPLAY READABLE Yes No 026 Go to Step 029 027 If you receive a POST error go to the Symptom to FRU index If you do not receive a POST error go to Undetermined Problem on page 62 028 Replace the battery contact cable assembly If this does not correct the problem replace the battery pack 1 Disconnect the computer from AC power 2 Remove the battery pack 3 Open the computer and look for damaged or unconnected cables ARE THE CABLES OK Yes No 030 Reconnect or replace the cables then close the computer
28. The NEWBIOS function tests the size of the file the computer type and the checksum of the file After the tests complete successfully the Flash ROM is reprogrammed The following prompt appears Programming success Press Enter to reboot system In order for the computer to read the new code the computer must be rebooted Press Enter to reboot the computer If the NEWBIOS function fails and displays any error messages power off computer wait 15 seconds then power on computer If the Flash ROM is corrupt the computer will initiate the NEWBIOS function automatically Model N45SL 2614 65 Product Overview The following table provides a brief overview of the computer features Feature Description Processor MHz 386SL 25 Mhz Bus Architecture AT Bus Memory Standard 2MB Memory Maximum 8MB Video VGA Diskette Drive 3 5 inch Hard Drive 120MB 66 IBM Mobile Systems HMM Volume 1 FRU Removals and Replacements Follow the numerical sequence in the FRU removal sequence list and the exploded view to remove or disconnect parts in the correct order The letters in parentheses in the list indicate screw types See the Screw Size Chart on page 19 to match the letters to the correct screw type and size before replacing each screw Safety Notice 8 Translation on page 13 Before removing any FRU power off the computer unplug all power cords from electrical outlets
29. Undetermined Problem on page 156 before replacing any FRUs Continuous beep 1 Power Supply 2 System Board Repeating short beeps 1 Power Supply 2 System Board 3 Keyboard stuck key One long and one short 1 Display Option beep Adapter if installed 2 System Board 3 Power Supply One long and two short 1 Plasma Display Card beeps 2 System Board 3 Power Supply 4 Display Option Adapter One short beep and a blank 1 Plasma Display or unreadable display with Assembly no external display 2 Plasma Display Cables 3 Plasma Display Card 4 System Board One short beep and diskette 1 Diskette Drive prompt or a program loads 2 System Board from the fixed disk drive 3 Power Supply LED for fixed disk drive 1 Fixed Disk Drive stays on 2 System Board 3 Power Supply LED for fixed disk drive not working but computer is completely functional 1 LED Assembly System Board SCSI ID of the internal fixed disk drive cannot be set correctly Set Configuration 2 Internal SCSI Fixed Disk Drive 3 SCSI ID Switch 000110XX See Memory Checkout on page 149 before replacing any FRUs 1 System Board Memory Module 2 System Board 000111XX See Memory Checkout on page 149 before replacing any FRUs 1 Memory Expansion Kit 2 Memory Expansion Adapter 000112XX 000113XX Any Adapter 2 System Board 152 IBM Mobile Systems HMM Volume 1 Symp
30. 3 System Board of 3550 Expansion Unit 0001XXXX not listed above System Board of 3550 Expansion Unit 2 Any Adapter 00030700 1 External Keyboard 2 Keyboard Cable 00030X00 1 Keyboard not listed above 2 System Board of 3550 Expansion Unit 3 Keyboard Cable 000401XX 1 System Board of 3550 Expansion Unit 00110200 00110600 1 System Board of 3550 Expansion Unit 2 Any Serial Device not listed above Check the power supply voltages before replacing the system board of the 3550 Expansion Unit See Power Systems Checkout on page 327 00110700 1 Communication Cable 2 System Board of 3550 Expansion Unit 0011XX00 1 System Board of 3550 Expansion Unit 00120700 1 Communication Cable 2 Dual Async Adapter A 0012XX00 not listed above 1 Dual Async Adapter A 2 System Board of 3550 Expansion Unit 3 Any Serial Device 0014XX00 See Printer Checkout on page 468 before replacing any FRUs 1 Printer 2 System Board of 3550 Expansion Unit See External Display Self Test on page 464 before replacing any FRUs 00186XXX 1 Set Configuration Features 2 Backup Battery 0018XXXX 1 System Board of not listed above 3550 Expansion Unit 00240100 1 External Display 2 System Board of 3550 Expansion Unit 330 IBM Mobile Systems HMM Volume 1 Symptom Error FRU Action 00241000 1 System Board of
31. Battery Cover Battery Pack Hinge Covers Six Screws 4 EE 2 C One at each bottom corner and two through extensions at bottom of LCD LCD Rear Cover To separate panel from rear cover place screwdriver in small slit in bottom front of LCD panel and release latch Two Cables from LCD Assembly Four Screws LL Two on each side LCD Assembly Bend Back Thirteen LCD Panel Tabs Four LCD Panel Screws MM From back of panel Separate LCD Panel and LCD Bezel Three Bottom Cover Screws LL At bottom front Keyboard Frame Two Screws MM At rear of keyboard Loosen Keyboard Four Screws MM Look for four times in illustration Loosen Top Cover Two Ribbon Cables E El BB oo Model CL57 8554 135 3 L3 Ln e gt N e N N N w w Nje D Aj Pl wlio w w Www w OT oO N a vj e Keyboard Keyboard can be removed without removing top cover However keyboard cables cannot be reconnected with top cover installed Trackball Cable At right rear of keyboard Indicator Card Cable Top Cover See step Ef Ensure that keyboard is removed before removing top cover Two Trackball Assembly Screws LL Trackball Assembly Speaker Cable Four Screws LL Two indicator card screws from rear and two speaker retainer bracket screws from bottom Indicator Card When replacing indicator card ensure that speaker volume switch and power on switch
32. Fax Modem Checkout on page 466 Model N51 8551 93 Undetermined Problem You are here because the diagnostics tests did not identify the failing FRU Check the power supply in use see Power Systems Checkout on page 78 If the power supply is operating correctly return here and continue with the following procedure 1 Power off the computer 2 Remove or disconnect one of the following devices or adapter Do not isolate FRUs that are known to be good Non IBM devices Modem printer mouse or other external device Memory module kit Hard disk drive fixed disk drive Communications cartridge Any adapter and device 3 Power on the computer and start the system program 4 Press Ctrl A to run the system checkout Do not configure the computer If diagnostics cannot be loaded from the hard disk try and load them from the Reference Diskette Test only those adapters and devices still attached to the computer 5 If the symptom remains repeat steps 1 through until you find the failing FRU or until all FRUs have been removed 6 If all of the FRUS listed have been removed and the problem remains replace the system board 94 IBM Mobile Systems HMM Volume 1 Related Service Procedures This section provides related service information on the following Checking Installed Devices Power on Password on page 96 How to Run the Advanced Diagnostics on page
33. IBM Mobile Systems HMM Volume 1 ThinkPad 350 Exploded View 223 ThinkPad 350 PS Note 425 2618 ThinkPad 350 Exploded View continued IBM Mobile Systems HMM Volume 1 224 Locations System Board LCD Connector VGA Connector I O Card Connector RTC Battery Connector Keyboard Connector Speaker Connector Lid Switch Cable Connector Diskette Drive Connector Hard Disk Drive Connector Lid Switch Connector BH H H L9 ThinkPad 350 PS Note 425 2618 225 Parts Listing 226 IBM Mobile Systems HMM Volume 1 System Unit Index 1 Top Cover Assembly 350 425 Top Cover Assembly 350C 425C 2 Inverter Card 350 425 Inverter Card 350C 425C 3 LCD Display 425 E18 E26 E35 LCD Display 350 all other 425 LCD Display and Backlight 350C 425C Backlight Lamp 350 5 LCD Bezel 350 425 LCD Bezel 350C 425C 6 Bright Contrast Slides 350 Bright Contrast Slides 425 Bright Contrast Slides 350C 425C 7 Right Hinge Assembly 350 425 Right Hinge Assembly 350C 425C 8 Lid Switch 9 Keyboard Cover 10 See Keyboards 11 80MB Hard Disk Drive 120MB Hard Disk Drive 170MB Hard Disk Drive 252MB Hard Disk Drive Hard Disk Drive Cable 12 Diskette Drive Diskette Drive Cable 13 System Boards with Flash System Board 350 425 System Board 350C 425C System Board 425 System Board 425C 13 System Boards without Flash System Board 35
34. If all voltages are correct the power supply is working properly Another 3550 Expansion Unit component might be causing the power supply to shut off Return to the procedure that sent you here and continue If you have completed that procedure go to Undetermined Problem on page 333 Power Supply Connector P1 1 10 IUUUUVUUWUWU u im ul al Pin Signal V dc Min V dc Max 1 2 3 4 5 volts 4 8 5 25 5 6 7 8 10 Ground 9 20 volts 19 0 21 0 Power Supply Connector P2 1 8 ul a o im Signal V dc Min V dc Max 1 2 12 volts 11 52 12 6 Power 3 Good 44 0 5 25 On Off 4 Signal 12 volts 10 92 13 2 6 7 Ground Global 8 Signal 328 IBM Mobile Systems HMM Volume 1 Symptom to FRU Index The Symptom to FRU Index lists error symptoms and possible causes The most likely cause is listed first Always begin with General Checkout 3550 001 on page 316 or General Checkout 3550 002 on page 322 This index also can be used to help you decide which FRUS to have available when servicing the 3550 Expansion Unit If you cannot correct the problem using this index go to Undetermined Problem on page 333 IMPORTANT
35. Install the operating system Refer to operating system documentation Re enter the boot command syntax and make certain a valid drive was selected Non maskable interrupt received If a software problem is suspected have the customer contact the software manufacturer or dealer and report the problem Use the Advanced Diagnostics to test the computer Replace AC adapter Retries exhausted Please remove diskette Power off computer then try reprogramming with another Advanced Diagnostics diskette Replace system board Error programming FLASH Device Retrying The Flash ROM is not accepting data Replace system board Device failure Device content has been corrupted Replace system board Remove floppy and re insert to try again else reboot Follow the instructions listed If this does not work power off computer wait 15 seconds then power on Try reprogramming with another Advanced Diagnostics diskette Replace system board Device error during erasing process Replace system board Device error during programming process Replace DC to DC board Replace system board Program verify failure Replace system board ThinkPad 300 2615 191 Failed Device to FRU Index Whenever a diagnostic test fails an error message is displayed indicating what device failed The following table cross re
36. Part Form Number Model L40 SX 8543 Reference Diskette 10G5991 S10G5991 Model N45SL 2614 Advanced Diagnostics 42G0495 S42G0495 Model N51 SX SLC 8551 Reference and Diagnostic Package 0495117 50405117 Model CL57 SX 8554 Reference Diskette 10G4422 51004422 Model P70 386 8573 Reference Diskette 84F8535 S84F8535 Model P75 486 8573 Reference Diskette A380102 SA380102 ThinkPad Hardware Maintenance Diskette 8203891 58203891 Trademark of the IBM Corporation vi Mobile Systems HMM Volume 1 Contents Introduction 1 Portable Computer Descriptions 2 Important Service Information 4 Drive and Diskette Compatibility Matrix 6 Safety Notices Multi lingual Translations 7 Safety Information 14 Screw Size Chart 2 2 19 Model LAO SX 8543 23 General Checkout 24 Symptom to FRU Index 32 Related Service Procedures 37 Product Overview 38 FRU Removals and Replacements 39 Locations ae Pee 42 Parts Lisling 2 ae Se ane 43 Model N45SL 2614 47 General Checkout 48 Symptom to FRU Index 53 Related Service Procedures 63 Product Overview 66 FRU Removals and Replacements
37. Power off computer wait 15 seconds then power on computer If the message reappears replace system board Power off computer wait 15 seconds then power on computer If message reappears replace system board ERROR The image file is not for this machine Correct Advanced Diagnostics diskette Advanced Diagnostics diskette ERROR Timer interrupt failure Power off computer wait 15 seconds then power on computer If message reappears replace system board ERROR Wild Hardware Interrupt Power off computer wait 15 seconds then power on computer Rerun the program If message reoccurs at the same place during operation of a program it is probably software related Have the customer contact the software manufacturer or dealer to report problem System Board Fatal Error Cannot Continue Refer to first error message and follow instructions to resolve the problem File not found try another diskette Try another Advanced Diagnostics diskette FLASH Device failure Device content has been corrupted System Board High ROM Checksum Error Flash ROM needs to be reprogrammed BIOS within the Flash ROM is corrupt The NEWBIOS command will automatically be executed See Updating Flash Memory on page 65 Model N45SL 2614 59 Symptom Error FRU Action Low ROM Checksum Error Flash ROM needs to be reprogrammed
38. Select Test and press Enter DID THE DIAGNOSTIC SCREEN APPEAR Start Exit 1 1 e 1 E EUN SystemBoardMemory Display HDD 1 FDD 1 PCMCIA 1 2 D B EH gs Parallel Serial HDD 2 FDD 2 PCMCIA 2 9 Cancel Yes No 013 If the keyboard does not work go to External Keyboard on page 404 Otherwise go to Symptom to FRU Index on page 416 014 Step 014 continues 394 IBM Mobile Systems HMM Volume 1 014 continued IS THE CONFIGURATION THE SAME AS THE INSTALLED DEVICES Yes No 015 Go to Checking the Installed Devices on page 397 016 Select Start and press Enter Diagnostic tests will run on all available devices If the test finds a device error the error is displayed with an X beside the device name For example DEV Device ID X ERR Error Description Code X FRU FRU Code Note If the test stops or hangs during the test replace the last device that was tested SystemBoard 001 ERR o2 FRU 0010 DID THE TESTS FIND A DEVICE ERROR Yes No 017 The error was not detected by the basic test Go to Step 019 018 Note the error codes and go to FRU Codes on page 419 and replace the appropriate FRUs Go to the advanced diagnostic screen by pressing
39. Terminator In line for 320 400MB Keyboard Cable and Mouse Keyboard Cable Mouse Mouse Ball and Pop Off Retainer Mouse Ball and Twist Off Retainer Miniature Mouse Dock 1 Options Port Replicator Model Port Replicator Model 11 Display Stand black Internal CD ROM Installation Kit For Germany mica gray Audio Cable ThinkPad Hard Disk Installation Kit Internal SCSI Cable SCSI Hard Disk Tray ThinkPad Hard Disk Drive 170 MB For Germany mica gray ThinkPad Hard Disk Drive 340 MB For Germany mica gray Diskette Drive Diskette Drive Attachment Kit Numeric Keypad 388 Belgian Canadian French Danish Dutch French German Greek Hebrew Icelandic Italian Norwegian Spanish Spanish Speaking Swedish Finish Swiss French Swiss German Turkish U K English U S English IBM Mobile Systems HMM Volume 1 56F8854 95F4748 95F4749 56F8851 85F0011 85F0012 92F0089 92F0142 72X8537 61X8923 33F8461 33F8462 95F5723 66G3574 66G3575 66G3584 66G3577 66G3578 66G3518 66G3576 66G3579 66G3580 66G5066 66G5085 66G5068 66G5087 66G5060 66G5069 95F5741 95F5466 95F5467 95F5467 95F6313 95F6314 95F5467 95F5741 95F5467 95F6316 95F5467 95F6315 95F6315 95F5468 95F5711 95F5715 95F5467 95F5741 95F5741 Dock 3546 General Checkout 390 Checking the Installed Devices 397 Power Supply 398 Printer uo usn ume ae Evers 401 External D
40. The device missing from the list requires an additional diskette See the device service manual The device missing from the list is defective An adapter is defective A power supply voltage is not correct see Power Systems Checkout on page 327 If the adapter is on the list run the adapter diagnostic tests 334 IBM Mobile Systems HMM Volume 1 Automatic Configuration Warning customized setup configuration other than the default settings might have been set on the computer you are servicing Running Automatic Configuration might alter those settings Note the current configuration settings using the View configuration or Set and view SCSI device configuration option and verify that the same settings are in place when service is completed Missing SCSI Device The 3550 Expansion Unit features a built in SCSI controller The built in SCSI controller supporting the missing device might be defective 1 Power off the 3550 Expansion Unit and disconnect all internal and external SCSI devices from the 3550 Expansion Unit Warning See Automatic Configuration before continuing 2 Power on the 3550 Expansion Unit and run Automatic Configuration f the built in SCSI controller is not on the Installed Device List in advanced diagnostics replace the system board of the 3550 Expansion Unit 3 Reconnect the devices to the 3550 Expansion Unit Note The built in SCSI controller includes an active
41. Try another Advanced Diagnostics diskette System Board Retries exhausted please remove diskette Try another Advanced Diagnostics diskette System Board Slush BIOS Checksum Error System Board Slush RAM Data Error System Board Slush Video Checksum Error System Board Wild Interrupt Power off computer wait 15 seconds then power on computer Rerun the program If the message reoccurs at the same place during the operation of a program it is probably software related Have the customer contact the software manufacturer or dealer to report problem If the message reoccurs randomly run Advanced Diagnostics Replace any faulty assemblies Model N45SL 2614 61 Undetermined Problem You are here because the diagnostics tests did not identify the failing FRU 1 2 e 62 Power off the computer and remove the battery packs from the computer Remove or disconnect one of the following devices or adapter do not isolate FRUs that are known to be good a Non IBM devices b Modem printer mouse or other external device c IC DRAM card d Hard disk drive fixed disk drive or diskette drive e Any adapter and device Power on the computer and start the system program the symptom remains repeat steps 2 and 3 until you find the failing FRU or until all FRUs have been removed If all of the FRUs listed have been removed and the probl
42. 197 Locations ae 4st Le Ailend os 200 Parts Listing 11 oe Reo eos 201 ThinkPad 350 PS Note 425 2618 205 General Checkout 206 Symptom to FRU Index 211 Related Service Procedures 215 Product Overview 220 FRU Removals and Replacements 221 Locations 225 Parts Listing seed 226 ThinkPad 500 2603 231 General Checkout 232 Symptom to FRU Index 237 Related Service Procedures 240 Product Overview 247 FRU Removals and Replacements 248 Locations 251 Parts Listing 253 ThinkPad 510 2604 257 General Checkout 258 Symptom to FRU Index 264 Related Service Procedures 268 Product Overview 275 FRU Removals and Replacements 276 Locations oY ww e ed vus 280 Parts Listings 9 RE RUE 282 ThinkPad 710T 2523 285 General Checkout 286 Symptom to FRU Index 296 Related Service Procedures 302 Product Overview 302 FRU Removals and Replacements 304 Locations 307 Parts Listing ow AS 310 Expansion Unit 3550 315 General Checkout 3550 001 316 General Checkout 3550 00
43. 65X1604 65X1605 65X1606 65X1607 65X1608 65X1609 65X1610 65X1611 65X1612 65X1537 65X1613 65X1614 65X1615 65X1616 64F9998 61X8923 IMPORTANT See 014 Some early P70 386 computers require concurrent replacement of the plasma display assembly plasma display adapter power supply or plasma display power cable Follow the instructions below to determine the proper parts to be replaced Do not use any part numbers other than the ones listed Instructions Step 1 Step 2 Check the serial number of the system unit The serial number is under the left corner of the plasma display panel Is the serial number S N between 230000001 and 230004000 between 231000001 and 231001000 Yes Go to step 2 No Replace the failing part Check the FRU number of the plasma display assembly The FRU number is on the back of the plasma display panel or Check the color of the power supply cable from the power supply assembly to the plasma display assembly Is the FRU number of the plasma display assembly 38F4737 or Is the color of the power supply cable GRAY Yes Replace the failing part No Replace all parts in Table 1 at the same time Part Name Part Number Plasma Display Assembly 38F4737 Plasma Display Adapter 38F4686 Power Supply 38F4734 Plasma Display Power Cable 38F5939 Table 1 Parts for Concurrent Replacement Model P70 and P75 8573 177 Parts Listing
44. A 1 Lock Lock No Removable Unlock Unlock No Not Removable 2 Lock Lock Yes Removable Security Hole hole for the Kensington lock is located at the rear of the Dock II The cable on the Kensington lock is looped around a stable chair or a similar item and the Kensington lock is attached to the hole at the rear of the Dock II This prevents the Dock II to be carried away by an unauthorized person Main Card SCSI Subsystem The Dock II supports the SCSI controller and BIOS which has functions similar to the Adaptec AHA 1530P Adapter The Dock II also supports the IBM SCSI device for PS 2 SCSI Devices The SCSI controller on the main card supports up to seven SCSI devices includes internal and external Two of the seven devices can be installed inside the Dock Il Terminators The terminator requirements for SCSI devices are The last device in an external SCSI chain must have the terminator installed Some devices may require more than one terminator All other external SCSI devices must have the terminators removed The internal SCSI device must have the terminator installed The location and appearance of the terminators may vary from device to device An identification label or tag usually T RES is attached to each terminator for easy identification Dock II 3546 423 The Dock II has an active terminator which terminates the external SCSI connector automatically
45. Battery on page 121 before replacing any FRUS Printer problems See Printer Checkout on page 468 Model CL57 8554 129 Symptom Error FRU Action Serial or parallel port device 1 Device problems 2 Cable 3 System Board 4 Serial Adapter if Internal Data Fax modem does not communicate with a remote modem or a fax attached 5 O Panel Assembly 1 See Checkout on page 466 Undetermined Problem You are here because the diagnostics tests did not identify the failing FRU Check the power supply in use see Power Systems Checkout on page 117 If the power supply is operating correctly return here and continue with the following procedure 1 2 adapter do not isolate FRUs that are known to be good a Non IBM devices b c IC DRAM card d e Communications cartridge f Any adapter and device 3 4 Press Ctrl A to run the system checkout Do not configure the computer If diagnostics cannot be Reference Diskette Test only those adapters and devices still attached to the computer 5 If the symptom remains repeat steps 1 through until you find the failing FRU or until all FRUs have been removed 6 problem remains replace the system board 130 IBM Mobile Systems HMM Volume 1 from the computer loaded from the hard disk try and load them from the Power off the computer and remove the battery packs Remove or
46. Enter F3 Exit 412 IBM Mobile Systems HMM Volume 1 3 If the initialization ends successfully the following screen appears Select an item SCSI Subsystem Diagnostics Utility V1 0 Select one 1 Run the tests one time 2 Run the tests continuously Enter F3 Exit 4 The SCSI Devices Test Menu appears Select one of the devices SCSI Subsystem Diagnostics Utility V1 0 SCSI Devices Test Menu Select one All device device name device name device name device name device name device name device name Enter F3 Exit The device name may be any of the following SCSI Hard Disk SCSI Tape Drive SCSI CD ROM SCSI Optical Drive or No Device The SCSI controller of Dock Il appears as ID7 on the screen If a SCSI device exists and a test media is required to test the SCSI device the following pop up menu appears shows the case of a SCSI tape drive Dock II 3546 413 SCSI Subsystem Diagnostics Utility V1 0 SCSI Devices Test Menu Select one 2 device name 3j device name Insert a scratch TAPE in the drive uewe rame device name 8 9 device name ON Exit Enter F3 Exit 6 Insert the requested media and wait for approximately 30 seconds un
47. French German Greek Hebrew Italian Latin American Spanish Norwegian Portuguese Russian Cyrillic Spanish Swedish Finnish Swiss Swiss French Swiss German Turkish U K English U S English E ME A use only U S English Yugoslavian IBM Mobile Systems HMM Volume 1 85F0002 64F4127 85F0063 33F8464 34F0025 57F2870 92F0330 32G4089 32G0084 92F0412 92F0167 38F8647 38F8646 85F0022 85F0021 38F8681 38F8682 92F0167 92F0269 92F0268 72X8537 61X8923 33F8461 33F8462 33G5420 33G5417 95F5723 1391490 1391414 1392011 1393866 1391407 1391511 1391402 1391403 1393285 1391408 1393395 1392015 1391409 1391410 1395622 1391405 1391411 1391412 1395881 1395882 1393286 1391406 1396790 1392090 1393669 Optional Enhanced Keyboards 101 102 Key with PS 2 Style Cable 5967980 with Style Cable 59G7981 with 25mm PS 2 Trackball 59G7982 with 25mm Serial Trackball 5999757 Keybutton Kits 101 102 Key Keybutton Kits R Belgian 1392033 Keybutton Kits R Canadian French 1392032 Keybutton Kits R Danish 1392026 Keybutton Kits R Dutch 1392034 Keybutton Kits R French 6447047 Keybutton Kits R German 6447048 Keybutton Kits R Italian 6447049 Keybutton Kits R Norwegian 1392028 Keybutton Kits R Portuguese 1392029 Keybutton Kits R Spanish 6447050 Keybutton Kits R Spanish Latin 1392035 Keybutton Kits R Swedish 1392030 Keybutton Kits R Swiss French German 1392031 K
48. IBM Mobile Systems HMM Volume 1 Model 140 SX 8543 General Checkout 24 Memory Checkout 25 Power Systems Checkout 27 Symptom to FRU Index 32 Undetermined Problem 36 Related Service Procedures 2 37 Checking Installed Devices 37 Power on Password 37 How to Run Advanced Diagnostics 37 Product Overview 38 FRU Removals and Replacements 39 Locations ics 22 coo x m 42 P ts Listing oe RE 43 Copyright IBM Corp 1995 23 General Checkout 001 DOES THE POWER SOURCE APPEAR TO BE OK Yes No 002 Go to Power Systems Checkout on page 27 003 Power off the computer and all external devices Insert the backup copy of the Advanced Diagnostics diskette into the diskette drive Power on the computer and check for the following responses 1 All icons on the system status display appear once for about 1 second Note Some icons remain on after 1 second 2 Memory counts 3 One or two short beeps 4 The Speaker icon starts blinking and continues blinking until any key is pressed 5 The IBM Logo is displayed on the screen DID YOU RECEIVE THE CORRECT RESPONSES Yes No 004 Go to Symptom to FRU Index on page 32 005 Advance to the Main Menu Press Ctrl A
49. Power Systems Checkout on page 346 If the power supply is operating correctly return here and continue with the following procedures 1 Power off the computer 2 Remove or disconnect one at a time the following adapters or devices from the Dock Do not isolate adapters or devices that are known to be good a Non IBM devices b A modem printer mouse external keyboard external display external diskette drive numeric keypad or other external devices c Any adapter Note Removing an adapter or device might cause configuration errors Ignore error code 174 d SCSI device e Hard disk drive 3 Power on the system and check if the problem has changed 4 If the symptom remains repeat Steps 1 through until you find the failing adapter or device or until all adapters or devices have been removed 5 If all adapters or devices have been removed and the problem remains replace the following Dock FRUs one at a time Note If a replaced part did not resolve the problem put the original part back in the Dock I Do not replace non defective parts card b Main board c Dock audio card If the problem goes away when you remove an adapter but replacing the adapter does not correct the problem replace the main board of the Dock 1 Dock 3545 357 Related Service Procedures This section provides related service information on the following Status Indicators Checking the
50. Power Supply Connector reserved Power Supply Connector CN26 456 IBM Mobile Systems HMM Volume 1 Cabling Audio Jack Card CN310 Reserved Power Supply Unit Main Card CN225 4 LCN26 2 3 bs Riser Card CX Sensor Lx Dr 1 LETT flop Optional Rover Device Bonn l CN1001 LCD Card 1 Dock Il 3546 Audio Card 457 Parts Listing 458 IBM Mobile Systems HMM Volume 1 Parts 1 Bottom Cover Assembly 84G3613 a Bottom Cover Subassembly b Main Chassis Assembly c Bracket AT d PCMCIA Security Bar e Side Panel f Cover 160P L 2 Main Card Assembly 84G3614 a Main Card Subassembly b Shield Upper 3 Riser Card Assembly 84G3615 a Riser Card b Bracket 4 Audio Card Assembly 84G3616 a Audio Card b Bracket 5 Power Supply Unit 84G3618 6 Main Cabinet Group 84G3619 a Main Cabinet b Cover 160 Pin c Bracket Speaker Left Right 7 Solenoid Assembly 84G3620 8 Micro Switch Group 84G3621 9 Keylock Assembly w keys 84G3622 10 Blank Cover Group 84G3623 a Blank Bezel for 1 Inch Height b Blank Bezel for Half Height c Blank Cover for AT Card
51. Some SCSI devices might be shipped with diagnostics However you must use the option diskette shipped with Dock to test the SCSI controller and SCSI devices Notes 1 In the diagnostics the built in SCSI controller is regarded as an adapter If the diagnostics detect any adapter problems replace the main board of the Dock 2 If the SCSI devices are not connected to the Dock the built in SCSI controller is disabled You cannot run the SCSI diagnostics The procedures in Figure 1 on page 363 summarizes the major steps 362 IBM Mobile Systems HMM Volume 1 e Start the utility program e Select the SCSI adapter to be scanned e Select the SCSI device to be tested e Select a test option from the SCSI fixed removal drive menu The options are Adapter Diagnostics Send Device Diagnostics Test Unit Ready Read Test Read Write Test if you have a fixed disk drive Low Level Format Drive Figure 1 SCSI Diagnostics Utility Program Procedure After SCSI Installation Run the diagnostics after you have completed your SCSI device installation to verify that the installation works correctly Do the following 1 Power off the computer and external SCSI devices Insert the Dock Option Diskette into drive A 2 Power on all attached external SCSI devices then power on the computer 3 In the main menu select Diagnostics then select Test SCSI subsystem 4 The following scree
52. Volume 1 Exploded View 199 ThinkPad 300 2615 Locations System Board 200 Serial Connector Parallel Connector Port Replicator Connector Memory Module Connectors Math Coprocessor Connector Keyboard Connector Status Light Panel Connector AC Adapter Connector External Display Connector LAN Connector LCD Connectors System Board Connectors Modem Connector Diskette Connector Speaker Connector Backup Battery Connector Hard Disk Drive Connector Battery Contacts AUN al IBM Mobile Systems HMM Volume 1 Parts Listing ThinkPad 300 2615 201 System Unit 300 Index 1 Top Cover Assembly Monochrome Top Cover Assembly Color Power Cord US Power Cord UK Power Cord Switzerland Power Cord Europe A C Power Cube System Board Monochrome US System Board Color US System Board Monochrome Europe System Board Color Europe 2MB Memory Module 8MB Memory Module Video Power Board Parts Pack Cover Bottom Cover Assembly Battery Pack Backup Battery Speaker Parts Package Screws Parts Package Covers 12 See Keyboards 300 DASD 300 PRRRWNNNDND 2 Index 6 80MB Hard Disk Drive 6 120MB Hard Disk Drive 7 Diskette Drive Options and Adapters 300 AC Adapter Power Cube Charg
53. continued Go to Step 011 009 Reinstall the IC DRAM card into slot 2 and run Automatic Configuration Run the memory test Use the RUN TESTS ONE TIME option DID THE MEMORY TESTS END WITHOUT AN ERROR Yes No 010 Replace the IC DRAM card in slot 2 If that does not correct the problem replace the System board 011 If the problem occurs intermittently run the memory tests multiple times to have an error log 116 IBM Mobile Systems HMM Volume 1 Power Systems Checkout Note One or all of the batteries can discharge if there is a short circuit in the computer 1 Replace the failing FRU if the power supply problem is caused by a short circuit 2 Determine if one or all of the batteries have become discharged Replace a discharged battery with a known good spare 3 Observe the Battery ID indicators or swap the two battery packs to determine which one has become discharged The test procedures for each power supply are found on the following pages Testing the AC Adapter on page 120 Testing the Battery Pack on page 121 Testing the Backup Battery on page 121 None of the above Follow the steps below 001 DID THE PROBLEM OCCUR ONLY WHEN USING THE AC ADAPTER Yes No 002 Go to Step 004 003 Go to Testing the AC Adapter on page 120 If that does not correct the problem replace the voltag
54. cristaux liquides se brise et que vous recevez dans les yeux ou sur les mains une partie du fluide rincez les abondamment pendant au moins quinze minutes Consultez un medecin si des symptomes persistent apres le lavage Wenn die LCD Anzeige zerbrechen sollte und die darin enthaltene Flussigkeit mit Augen oder Handen in Beruhrung kommt sofort mindestens 15 Minuten lang die betroffenen Korperstellen mit Wasser abwaschen Sollten danach noch durch die LCD Flussigkeit hervorgerufene Symptome auftreten sollte ein Arzt aufgesucht werden In caso I LCD si dovesse rompere ed il liquido in esso contenuto entrasse in contatto con gli occhi o le mani lavare immediatamente le parti interessate con acqua corrente per almeno 15 minuti poi consultare un medico se i sintomi dovessero permanere Si la LCD se rompe y el fluido de su interior entra en contacto con sus ojos o sus manos lave inmediatamente las reas afectadas con agua durante 15 minutos como minimo Obtenga atenci n medica si se presenta alg n sintoma del fluido despues de lavarse m Safety Notice 6 To avoid shock do not remove the plastic cover that surrounds the lower portion of the inverter card Afin d viter tout risque de choc lectrique ne retirez pas le cache en plastique prot geant la partie inf rieure de la carte d alimentation Aus Sicherheitsgr nden die Kunststoffabdeckung die den unteren Teil der Spannungswandlerplatine umgibt nicht entfernen Per ev
55. on page 301 ThinkPad 710T 2523 291 Battery Pack Test 1 2 Remove the battery pack Measure the voltage at the battery contacts as shown below Contacts Voltage V dc 9 0 to 12 6 Ground If the voltage is not correct charge the battery If the voltage is not correct after being charged replace the battery If the voltage is correct suspect a short circuit or failure in the computer Go to the Short Circuit Test on page 301 Use the following procedure to check if the thermal protection has tripped 1 2 292 Measure the resistance with an ohmmeter between the T and contacts The resistance should not be open infinity The thermal protection is detected when the temperature exceeds 70 C to 80 C 158 F to 176 F Wait until the battery temperature becomes normal then verify the resistance at the battery terminals If it is open replace the battery IBM Mobile Systems HMM Volume 1 Backup Battery Test 1 Remove the backup battery 2 Measure the voltage on the battery as shown below ae Pole Voltage V dc 2 8 to 3 2 Ground If the voltage is not correct replace the backup battery If the voltage is correct a short circuit or a failure in the System board has occurred Replace the system board Quick Charger Test 1 Make sure the AC adapter works correctly by using the AC Adapter Test on page 291 2
56. problem remains replace the system board 36 IBM Mobile Systems HMM Volume 1 Related Service Procedures Checking Installed Devices The Installed Devices List shows the presence of devices in the computer If an adapter or device is missing from the list you might have one of the following conditions e adapter or device is defective The device missing from the list is an unrecognizable drive or adapter The device missing from the list requires an additional diskette See the device service manual power supply voltage is incorrect see Power Systems Checkout on page 27 If the adapter is on the list run the adapter diagnostics tests If the list contains an adapter or device that is not installed go to Undetermined Problem on page 36 Power on Password Important This information is not available in this HMM online format See your IBM Servicer or IBM Authorized Dealer for this procedure How to Run Advanced Diagnostics 1 Power off the computer 2 Insert the backup copy of the Reference Diskette into the diskette drive 3 Power on the computer 4 Advance to the Main Menu 5 Press Ctrl A to run the System Checkout Model 140 SX 8543 37 Product Overview The following table provides a brief overview of the computer features Feature Description Processor MHz 386SX 20 Mhz Bus Architecture AT Bus Memory Standard 2MB Memory Max
57. remove the battery pack then disconnect any interconnecting cables Safety Notice 1 Translation on page 7 Before the computer is powered on after FRU replacement make sure all screws springs or other small parts are in place and are not left loose inside the computer Verify this by shaking the computer and listening for rattling sounds Metallic parts or metal flakes can cause electrical shorts Battery Pack Three Screws 1 G 2 J Two on bottom of cabinet near front one inside battery compartment Loosen Keyboard Two Ribbon Cables and Remove Keyboard Hinge Covers Apply pressure to hinge cover sides and pull up Memory Module Cover Gently pry from rear Three Screws 1 J 2 WW One screw at each hinge and one at back edge under memory module cover Three LCD Assembly Cables These cables attach to underside of LCD assembly Observe cable routing and place cables in same position when replacing top cover Three Screws and LCD Assembly Top cover is part of LCD assembly Only part of LCD is shown Long silver screws are located at front edge of LCD assembly Two Screws J At front edge of diskette drive Diskette Drive Ribbon Cable Diskette Drive Three Screws J Move shielding aside Do not crease shielding E El BEB m Model N45SL 2614 67 ejeje N m m gt a N N N w 68 Memory Module Expansion Card Hard Disk Drive Ribbon Cab
58. replace the system board FRU Code FRU 10 System Board 20 Memory See Memory Checkout on page 290 30 Keyboard 31 Numeric Keypad 32 Keyboard External 33 Mouse 35 Digitizer 36 LCD Digitizer 40 LCD Assembly 41 External CRT 50 External Diskette Drive 55 Hard Disk Drive 60 System Board 65 IC Card Memory 68 TPF Card 70 System Board Printer 71 System Board Printer control 80 LED Card 82 Switch Card Assembly 85 System Board Speaker 86 DC DC Card 298 IBM Mobile Systems HMM Volume 1 Symptoms Symptom Error FRU Action Continuous beep 1 System Board One beep and a blank 1 LCD Assembly unreadable or flashing 2 System Board LCD 3 SIMM Card 4 DC DC Card One beep and the message 1 TPF in Slot 1 Boot source TPF cannot 2 System Board TPF be found Controller One beep and the message 1 TPF in Slot 1 Unable to access boot 2 System Board TPF Source Controller One long two short beeps 1 System Board and a blank or unreadable 2 LCD Assembly LCD One long beep followed by 1 Connect an AC four short beeps each time adapter or install a you press the power on off fully charged battery button Computer cannot power on due to low battery voltage One beep every second 1 Connect AC adapter or install fully charged battery allow compu
59. see the manual for that device Symptom Error No access to A or C drive after POST FRU Action 1 Ensure boot sequence is not set to Monitor CHECKSUM ERROR Bad image file ERROR occurred while reading file Advanced Diagnostics diskette Device error during erasing process System Board Device error during programming process DC to DC board System Board DISK ERROR Bad disk controller DISK ERROR Cannot reset drive Check disk drive cable connection Diskette Drive Cable Verify drive installation Diskette Drive System Board DISK ERROR CRC error N gt Diskette Diskette Drive Cable Run Advanced Diagnostics to test drive Diskette Drive System Board DISK ERROR Data Corrected If this message occurs regularly see DISK ERROR CRC error Model N45SL 2614 53 Symptom Error FRU Action DISK ERROR Disk not 1 Use a bootable bootable diskette 2 For a hard disk reinstall the operating System 3 Back up the hard disk if possible and run PREP to reinitialize the disk see Running PREP on page 64 Reformat disk and install operating System 4 Hard Disk Drive DISK ERROR DMA 1 Diskette Drive overrun 2 System Board DISK ERROR Drive not 1 Remove and reinsert ready diskette 2 Verify the correct drive was specified 3 Diskette Dr
60. select an incorrect drive How to Use Error Messages Use the error codes displayed on the screen to diagnose failures more than one error code is displayed begin the diagnosis with the first error code The cause of the first error code can result in false error codes being displayed If no error code is displayed see if the error symptom is listed in the Symptom to FRU Index for the computer you are servicing How to Read POST Error Messages POST error messages are displayed on the screen as three four five or eight digits The error messages that can be displayed as shorter POST messages are highlighted in this index Some digits will represent different information for SCSI errors versus non SCSI errors The following example shows which digits display the shorter POST error messages and also defines the SCSI information in an eight digit error message Shorter POST Messages 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Reserved da SCSI Slot Number SCSI Logical Unit Number SCSI ID SCSI Device Code All SCSI devices are set to a different SCSI ID Duplicate SCSI ID settings can generate a false error message Use the SCSI ID to determine whether the error message is coming from an internal or an external device Introduction 5 Drive and Diskette Compatibility Matrix The following table provides identification information for diskettes and diskette drives Diske
61. terminator This terminator automatically works when an external SCSI device is attached 4 Go to Undetermined Problem on page 333 Missing Non SCSI device If a non SCSI device is missing from the list replace the missing device If more than one non SCSI device is missing isolate them one at a time until you find the device causing the failure Expansion Unit 3550 335 Locations System Board External SCSI Connector Serial Connector Parallel Connector Pointing Device Connector Keyboard Connector 120 Pin Connector System Board Sub Connector Power Supply Connectors Internal SCSI Cable Connector System Board Main Interface Wire Assembly Connector Backup Battery 16 Bit Expansion Slots A Q B 336 IBM Mobile Systems HMM Volume 1 Parts Listing y 337 Expansion Unit 3550 Index 3550 Expansion Unit 1 Display Stand 49G2664 2 Main Cover Model 001 49G2673 Front Panel ASM Rear Panel Left and Right Side Guide ASM Release Mechanism Key Lock w bracket 66G6001 Docking Cover 2 Main Cover Model 002 66G9940 Front Panel ASM Rear Panel Left and Right Side Guide ASM Release Mechanism Key Lock w bracket 66G6001 Docking Cover 3 System Board Model 001 49G2662 System Board Main 66G6006 System Board Sub 66G6004 Board ASM LED 66G
62. 00010300 1 System Board 00010400 00010700 00010800 1 System Board 2 Communications Cartridge 00011000 1 Memory Module Kit See Memory Checkout on 2 System Board page 77 before replacing any FRUs 000113XX 1 System Board 2 Communications Cartridge 3 Any Drive Model N51 8551 87 Symptom Error FRU Action 000114XX 1 Communications Cartridge 000118XX 1 Memory Module Kit 00016100 1 See Testing the Battery Pack on page 82 2 System Board 3 Voltage Converter 00016300 00016400 1 Set Configuration 00016500 00016900 2 System Board If setting configuration 3 Communications does not solve the problem see Checking Installed Devices on page 95 Cartridge 4 Hard Disk Drive 5 Memory Module Kit 000166XX 1 Communications Cartridge 000171XX 000172XX 1 System Board 00017300 1 See Testing the Battery Pack on page 82 2 System Board 3 Voltage Converter 00017400 If Automatic Configuration does not solve the problem run Advanced Diagnostics 1 Set Configuration 00019000 000191XX System Board 00019200 1 Lid Switch 2 Keyboard Control Card 3 System Board 00019300 1 System Board 000199XX 1 System Board 0001XXXX 1 System Board not listed above 0002XXXX See Memory Checkout on page 77 before replacing any FRUs 2 Communications Cartridge I O Panel Assembly
63. 11 LCD Circuit Board Group 8403626 12 Tray Unit Group 8493627 Tray Guide Left b Tray Guide Right c Tray Assembly 13 Speaker Group w cables 8403628 14 Group 84G3629 Connection Cable 1 Main LCD Connection Cable 1 Aud Aud Riser Interposer Connection Cable 2 Aud Main Connection Cable 3 Aud CD ROM Connection Cable 4 Aud Audio Connection Cable 5 Aud Main Connection Cable 6 Aud Main 15 Misc Kit Screws and Clamps 84G3630 16 Speaker Cover Group 84G3633 a Speaker Cover Left b Speaker Cover Right 17 SCSI Device Cable 84G5253 17 IDE Device Cable 6693576 18 460 Options Tape Drive Kit 84G1290 Bracket and Bezel 84G1291 Shelf 84G3631 Tray Cover 84G3632 Dock II 3546 459 Power Cords C 3 SS SS A ES 3 wr Sa 2 Jn er 2 A 2 So Re SH Re 0 S y S A SZ 8 O 9 S ae SS 8 O 10 NS mz Index Note Use the power cord certified for your country 1 Colombia U S Venezuela 13F9959 Japan 3 pin 65F0031 2 Hong Kong Singapore U K 14F0033 3 France Germany Spain 13F9979 4 Italy 14F0069 5 Australia New Zealand 1379940 6 Denmark 13F9997 7 Israel 14F0087 8 Bangladesh Pakistan Sri Lanka South Africa 14F0015 9 Switzerland 14F0051 10 Thailand 1838574 460 IBM Mobile Systems HMM Volume 1 Special Tools The following special tools are required to service the Dock Volt Ohm Meter A meter similar to the
64. 2 Ground e If the voltage is not correct 1 Unplug the AC adapter from the ac power outlet and leave it for a few minutes 2 Plug the AC adapter into the ac outlet 3 Measure the output voltage of the AC adapter 4 If the voltage is still not correct replace the AC adapter Ifthe voltage is OK plug the cable into the computer and try the failing operation again If the problem still remains replace the voltage converter If the problem disappeared suspect the installation and continuity of the AC adapter cable Model N51 8551 81 Testing the Battery Pack 1 Place the computer bottom side up 2 Remove the battery pack and measure the voltage at the battery terminals between 1 and 3 E es Low 2 T eM 4 3 Voltage V dc 1 8 5 to 418 0 2 Thermal Detection Ground e If the voltage is less than 8 5 V dc the battery pack is discharged or defective e Ifthe voltage is more than 8 5 V dc go to the next step 3 Using a low power ohm meter measure the resistance at the battery terminals between 2 T and 3 The resistance must be 4 kilohms to 30 kilohms If the resistance is out of range replace the battery pack 4 Remove the bottom cover and set the battery pack in place without connecting any external power devices 5 Measure the voltage at the connector between terminals 1 and 3 on the voltage converter and note t
65. 220 240 V ac So Hemisphere 39F8087 39F8091 39F8089 6247808 6247843 6247842 6247883 6247840 39F8068 61R8924 61X8928 61X8927 61X8925 68X3088 72X7870 72X7877 68X3061 75X5945 75X5946 75X5947 75X5907 07G4759 34G6628 07G4762 07G4763 38F3909 44F9759 70F9129 70F9111 Common Parts Listing 481 482 IBM Mobile Systems HMM Volume 1 Miscellaneous Information Acronyms Abbreviations and Terms Term Information ACPA A Audio Capture and Playback Adapter ADP Automatic Data Processing Alt Alternate ANSI American National Standards Institute ARTIC A Real Time Interface Coprocessor ASCII American National Standard Code for Interface Interchange AT Advanced Technology as in AT Bus AVC Audio Video Connection BIOS Basic Input Output System Controls System Resources bps Bits Per Second BPS Bytes Per Second CCITT The International Telephone and Telegraph Consultative Committee ccs Common Command Set CCSB Common Complete Status Block CD Compact Disc CD ROM CD Read Only Memory stores data audio CE Customer Engineer or Service Representative CRC Cyclic Redundancy Check CRT Cathode Ray Tube CSD Corrective Service Diskette CGA Color Graphics Adapter See EGA VGA XGA CCSB Configuration Control Sub Board CRC Cyclic Redundancy Check CRT Cathode Ray Tube CSA Canadian Standards Association CSD Corrective Service Diskette DASD Direct Access Storage Device hard disk diske
66. 3 Memory Module Connector 2 MEM 2 Memory Module Connector 1 MEM 1 8 L uu 39 2 F de gt S AE A c 2c u Em Ep e E 12 E 13 170 IBM Mobile Systems HMM Volume 1 System Board P75 H H a H H Hu EJ 11 FE 15 17 18 19 EJ 121 Pointing Device Port Connector Serial Port Connector Parallel Port Connector SCSI Port Connector Hard Disk Drive Connector Power Supply Connector Password Override Connector Indicator Connector Diskette Drive Connector Memory Module Connector 4 Memory Module Connector 3 Memory Module Connector 2 Memory Module Connector 1 Speaker Connector Battery Connector Processor Card Connector Expansion Connector small Plasma Display Card Connector Expansion Connector large External Storage Device Connector Keyboard Connector MEM 4 MEM 3 MEM 2 MEM 1 Model P70 and P75 8573 171 Parts Listing P70 172 IBM Mobile Systems HMM Volume 1 System P70 All Serial Numbers Index 1 7 8 9 10 11 13 See DASD 2MB Memory Module 4MB Parity Memory Module Kit 70ns Battery Holder Battery Speaker Speaker 80387 Math Coprocessor 16 MHz 80387 Math Coprocessor 20 MHz LED Assembly Plasma Display Assembly see page 177 Bracket Bus Interface Cable Keyboard Cable Plasma Display Signal Name Plate Model P70 Copper Tape Kit for ECA 104 Shipping Carton U S and Canada Shipping Carton other c
67. 3550 Expansion Unit 00860100 00860200 Pointing Device 2 System Board of 3550 Expansion Unit 00860300 1 System Board of 3550 Expansion Unit 00860400 1 System Board of 3550 Expansion Unit 2 Pointing Device Mouse 0106XXXX 1 Ethernet Network Adapter A 2 System Board of 3550 Expansion Unit 0137XXXX 1 System Board of 3550 Expansion Unit 016500XX 1 6157 Tape Attachment Adapter 016520XX 1 6157 Streaming Tape Drive 016540XX 1 6157 Streaming Tape Drive 2 6157 Tape Attachment Adapter 0166XXXX 0167XXXX For diagnostic information refer to the Token Ring Network Adapter A service information 1 Token Ring Network Adapter A 2 System Board of 3550 Expansion Unit 0210XXXA 60MB 0210XXXB 80MB 0210XXXC 120MB 0210XXXD 160MB 0210XXXE 320MB 0210XXXF 400MB 0210XXXG 40MB 0210XXXH 1GB 0210 108MB 0210XXXJ 216MB 0210XXXU Size undetermined If the failing device is an external device go to the external devices service pamphlet SCSI Hard Disk Drive 2 System Board of 3550 Expansion Unit SCSI Adapter if used 4 SCSI Cable e 0211XXXX If the failing device is an external device go to the external devices service pamphlet SCSI Tape Drive 2 System Board of 3550 Expansion Unit SCSI Adapter if used 4 SCSI Cable e Expansion Unit 3550 331 Sympto
68. 4 Lift by standing or by pushing up with your leg muscles this action removes the strain from the muscles in your back Do not attempt to lift any objects that weigh more than 16 kg 35 Ib or objects that you think are too heavy for you Do not perform any action that causes hazards to the customer or that makes the equipment unsafe Before you start the machine ensure that other Service representatives and the customer s personnel are not in a hazardous position Place removed covers and other parts in a safe place away from all personnel while you are servicing the machine Keep your tool case away from walk areas so that other people will not trip over it Do not wear loose clothing that can be trapped in the moving parts of a machine Ensure that your sleeves are fastened or rolled up above your elbows If your hair is long fasten it Insert the ends of your necktie or scarf inside clothing or fasten it with a nonconductive clip approximately 8 centimeters 3 inches from the end Do not wear jewelry chains metal frame eyeglasses or metal fasteners for your clothing Remember A metal object is a conductor of electricity Wear safety glasses when you are Hammering Drilling Soldering Cutting wire Attaching springs Using solvents Working in any other conditions that might be hazardous to your eyes IBM Mobile Systems HMM Volume 1 e After service reinstall all safety shields
69. 64F9981 64F9982 64F9983 64F9985 56F9088 64F9979 23F2742 78F9921 56F9097 64F9996 64F9997 56F8851 79F3218 85F0012 79F3219 64F9971 64F9976 38F5936 38F5936 Model P70 and P75 8573 179 Options and Adapters P75 486 180 300 1200 Modem Adapter A 300 1200 2400 Modem Adapter A Communications Cable for 65X1253 36 38 Emulation Adapter 5 25 inch Drive Adapter A 360KB 1 2MB 6157 Tape Adapter Diskette Drive Bus Adapter External Diskette Drive Adapter FaxConcentrator Adapter A FaxConcentrator Adapter A Cable High Speed Communications Coprocessor Internal Tape Backup Unit Formatted Blank Tape for 87F9787 Leased Line Modem Multiprotocol Adapter A Realtime Interface Coprocessor 6 Port V 35 Realtime Interface Coprocessor Multiport 2 4 port RS232 C Elec Intfc Brd for 09 1888 8 port RS232 C Elec Intfc Brd for 91F1888 Multiport Interface Cable for 09F1888 512KB Memory Module Pkg for 09F1888 S 370 Channel Emulator Adapter A Screen Reader Keypad Screen Reader Keypad Cable SCSI Adapter A with Cache Terminator External for 85F0063 Terminator Internal for 85F0063 SCSI Adapter A without Cache SCSI Cable internal SCSI Fast Adapter 16 Bit AT SCSI External Cable for 92F0330 SCSI Internal Cable 9270330 Tape Cover Plate Terminator Inline space permitting Token Ring 16 4 Adapter A Token Ring Adapter A RPL Module for 25F7540 X 25 Interface Coprocessor IBM Mobile Systems HMM Volume 1 34
70. 80486 33 8M 16M 400M ThinkPad 300 2615 065 386SL 25 4M 12M 80M 2615 067 386SL 25 4M 12M 120M ThinkPad 340 2610 486SLC2 50 4M 12M 125M ThinkPad 350 2618 AOE 486SL 25 4M 20M 85M 2618 JOA 486SL 25 4M 20M 125M 2618 LOA 486SL 25 4M 20M 250M ThinkPad 350C 2618 NOA 486SL 25 4M 20M 125M 2618 486SL 25 4M 20M 250M ThinkPad 355 2619 486 33 4M 16M 125M ThinkPad 355C 2619 486 33 4M 16M 125M 2619 486SX 33 4M 16M 250M ThinkPad 355Cs 2619 486SX 33 2M 16M 170M 2619 486SX 33 2M 16M 250M ThinkPad 360 2620 486SX 33 4M 16M 170M 2620 486SX 33 4M 16M 340M ThinkPad 360C 2620 486 33 4M 16M 170M 2620 486SX 33 4M 16M 340M ThinkPad 360Cs 2620 486SX 33 4M 16M 170M 2620 486SX 33 4M 16M 340M ThinkPad 360Ce 2620 486DX2 50 25 4M 16M 170M 2620 486DX2 50 25 4M 16M 340M 2620 486DX2 50 25 4M 16M 540M ThinkPad 360Cse 2620 486DX2 50 25 4M 16M 170M 2620 486DX2 50 25 4M 16M 340M 2620 486DX2 50 25 4M 16M 540M ThinkPad 360P 2620 486SX 33 4M 16M 170M 2620 486SX 33 4M 16M 340M ThinkPad 370C 9545 486DX4 75 25 4M 32M 340M 9545 486DX4 75 25 4M 32M 540M 9545 486DX4 75 33 4M 32M 810M ThinkPad 500 2603 081 486SLC2 50 25 4M 12M 80M 2603 171 486SLC2 50 25 4M 12M 170M ThinkPad 510 2604 486BLC2 50 25 4M 20M 200M ThinkPad 700 9552 300 486SLC 25 4M 16M 80M 9552 301 486SLC 25 4M 16M 120M ThinkPad 700C 9552 30B 486SLC 25 4M 16M 120M Color T Tablet M Megabyte TPF ThinkPad File P Pen 2 IBM Mobile Systems HMM Volume 1 Trademark of the IBM Corporation
71. 96 Hard Disk Partition on page 96 Restoring the Partition on page 97 Setting System Configuration on page 97 Checking Installed Devices The Installed Devices List shows the presence of devices in the computer If an adapter or device is missing from the list you might have one of the following conditions Warning customized setup configuration other than default settings might exist on the computer you are servicing Running Automatic Configuration can alter those settings Note the current configuration settings using the 1 View configuration and verify that the same settings are in place when service is completed The protected partition on the hard disk or the Reference Diskette you are using does not contain the code required to support that device adapter or device is defective The device missing from the list is an unrecognizable drive or adapter The device missing from the list requires an additional diskette power supply voltage is incorrect see Power Systems Checkout on page 78 If the adapter is on the list run the adapter diagnostics tests If the list contains an adapter or device that is not installed go to Undetermined Problem on page 94 Model N51 8551 95 Power on Password Important This information is not available in this HMM online format See your IBM Servicer or IBM Authorized Dealer for this procedure To r
72. Check all cables and power cords Make sure no diskette is in the drive Power on all external devices Power on the computer and check for the following responses 1 All system status indicators appear once for about 1 second Note Some indicators remain on and others go off after 1 second 2 Memory test the number increases 3 Audible responses One short beep or Two short beeps DID YOU RECEIVE THE RESPONSES LISTED ABOVE Yes No 007 Go to Step 013 on page 114 008 Press Ctrl Alt Del When the cursor moves to the upper right press Ctrl Alt Ins to start the system program 112 IBM Mobile Systems HMM Volume 1 If the IBM logo screen does not appear insert the backup Reference Diskette into the diskette drive and repeat this step 1 If you are not at the Main Menu follow the instructions on the screen to advance to the Main Menu If you cannot advance to the Main Menu go to Symptom to FRU Index on page 122 or If that does not correct the problem go to Undetermined Problem on page 130 Notes a If the computer has an incorrect keyboard or numeric keypad response go to External Keyboard Auxiliary Input Device Checkout on page 465 b If the printer has incorrect responses go to Printer Checkout on page 468 If the external CRT display has problems such as jittering rolling shifting or being out of focus go to External Displ
73. Ctrl A and run the following tests Diskette drive test use a blank diskette e Serial port test with the wrap plug Note Install the wrap plug on the serial port of Dock Il e Parallel port test with the wrap plug Note Install the wrap plug on the parallel port of Dock Il e PCMCIA 2 test with the PC test Note Install the PC Test Cards into the PCMCIA slot of Dock II Step 019 continues Dock 3546 395 CONTINUED 019 continued e Keyboard test see How to Run the Keyboard Test on page 407 DID THE ADVANCED DIAGNOSTICS FIND AN ERROR Yes No 020 The problem was not detected by the diagnostics Check that the cables and connectors are not damaged If a SCSI device is not installed start at Step 3 If a SCSI device is installed do the following 1 Check that the total number of the attached SCSI devices is less than eight 2 Check that the SCSI terminator is correctly installed If the problems still remain run the SCSI test See Running Diagnostics on page 410 3 Reconnect all adapters drives and devices then test the system several times A Loop Test option is available for running all the tests See How to Run the Loop Test on page 407 After stopping the loop test check that the error log appears in the error list See Error Log on page 409 If no errors were detected go to Undetermined Problems on page 421 and use the
74. Error Log on page 217 Checking the Installed Devices List on page 218 Status Indicators Light Status Indicated D On Computer using AC power in suspend or active mode Computer using battery pack and not in suspend mode Off Computer using battery pack and in standby mode Computer is using AC power Source and battery is being charged Off Computer is using AC power source and no battery pack is installed Computer is using AC power source and battery pack is fully charged Computer is using battery pack Computer is off Hard disk drive is active D 4s Keyboard is in Num Lock mode Keyboard is in Caps Lock mode D Keyboard is in Scroll Lock mode Diskette drive is active Battery status can also be checked from the Configuration Utility main menu PC Test Card LED The green LED on the PC test card lights when the PCMCIA test is running If the LED does not go on check that the card is installed correctly by reseating the card If ThinkPad 350 PS Note 425 2618 215 it still does not light after reseating try using another slot for the test If the LED still does not go on and the test fails replace the FRU shown in the diagnostic error code Power On Password Important This information is not available in this HMM online format See your IBM Servicer or IBM Authorized Dealer for this procedure Power On Self Tes
75. Go to Step 006 003 IS A DRAM CARD INSTALLED Yes No 004 Replace the system board Press Ctrl Alt F3 to set the time and date to remove the 16X errors 005 Replace the DRAM card If the error remains replace the system board Press Ctrl Alt F3 after POST to set the time and date and remove the 16X errors From step 002 f you need to bypass an error press Esc or F1 f you cannot continue you might have a keyboard problem go to Symptom to FRU Index on page 264 260 IBM Mobile Systems HMM Volume 1 DID THE ADVANCED DIAGNOSTICS MENU APPEAR Yes No 007 You might have a diskette drive problem go to Symptom to FRU Index on page 264 008 Press 0 SYSTEM CHECKOUT then press Enter Follow the screen instructions Note Ignore a 199 error Press 0 RUN TESTS ONE TIME then press Enter Press 2 MEMORY then press Enter DID YOU RECEIVE A 2XX ERROR OR FAILURE SYMPTOM Yes No 009 Go to Step 011 010 Go to Step 003 on page 260 011 From step 009 DID THE SYSTEM CHECKOUT MENU APPEAR AT THE END OF TEST Yes No 012 You might have a power source problem go to Power Systems Checkout on page 262 013 The advanced diagnostics tests finished without detecting a failure If you suspect an intermittent problem start an error log If you need instructions refer to Error Log on page 271
76. HMM Volume 1 Memory Checkout 001 Power off O the computer and wait 10 seconds Reseat the memory module Insert the Advanced Diagnostics diskette into the diskette drive Power on the computer Make a note of any error code you receive DID YOU RECEIVE A 20X XXXXXXXX XXXXXXXX OR 02XX POST ERROR OR FAILURE SYMPTOM Yes No 002 Go to Step 006 003 IS A MEMORY MODULE INSTALLED Yes No 004 Replace the system board Press Fn and F1 to set the time and date to remove any 16X errors 005 Replace the memory module kit If the error remains replace the system board Press Fn and F1 to set the time and date and remove the 16X errors From step 002 f you need to bypass an error press Esc or F1 f you cannot continue you might have a keyboard problem go to Symptom to FRU Index on page 211 DID THE ADVANCED DIAGNOSTICS MENU APPEAR Yes No 007 You might have a diskette drive problem go to Symptom to FRU Index on page 211 008 Press 0 SYSTEM CHECKOUT then press Enter Follow the screen instructions Note Ignore 199 error Press 0 RUN TESTS ONE TIME then press Enter Step 008 continues ThinkPad 350 PS Note 425 2618 207 CONTINUED 008 continued Press 2 MEMORY then press Enter DID YOU RECEIVE A 2XX ERROR OR FAILURE SYMPTOM Yes No 009 Go to Step 01
77. I e Parallel port test with the wrap plug Note Install the wrap plug on the parallel port of the Dock I e Keyboard test see How to Run the Keyboard Test on page 360 Step 019 continues 344 IBM Mobile Systems HMM Volume 1 019 continued DID THE ADVANCED DIAGNOSTICS FIND AN ERROR Yes No 020 The problem was not detected by the diagnostics Check that the cables and connectors are not damaged If a SCSI device is not installed start at Step 4 If a SCSI device is installed do the following 1 2 021 Check that the total number of the attached SCSI devices are less than five Check that the total length of the attached SCSI cables is less than 3 m 118 in Check that the SCSI terminator is correctly installed If the problems still remain run the SCSI test See SCSI Diagnostics Dock 1 on page 362 Reconnect all adapters drives and devices then test the system several times A Loop Test option is available for running all the tests See How to Run the Loop Test on page 360 After stopping the loop test check that the error log appears in the error list See Error Log on page 362 If no errors were detected go to Undetermined Problem on page 357 and use the user reported symptom If any errors are detected go to Numeric Error Codes on page 352 Note the error code and go to FRU Codes on page 356 and replace the a
78. Indicator Connector AH _ El 15 DC to DC Board Bottom System Board Connector 70 IBM Mobile Systems HMM Volume 1 Parts Listing Model N45SL 2614 71 System Unit Index 1 000 eo 13 14 Top Cabinet Assembly French German Italian Spanish U K English U S English Power Cord US Power Cord UK Power Cord Switzerland Power Cord Europe System Board PS 2 Mouse Board Bottom Cover Assembly Parts Package Cover Left right LCD hinge covers memory expansion cover memory cover modem door door coprocessor door rear cover modem cover plug modem door coprocessor door black lid switch knob Battery Pack Backup Battery Battery Contact Assembly DC to DC PCB Assembly Speaker Parts Package Screws 3 2 5x4 3 2 5x12 2 2 6x6 tap 3 2 6x6 5 2x6 tap 3 2 5x4 11 2 5x6 DASD 5 6 6 Diskette Drive 80MB Hard Disk Drive 120MB Hard Disk Drive Options and Adapters 4 12 16 15 72 AC Adapter Modem 2400 BPS US Modem Housing Assembly Fax Modem US Fax Modem Worldwide Fax Modem DAA Adapter US Fax Modem DAA Adapter UK Fax Modem DAA Adapter Danish Fax Modem DAA Adapter French Fax Modem DAA Adapter German Fax Modem DAA Adapter Italian Fax Modem DAA Adapter Norwegian Fax Modem DAA Adapter Spanish Fax Modem DAA Adapter Swedish Fax
79. Installed Devices List Security on page 359 How to Run the Diagnostics on page 359 SCSI Diagnostics Dock 1 on page 362 Selecting a SCSI Device Test on page 364 Important When the Problem Determination Procedure in the operation manual that is supplied with the adapter or device says Have the system unit serviced this means the computer and the Dock I Status Indicators Light Status Indicated O Computer is docked in Dock Computer is powered on Hard disk drive is active Diskette drive is active PC Card is inserted AN Warning light Checking the Installed Devices List The HDD 1 or FDD 1 represents the first drive in the system configuration respectively Similarly the HDD 2 or FDD 2 represents the second drive usually attached through a Dock I Notes 1 Neither the Dock nor the adapters and SCSI devices installed in the Dock appear as icons on the screen 2 HDD 1 and HDD 2 icons are for the 2 5 inch ThinkPad hard disk drive If the devices are installed but the icon appears in a gray shade rather than a dark shade on the basic diagnostic Screen it means that the devices are defective Power off the computer and make sure that the devices are correctly connected If the symptom still remains after the computer is powered on replace the devices or the main board of the Dock I 358 IBM Mobile
80. Modem DAA Adapter Swiss Expansion Memory Module Memory Module Support part of P N 92F8823 IBM Mobile Systems HMM Volume 1 92F8858 92F8839 92F8837 92F8845 92F8838 92F8836 92F8835 6952301 14F0033 14F0051 13F9979 92F8827 92F8833 92F8819 92F8825 92F8840 92F8834 92F8841 92F8820 33G9475 92F8824 92F8821 92F8822 33G6366 92F8832 9228846 9228826 9228896 9226293 92 8847 9228848 9228849 9228850 9228851 9228852 9228853 9228854 9228855 9228856 9228823 Model N51 8551 General Checkout 74 Memory Checkout 77 Power Systems Checkout 78 Symptom to FRU Index 87 Numeric Error Codes 87 Symptoms 91 Miscellaneous Symptoms 91 Undetermined Problem 94 Related Service Procedures 95 Checking Installed Devices 95 Power on Password 96 How to Run the Advanced Diagnostics 96 Hard Disk Partition 96 Restoring the Partition 97 Setting System Configuration 97 Product Overview 51 SX 98 Product Overview N51 SLC 98 FRU Removals and Replacements 99 Locations sino 3 vox nox 4k 103 Parts Listing se ne ace ce xe pb Re do ach s 105 Copyright IBM Corp 1995 73 General Checkout The diagnostic tests are intended to test only IBM produc
81. OE 2 1 OL ff D MUN MOS ff V 2 V dc Lead Lead 16 3 2 1 If the voltage is not correct replace the AC adapter If the voltage is correct go to Undetermined Problems on page 239 ThinkPad 500 2603 235 Power Management Features Press Func F3 to select Power Management setup any time after the computer is powered on 236 Important Before using the power saving features be sure to read and observe the following precautions If you enter Suspend or Hibernate mode with a diskette inserted in the diskette drive the same diskette must be installed in the drive before attempting to resume normal operation If you enter Suspend or Hibernate mode with a PCMCIA card inserted in the PCMCIA slot the same PCMCIA card must be installed in the slot before attempting to resume normal operation Hibernate mode does not save restore the status of PCMCIA cards When you resume normal operation from Hibernate mode the PCMCIA card is no longer configured and will not be recognized by the computer If the computer is connected to a Local Area Network LAN that periodically polls for station activity the LAN connection may be terminated while the computer is in Suspend or Hibernate mode Any further attempt to access the network results in a brief delay and the computer appears to hang up to 1 minute depending on the network After the delay an error is displayed Follow th
82. POST error message 5 If you did not receive an error message look for a description of your error symptoms in the first part of this index 6 Check all power supply voltages before you replace the main board card and audio card of the Dock 1 See Power Systems Checkout on page 346 Dock 3545 351 Numeric Error Codes Symptom Error FRU Action 10X 11X 1 Adapter in slot if used 2 card 3 Main board 195 1 Do the following The computer was docked steps to the Dock while in a Power off and hibernation mode undock the system b Power on and shut down the system Power off and dock the system 1XX 1 See the Symptom to FRU Index for the computer you are servicing 2 See Undetermined Problem on page 357 2XX 1 See the Symptom to FRU Index for the computer you are servicing 2 Main board 3 IC DRAM card 3XX 1 See External Keyboard Auxiliary Input Device Checkout on page 465 6XX 1 Before changing any devices run the diagnostic tests 2 FDD external attachment kit 3 Diskette drive assembly card 11XX 12XX Serial devices Communication cable card Duis 17XX 1 Hard disk drive 2 5 inch ThinkPad hard disk drive HDD installation kit Main board NS 24XX Main board card 352 Mobile Systems HMM Volume 1 19990305 Symptom Error FRU Acti
83. Power on the computer The advanced diagnostics program will load from the diskette drive To start advanced diagnostics from the hard disk drive do the following 1 Power on all external devices 2 Power on the computer Note Some programs cause the diagnostic tests to give inaccurate results The following steps prevent these programs from being loaded into memory while starting the advanced diagnostics 3 When the message Starting PC DOS appears press F5 4 When the DOS prompt appears type cd c thinkpad diags 5 Press Enter 6 Type command 7 Press Enter to start the advanced diagnostics program Accessing the Diagnostic Tests To access diagnostic tests from the SELECT AN OPTION Menu do the following 1 Select 0 SYSTEM CHECKOUT then press Enter 2 Atthe Installed Devices menu press Y then press Enter 3 The SYSTEM CHECKOUT menu is then displayed 4 Select 0 or 1 from the SYSTEM CHECKOUT menu 5 Select the device to be tested 270 IBM Mobile Systems HMM Volume 1 Formatting the Hard Disk Drive Hard disk drives normally contain tracks in excess of their stated capacity to allow for defective tracks The user is notified by a diagnostic message when the defect limit has been reached and service is recommended The Advanced Diagnostics Format program is different from the operating system format program Warning All data on the selected hard disk drive is destroyed during a
84. S N ratio dB gt 45 Total Harmonic Distortion THD 96 2 Dock II 3546 427 FRU Removals and Replacements This section contains information on removals and replacements and locations The arrows in the removals and replacements show the direction of movement to remove a field replaceable unit FRU or to turn a screw to release the FRU The arrows are marked in numeric order to show the correct sequence of removal When other FRUs must be removed before removing the failing FRU they are listed at the top of the page Go to the removal procedure for each FRU listed remove the FRU and then continue with the removal of the failing FRU To replace a FRU reverse the removal procedure and follow any notes that pertain to replacement See Locations on page 450 for internal cable connections and arrangement information CAUTION Before removing any FRU turn off Dock Il remove the computer unplug all power cords from electrical outlets then disconnect any interconnecting cables CAUTION In the U K by law the telephone cable must be connected after or disconnected before the power cord Warning The main board adapters and circuit boards on the drives are sensitive to and can be damaged by electrostatic discharge Establish personal grounding by touching a ground point with one hand before touching these units Note An electrostatic discharge ESD strap must be used to establish personal gr
85. Triplet Model 3101 Screwdriver Kit Use small screwdrivers IBM part 95F3598 when removing and replacing FRUs Wrap Plug The tri connector wrap plug IBM part 72X8546 is used during advanced diagnostic tests of e Serial Connectors e Parallel Connectors PC Test Card The PC test card IBM part 35G4680 is used during advanced diagnostic tests of the PCMCIA slots 1 Manufactured by Triplett Corporation Bluffton Ohio 45817 U S A Dock II 3546 461 462 IBM Mobile Systems HMM Volume 1 Common Devices Checkout External Diskette Drive Test External Display Self Test External Keyboard Auxiliary Input Device Checkout Fax Modem Checkout Printer Checkout Port Replicator Checkout 2 2 2 TrackPoint Checkout TV Tuner Lok eo ed we be SA ee ow x04 E Identifying Names and Functions Using the Front Panel Troubleshooting Copyright IBM Corp 1995 463 External Diskette Drive Test Use the following procedure to isolate the diskette problem to a controller drive or diskette A scratch write enabled 2HD diskette is required 1 Select the icon FDD on the TEST MENU By doing this the controller test and the drive read write test run If the controller test detects an error FRU code 10 appears In this case replace the system board 2 f the controller test run without err
86. Verify the battery pack is not thermal protected by using the procedure on Battery Pack Test on page 292 3 Plug the quick charger to the AC adapter The charger power indicator should turn on 4 Install the battery pack the charging indicator should start blinking 5 Within 3 0 hours the battery pack not exhausted standard size will be fully charged and the charging indicator changes from blinking to constant on If the charger does not work as stated above replace the quick charger ThinkPad 710T 2523 293 Car Battery Adapter Test 1 2 Unplug the car adapter from the computer and the cigarette socket Measure the cigarette socket voltage It should be between 9 0 V dc and 18 0 V dc Plug the adapter into the car socket Measure the output voltage of the adapter Pin Voltage V dc 419 to 21 Ground sleeve 294 If the voltage is incorrect but not 0 replace the car battery adapter If the voltage is 0 check that the adapter connector has good contact with cigarette socket If the connection is good replace the adapter If the voltage is correct and the computer operates with the AC Adapter replace the car battery adapter If the voltage is correct and the computer fails with AC adapter also perform the AC Adapter Test procedure IBM Mobile Systems HMM Volume 1 Power Management System The power management system controls the power applied to the computer the modem
87. adjust the pointer sensor This causes the pointer to move slightly on the screen and then stop Pointer movement might occur when a slight steady pressure is applied to the TrackPoint II pointer when the computer is powered on or running or when exceeded temperature range requires re adjustment If the cursor floats or moves erratically power off and disconnect the mouse Power on the computer If the problem goes away replace the mouse If the problem remains replace the keyboard For click button or pointing stick problems 1 Go to the Easy Setup screen 2 Select an item with the pointing stick 3 Press either left or right click button 4 Verify that both buttons work correctly If the pointing stick or the click button does not work do the following 1 Reseat the keyboard cables 2 Replace the keyboard 3 Replace the interposer card 855x 360 750x 755x 4 Replace keyboard control card 720 5 Replace the system board IBM Mobile Systems HMM Volume 1 TV Tuner The TV Tuner Pack hereafter called TV Tuner is an option for watching TV programs or videos on the IBM TFT color notebook computer The computer changes to TV reception when the removable diskette drive is replaced with the TV Tuner The TV screen and normal computer display are easily switched by using the Hot key on the front panel of the TV Tuner Identifying Names and Functions The following figure and table show the names an
88. as shown Black F Red mo oew 2 Ground If the voltage is correct perform the failing operation with a fully charged standby battery to isolate the problem If the voltage is not correct continue 4 Measure the output voltage at the connector on the System board bd Top View If the voltage is higher than measured in Step 3 the standby battery is discharged or is defective If the voltage is the same as measured in Step 3 or less than 3 0 V dc replace the standby battery If the problem remains replace the system board Testing the Quick Charger Ifa noise can be heard from the operating quick charger replace it 1 Perform steps 6 through 8 on page 30 of the Testing the Rechargeable Battery to verify the rechargeable battery for correct operation 2 Plug the quick charger into an electrical outlet If the amber power indicator does not turn on replace the quick charger 3 Install the rechargeable battery If the green charging indicator is not blinking replace the quick charger Model 140 SX 8543 31 Symptom to FRU Index The Symptom to FRU Index lists symptoms and errors and the possible causes The most likely cause is listed first If the computer displays an error message first replace FRUS listed in the error message An X in an error message can be any number Note If you have an IBM device with its own service
89. beeps See Power Systems Checkout on page 235 before replacing any FRUs System Board 2 Memory Option Diskette drive bypassed 1 Reseat DASD Serial Cable 2 Diskette Drive Can t read diskette 1 Diskette Drive Hard disk problem Hard Disk Printer problem Parallel Port System Board Qm Check Configuration Communication or plotter problem Serial Port PCMCIA Device System Board Pic Check Configuration Undetermined Problems If you have not already done so to Power Systems Checkout on page 235 and check the AC adapter and ba ttery voltages If the AC adapter and battery voltages are correct and the problem remains do the following 1 2 Power off the computer Remove or disconnect one of the following devices Any external devices or cables Any PCMCIA device Power on the computer If the symptom remains repeat steps 1 2 and 3 until you find the failing adapter or device board ThinkPad 500 2603 If this does not solve the problem replace the system 239 Related Service Procedures This section provides information on the following Status Indicators PC Test Card LED Power On Password Checking the Installed Devices List on page 241 Power On Self Test POST on page 241 Advanced Diagnostics Diskette on page 242 Loading the Diagnostics Diskette on page 242 Formatting t
90. below 001 DID THE PROBLEM OCCUR ONLY WHEN USING THE AC ADAPTER Yes No 002 Go to Step 004 003 Go to Testing the AC Adapter on page 29 If that does not correct the problem replace the system board 004 DID THE PROBLEM OCCUR ONLY WHEN USING THE BATTERY Yes No 005 Go to Step 011 on page 28 006 DOES A FULLY CHARGED BATTERY DISCHARGE QUICKLY Yes No 007 Go to Step 010 on page 28 Model L40 SX 8543 27 CONTINUED 008 Run advanced diagnostics for all devices using the AC adapter Use the RUN TEST ONE TIME option DID ALL THE TESTS END WITHOUT AN ERROR Yes No 009 Follow the instructions on the screen If the instructions do not appear or do not correct the problem replace the system board Go to Testing the Rechargeable Battery on page 29 If that does not correct the problem replace the system board 011 Remove the following if installed e Rechargeable battery Standby battery e Backup battery e Memory module kits in connectors 1 and 2 Internal Data Fax Modem adapter Serial adapter e Numeric keypad e TrackPoint e Mouse e External keyboard e External CRT display e Cables to the hard disk drive e Cables to the diskette drive e Power cable to the LCD Signal cables to the LCD Connect the AC adapter and power on the co
91. bottom cover 5 Disconnect the standby battery connector and the flexible cable from connector CN6 on the voltage converter 6 Power off the computer 7 Plug the AC adapter into the computer 51 8551 85 Important The computer goes into suspend mode in about 20 seconds after plugging in the AC adapter The following procedure must be performed during this period If the computer is already in suspend mode unplug the AC adapter and plug it in again to reactivate it 8 Check the voltages of the voltage converter using the following table CN7 CN5 CN6 Conn Pin Signal V dc V dc ector Min Max CN5 1 VCCA 44 9 5 3 3 VCCB 44 7 45 3 7 8 GND 9 10 GND 13 20 V dc 419 0 21 0 21 POWER GD 4 0 45 8 32 POWER QN38 40 5 CN7 2 VCCG 4 7 5 3 23 24 GND If all the voltages are correct the voltage converter is good e f 20 V dc is not correct check the output voltage of the AC adapter see Testing the AC Adapter on page 81 If the voltage is correct replace the voltage converter If any of the measured voltages except 20 V dc is not correct replace the following FRUs one at a time to correct the problem 1 Voltage converter 2 System board 3 I O panel assembly Note Reconnect the standby battery connector and the flexible cable that were removed in Step 5 on page 85 before leaving this
92. cable if installed for continuity IS THE CABLE S GOOD Yes No 005 Replace the defective cable s 006 Step 006 continues 466 IBM Mobile Systems HMM Volume 1 006 continued Have the customer transmit a call WAS THE CALL TRANSMITTED SUCCESSFULLY Yes No 007 Go to Step 011 008 Have the customer receive an incoming call on the modem WAS THE INCOMING CALL RECEIVED Yes No 009 Go to Step 014 010 The diagnostic tests have completed successfully If you still suspect a problem that is not software related replace the External DAA then replace the modem 011 Have the customer transmit a call at a lower speed WAS THE CALL TRANSMITTED SUCCESSFULLY Yes No 012 If installed replace the external DAA If you do not have an external DAA installed or replacing the external DAA does not correct the problem replace the modem 013 Have the telephone line checked 014 Have the customer receive an incoming call on the modem at a lower speed WAS THE INCOMING CALL RECEIVED Yes No If installed replace the external DAA If you do not have an external DAA installed or replacing the external DAA does not correct the problem replace the modem Common Devices Checkout 467 CONTINUED 016 Have the telephone line checked Printer Ch
93. cannot run the advanced diagnostic tests but did receive a POST error message diagnose the POST error message 5 If you did not receive an error message look for a description of your error symptoms in the first part of this index 6 Check all power supply voltages before you replace the main card riser card and audio card of the Dock See Power Supply on page 398 416 IBM Mobile Systems HMM Volume 1 Miscellaneous Symptoms Symptom Error FRU Action Program load error during remote IPL from the file Servicer Network Adapter External display screen changes colors Go to External Display on page 402 One or more keys do not work on the external keyboard but the Dock II is otherwise functional Go to External Keyboard on page 404 Computer does not work the power on indicator does not turn on but the fan runs See Undetermined Problems on page 421 Power good light does not turn on fan does not run and the computer is not functional See Undetermined Problems on page 421 Although the computer is turned off the fan of the Dock 1 power supply is running The fan is working correctly To stop the fan set the key lock to the external left position Computer is functional and the fan runs but the power on indicator does not turn on 1 LCD Circuit Board Group 2 Riser card 3 Go to Power Supply on page 398 Intermittent failu
94. card and the printer by using the setup Program s Power Save menu This system reduces the power drain on the battery when the computer power is on but not actively being used Suspend and Resume Modes The suspend and resume modes are unique methods to minimize the use of power from the battery When the computer enters suspend mode one beep sounds and the Suspend Resume indicator glows a steady orange All tasks are stopped and their present states are stored in memory to save power When the computer returns to resume mode the computer restores the same states as when it entered suspend mode One beep sounds and the indicator glows a steady green when the resume operation is completed The computer enters suspend mode when battery low condition is detected The Suspend Resume switch is activated When the computer is not actively used Auto suspend The suspend function does not occur when a device is connected to AT Bus or a modem card is inserted in the IC Card slots e The computer returns to resume mode when the Suspend Resume switch is switched on While in the resume state the indicator blinks ThinkPad 710T 2523 295 Symptom to FRU Index The Symptom to FRU Index lists the symptoms and errors and the possible causes The most likely cause is listed first Use this index to help you decide which FRUs to have available when servicing a computer For errors indicated by the diagnostic test
95. check that there are no duplicate SCSI ID settings 013 Step 013 continues 318 IBM Mobile Systems HMM Volume 1 013 continued Restart the computer DO YOU STILL HAVE THE POST ERROR Yes No 014 To run system checkout or if you suspect another problem go to Step 016 015 Go to Symptom to FRU Index on page 329 016 Set the volume control switch to maximum Press and hold Ctrl Alt then press Delete to restart the computer Release the keys Closely watch the flashing cursor in the top left corner of the screen press and hold Ctrl Alt then press Insert You must do this while the cursor is at the top right corner of the screen Release the keys Check for the following responses or two short beeps e Readable instructions or the Main Menu DID YOU RECEIVE BOTH RESPONSES Yes No 017 Go to the Symptom to FRU Index on page 329 or If the problem is not corrected go to Undetermined Problem on page 333 018 If you are not at the Main Menu follow the instructions on the screen to advance to the Main Menu If you cannot advance to the Main Menu go to Undetermined Problem on page 333 Press Ctrl A and run the system checkout Notes 1 If the external keyboard has incorrect keyboard responses see External Keyboard Auxiliary Input Device Checkout on page 465 2 f th
96. de piezas al sustituir la bater a La utilizaci n de una bater a no apropiada puede provocar la ignici n o explosi n de la misma Introduction 9 m Safety Notice 4 The lithium battery can cause a fire explosion or severe burn Do not recharge it remove its polarized connector disassemble it heat it above 100 degrees C 212 degrees F incinerate it or expose its cell contents to water Dispose of the battery as required by local ordinances or regulations Use of an incorrect battery can result in ignition or explosion of the battery Replacement batteries can be ordered from IBM or IBM Authorized Dealers La pile de sauvegarde contient du lithium Elle presente des risques d incendie d explosion ou de br lures graves Ne la rechargez pas ne retirez pas son connecteur polarise et la demontez pas Ne l exposez pas une temperature superieure 1000 la faites pas br ler et n en exposez pas le contenu l eau Mettez la pile au rebut conformement la reglementation en vigueur Une pile inappropriee risque de prendre feu ou d exploser Les piles de rechange peuvent etre obtenues aupres d IBM ou d un distributeur agree IBM Die Sicherungsbatterie ist eine Lithiumbatterie Sie kann sich entzunden explodieren oder schwere Verbrennungen hervorrufen Batterien dieses Typs durfen nicht aufgeladen zerlegt uber 100 C erhitzt verbrannt deren Polkappen abgenommen oder deren Inhalt mit Wasser in Ver
97. device connectors Use the keyboard mouse connector to test the external keyboard and mouse If no problems are found connect the external keyboard mouse parallel and serial devices to the Dock then connect the Dock to the computer and test it If external devices are attached to the Dock such as an audio amplifier check the device by referring to the manual shipped with the device When the release lock lever is opened with the computer docked on the Dock and power is on a warning is indicated by a warning beep and a LED message either do not work the problem is in the LED or the warning system If the user did not bring the computer with the Dock I when service is needed use a computer that works correctly with the Dock I If a beep sounds when the computer is docked to the Dock make sure that the following are correct The release lock lever is not open The computer is not in suspend mode while docked to the Dock 1 If the beep sounds during normal operation dock the Dock to another computer and do the same operation again If the beep sounds suspect a problem with the Dock I IBM Mobile Systems HMM Volume 1 General Checkout 001 Power off the computer and all external devices Remove the computer from the Dock 1 Connect the external keyboard mouse parallel and serial devices to the computer if used Use the keyboard mouse connector for testing the external
98. disconnect one of the following devices or Modem printer mouse or other external device Hard disk drive fixed disk drive or diskette drive Power on the computer and start the system program If all of the FRUS listed have been removed and the Related Service Procedures This section provides related service information on the following Checking Installed Devices Power on Password on page 132 How to Run the Advanced Diagnostics on page 132 Hard Disk Partition on page 132 Restoring the Partition on page 133 CL57 LCD FRU Replacement Notice on page 133 Checking Installed Devices The Installed Devices List shows the presence of devices in the computer If an adapter or device is missing from the list you might have one of the following conditions Warning customized setup configuration other than default settings might exist on the computer you are servicing Running Automatic Configuration can alter those settings Note the current configuration settings using the View configuration and verify that the same Settings are in place when service is complete The protected partition on the hard disk or the Reference Diskette you are using does not contain the code required to support that device adapter or device is defective The device missing from the list is an unrecognizable drive or adapter The device missing from the list requires an add
99. disk drive or add additional memory ThinkPad 500 2603 245 PCMCIA Drivers IBM22SS01 SYS and PCMCIA SYS provides the ability to use PCMCIA cards in an OS 2 environment Trademark of the IBM Corporation 246 IBM Mobile Systems HMM Volume 1 Product Overview The following table provides a brief overview of the system features Feature Description Processor MHz 486SLC2 50 25 MHz Bus Architecture AT Bus Memory 4MB Standard Memory 12MB Maximum CMOS RAM 256KB Video VGA Diskette Drive 3 5 inch Hard Drive 85MB 2 5 inch 170MB 2 5 inch Audio Yes Standard Subsystem PCMCIA One Type ll slot Keyboard TrackPoint 11 Note An external diskette drive and cable are provided with this model ThinkPad 500 2603 247 FRU Removals and Replacements Follow the numerical sequence in the FRU removal sequence list and the exploded view to remove or disconnect parts in the correct order The letters in parentheses in the list indicate screw types See the Screw Size Chart on page 19 to match the letters to the correct screw type and size before replacing each screw Safety Notice 8 Translation on page 13 Before removing any FRU power off the computer unplug all power cords from electrical outlets remove the battery pack then disconnect any interconnecting cables Safety Notice 1 Translation on page 7 Before the co
100. drive is not attached to the computer do the following 1 Run the POST Power On Self Test 2 f you receive an error go to Symptom to FRU Index on page 264 3 If you suspect an undetermined problem go to Undetermined Problems on page 267 1 Power off the computer and all external devices 2 Check all cables and power cords for correct connection 3 If you are going to run the advanced diagnostics from the diskette drive insert the Advanced Diagnostics diskette into the diskette drive then continue with step 4 If you are going to run advanced diagnostics from the hard disk drive go to step 6 4 Power on all external devices 5 Power on the computer and check for one short beep at the end of POST with a clear and readable diagnostics menu displayed If you did not get the correct responses go to Symptom to FRU Index on page 264 If you received the correct responses go to step 12 on page 259 Power on all external devices D 7 Power on the computer and check for one short beep at the end of POST with a clear and readable diagnostics menu displayed If you did not get the correct responses go to Symptom to FRU Index on page 264 Note The following two steps are important because they prevent programs which might affect the diagnostic tests from being loaded into memory 8 When the message Starting PC DOS appears press F5 9 When the DOS prompt appears type c
101. external devices service 3 SCSI Cable pamphlet 4 SCSI ID Switch internal SCSI fixed disk drive only 0215XXXX 1 SCSI CD ROM Drive If the failing device is an 2 SCSI Adapter external device go to the external device service pamphlet Undetermined Problem 1 Power off the computer 2 Remove or disconnect one of the following adapters or devices e Non IBM devices e external device modem printer mouse external display e Any adapter Fixed disk or diskette drive e Memory module kits 3 Power on the computer 4 f the symptom remains repeat steps 1 2 and 3 until you find the failing adapter or device 5 If all adapters and devices have been removed and the problem persists check the power supply voltages If the voltages are correct replace the System board If the voltages are not correct replace the power supply If the symptom remains reinstall the original system board and replace the processor card 156 IBM Mobile Systems HMM Volume 1 Related Service Procedures This section provides related service information on the following Checking Installed Devices SCSI Devices Enable and Disable Settings on page 158 How to Run Advanced Diagnostics on page 158 Power on Password on page 159 Checking Installed Devices If an adapter or device is missing from the list you might have one of the following conditions e Your Reference Dis
102. fit into their respective slots in top cover Speaker Two Diskette Drive Ribbon Cables Four Diskette Drive Screws LL Micro Switch Cable Diskette Drive and Mounting Bracket Two Hard Disk Drive Ribbon Cables Four Hard Disk Drive Screws LL Hard Disk Drive and Mounting Bracket Have customer backup all information on hard disk drive before removal When replacing hard disk drive use customer s backup Reference Diskette to restore system partition Backup Battery Keyboard Control Card Ribbon Cable Three Keyboard Control Card Screws NN Keyboard Control Card Display Control Card Ribbon Cable Press and hold metal clips on each side of cable connector Two Display Control Card Screws LL Display Control Card Two Hinge Support Screws LL On hinge support Six Screws 4 PP 2 QQ and Hinge Assemblies Three screws on each side Loosen Hinge Support Two Regulator Card Cables Three Regulator Card Screws LL Regulator Card Two I O Connector Ribbon Cables Two Threaded Spacers Three Modem Guide Screws V Two Threaded Hex Spacers At each end of system board IBM Mobile Systems HMM Volume 1 E BEBE N Voltage Converter Cable System Board Cable upper left System Board and Mounting Bracket When installing system board ensure that power control switch panel is set to Also run Automatic Configuration and set time and date Transfer math coprocessor if installed to new system b
103. is properly formatted and inserted Try a different diskette Check all cable connections Replace diskette drive Replace video power board 200104 Diskette Error Remove any non system diskettes when powering on the computer Make sure diskette has a bootable operating System on it 200105 Diskette Error 200110 Floppy Drive Error Reformat the diskette Replace the diskette Replace video power board Make sure diskette is fully inserted into the drive Make sure diskette is formatted Try a different diskette Replace diskette drive Replace video power board 200112 Floppy Drive Error Check drive cable connection Replace diskette drive Replace video power board Replace system board 200113 Floppy Drive Error Check drive cable connection Replace diskette drive Replace video power board Replace system board 186 IBM Mobile Systems HMM Volume 1 Symptom Error FRU Action 200301 Memory Error 200302 Memory Error 1 Power off computer wait 15 seconds then power on If the message reappears replace System board Power off computer wait 15 seconds then power on If the message reappears replace System board 200303 Memory Error Power off computer wait 15 seconds then power on Perform BIOS update See BIOS Update Procedure on page 195 Replace system board 200304 Memory Error Rep
104. is charging Computer is powered on Computer is in suspend mode Hard disk drive is active Diskette drive is active Keyboard is in Num Lock mode as Keyboard is in Caps Lock mode D Keyboard is in Scroll Lock mode PCMCIA Test Card The green LED on the PCMCIA test card lights when the PCMCIA test is running If the LED does not go on check that the card is installed correctly by reseating the card For the docking station if it still does not light after reseating try using another slot for the test If the LED still does not go on and the test fails replace the FRU shown in the diagnostic error code Power On Password Override 268 IBM Mobile Systems HMM Volume 1 Important This information is not available in this HMM online format See your IBM Servicer or IBM Authorized Dealer for this procedure Checking the Installed Devices List If an adapter or device is missing from the Installed Devices list and you are able to add it to the list do so and continue with the diagnostic tests If an adapter or device is missing from the installed devices list and you cannot add it to the list you might have one of the following conditions The diagnostic code for the missing device is not on your Advanced Diagnostics diskette The missing device is a 3 5 Inch External Diskette Drive Adapter or another unrecognizable adapter The missing device is defe
105. keyboard and mouse Diagnose and resolve any computer problems first DID THE TEST COMPLETE WITHOUT ANY ERRORS Yes No 002 Diagnose and resolve any computer problems first 003 Install the computer on the Dock Make sure that the computer is firmly connected Check all cables and power cords Check the fan in the power supply in the Dock and make sure it is working correctly Notes 1 The mouse or other pointing devices do not work if they are connected to the keyboard numeric keypad connector 2 The mouse or other pointing devices do not work if they are connected to the mouse connector on the numeric keypad that is connected to the Dock I 3 The computer keyboard does not work when an external keyboard is connected to the Dock 1 Reinstall all external devices Power on all external devices Press and hold F1 then power on the computer Hold F1 until the Easy Setup screen or an error message appears Note If the warning beep sounds for the correct operation go to Symptom to FRU Index on page 351 Write down all post error codes that are displayed Press the Pause key when an error code appears to keep the screen from scrolling Press F1 to continue If the POST stops and you cannot continue go to Symptom to FRU Index on page 351 Step 003 continues Dock 3545 341 CONTINUED 003 continued ARE THERE ANY EX
106. manual or a device not supported by the advanced diagnostics tests refer to the manual for that device Symptom Error FRU Action One or more keys do not 1 Keyboard work 2 System Board See External Keyboard Auxiliary Input Device Checkout on page 465 before replacing any FRUs No beep and a blank or 1 System Board unreadable display during 2 Any options or devices POST 3 Power source when See Power Systems failing Checkout on page 27 4 Speaker before replacing any FRUs No beep with a normal 1 Speaker display during POST 2 System Board Continuous beep 1 System Board 2 Any options or devices Repeating short beeps 1 System Board See External 2 Keyboard Keyboard Auxiliary Input Device Checkout on page 465 before replacing any FRUs Dew Point or Temperature 1 System Board icon appears with one long 2 Power source when and one short beep failing One long and one short 1 System Board beep 2 Power source when failing One long and two short 1 System Board beeps 2 Power source when failing One short beep and a 1 Display LCD blank unreadable or 2 System Board flashing display with no 3 Power source when external display attached failing One short beep and 1 Diskette Drive Diskette Prompt or a 2 System Board program load from the hard 3 Diskette Drive Cable disk drive or unable to read diskette s 32 IBM Mobile Systems HMM Volume 1 Symptom Error FRU Action Two short bee
107. mode the PCMCIA card is no longer configured and will not be recognized by the computer If the computer is connected to a Local Area Network LAN that periodically polls for station activity the LAN connection might be terminated while the computer is in Suspend or Hibernate mode Any further attempt to access the network results in a brief delay and the computer appears to hang up to 1 minute depending on the network After the delay an error is displayed Follow the instructions on the screen to restore normal operation Any software program that was running over the LAN is not re entered when you resume normal operation from Hibernate or Suspend modes ThinkPad 510 2604 263 Symptom to FRU Index The Symptom to FRU Index lists symptoms errors and the possible causes The most likely cause is listed first Use this index to help you decide which FRUs to have available when servicing the computer In the following error codes X can be any number m Note For IBM devices not supported by the ThinkPad diagnostic code refer to the manual for that device Numeric Error Codes Symptom Error FRU Action 02X 101 107 1 Battery 2 AC Adapter 3 DRAM Card 4 System Board 102 103 104 106 108 109 190 Press Ctrl Alt F3 to set the time and date and remove any 16X errors 1 System Board the time and date and remove any 16X errors 111 1 DRAM Card 161 163 1 Set Con
108. note the location of each connector Step Color and type Length quantity White screw 2 5 mm 0 20 in Note Make sure you use the correct screw 376 IBM Mobile Systems HMM Volume 1 1110 Power Supply Unit e Bottom Cover 1010 Main Board 1080 e Open the release lock lever Warning When doing sequence Bl remove the audio card only enough to disconnect the power supply connecters under the card Do not pull the card out because there are three more cables connected to the card Step Color and type Length quantity White screw 6 5 mm 0 20 in Black self tap screw 1 8 mm 0 31 in White screw 2 5 mm 0 20 in Note Make sure you use the correct screw Dock 3545 377 378 IBM Mobile Systems HMM Volume 1 1120 I O Card Bottom Cover 1010 Main Board 1080 e Audio Card 1100 Step Color and type Length quantity White screw 2 5 mm 0 20 in White self tap screw 2 5 mm 0 20 in Note Make sure you use the correct screw Dock 3545 379 Locations Front View EEESBEBmmmmmEmEm 380 Guide Pins Docking Connector 240 pin Lever Cover Right Speaker Handle Blank Bezel Status Indicator Headphone Jack Release Lock Lever Security Lock Slide Knob Left Speaker Docking Knob Hooks IBM Mob
109. on the external devices Common Devices Checkout 465 Fax Modem Checkout 001 Power off the computer Ensure that the modem is installed correctly If the modem never worked in customer mode ensure that all drivers are loaded correctly onto the computer Ensure that the communication program is supported on the computer Ensure that the public switch telephone network PSTN cable and the data access arrangement DAA cable if installed are connected correctly If you need to correct one of the above conditions do so now then continue Note PCMCIA cards can be inserted and removed while the system is powered on Power on the system Insert the IBM Data FAX Modem diskette into the default diskette drive f you are servicing a High Speed Internal Data Fax Modem Models FC3632 and FC3650 at the DOS prompt for example A type IBMDIAG then press Enter f you are servicing a PCMCIA Data FAX Modem Models FC3634 and FC3635 at the DOS prompt for example type ESTDIAG then press Enter Follow the instructions on the screen If you need help press F1 DID THE DIAGNOSTIC TESTS DETECT AN ERROR Yes No 002 The diagnostic tests have completed successfully If you suspect a problem go to Step 004 003 Go to the Symptom to FRU Index for the computer you are servicing 004 Check the PSTN cable and the DAA
110. one If no noise can be heard from the adapter go to Step 3 2 If the noise still comes from the new AC adapter suspect the computer Replace the AC adapter with the original one then go to the next step If no noise comes from the new adapter the original adapter has the problem 3 Unplug the AC adapter cable from the computer and measure the output voltages at the plug of the AC adapter cable Connect the minus lead of the volt ohm meter to pin 3 during the measurement Pin Voltage V dc 1 18 to 22 2 17 to 21 3 GND 4 Communication GND e If the voltages are not correct 1 Unplug the AC adapter from the ac power outlet and leave it for a few minutes 2 Plug the AC adapter into the ac outlet 3 Measure the output voltages of the AC adapter 4 If the voltages are still not correct replace the AC adapter If the voltages are OK plug the cable into the computer and try the failing operation again If the problem still remains replace the voltage converter If the problem disappeared suspect the installation and continuity of the AC adapter cable 120 IBM Mobile Systems HMM Volume 1 Testing the Battery Pack 1 Remove each battery pack and measure the voltage at the battery terminals between and Terminal Voltage V dc 9 412 to 18 T Thermal Detection Ground e If the voltage is less than 12 V the battery pack is dischar
111. or plotter problem Check Configuration ThinkPad MultiPort Serial Port PCMCIA Device System Board SUB ON 266 IBM Mobile Systems HMM Volume 1 Undetermined Problems If you have not already done so go to Power Systems Checkout on page 262 and check the AC adapter and battery voltages If the AC adapter and battery voltages are correct and the problem remains do the following 1 2 Power off the computer Remove or disconnect one of the following devices Any external device or cable Any PCMCIA device Power on the computer If the symptom remains repeat steps 1 2 and 3 until you find the failing adapter or device If the problem remains replace the Power Card If this does not solve the problem replace the system board ThinkPad 510 2604 267 Related Service Procedures This section provides information on the following Status Indicators PCMCIA Test Card Power On Password Override Checking the Installed Devices List on page 269 Power On Self Test POST on page 269 Advanced Diagnostics Diskette on page 270 Loading the Diagnostics on page 270 Formatting the Hard Disk Drive on page 271 Restoring the TP 510 System Files on page 271 Error Log on page 271 Setup Options on page 273 Starting Setup on page 273 Utilities on page 273 Status Indicators Light Status Indicated Battery needs charging Battery
112. position for the SCSI 2 SCSI Device adapter built into the system board which controls the internal and external SCSI devices To replace the SCSI adapter in slot 1 replace the system board 000107XX 1 5 25 inch External Diskette Drive 2 5 25 inch External Diskette Drive Adapter A 012102XX 012106XX 1 300 1200 2400 Modem 012108XX Adapter A 012109XX 1 Serial Device 0121XXXX 1 300 1200 2400 Modem not listed above Adapter A 2 System Board 012901XX 012902XX 1 Processor Card 012903XX 2 System Board 014710XX 1 Plasma Display Card 2 Display Option Adapter 014711XX 1 Plasma Display Card 2 Display Option Adapter 0147XXXX 1 Plasma Display Card 2 Display Option Adapter 3 System Board 4 Processor Card 01490XXX 01491XXX 1 Plasma Display Card 01492XXX 2 System Board 3 Plasma Display Assembly 014932XX 1 External Display 2 Plasma Display Card 014952XX 1 Plasma Display Assembly 2 Plasma Display Card 3 System Board 016500XX 1 6157 Tape Attachment Adapter 016520XX 1 6157 Streaming Tape Drive 016540XX 1 6157 Streaming Tape Drive 2 6157 Tape Attachment Adapter Model P70 and P75 8573 155 Symptom Error FRU Action 0166XXXX 0167XXXX 1 Token Ring Network Adapter A 2 System Board 0208XXXX 1 Any SCSI Device Verify that there are no duplicate SCSI ID settings 0210XXXX 1 SCSI Fixed Disk If the failing device is an Drive external device go to the 2 SCSI Adapter
113. procedure 86 IBM Mobile Systems HMM Volume 1 Symptom to FRU Index The Symptom to FRU Index lists error symptoms and possible causes The most likely cause is listed first Always begin with General Checkout on page 74 This index also can be used to help you decide which FRUs to have available when servicing a computer If you are unable to correct the problem using this index go to Undetermined Problem on page 94 IMPORTANT 1 If you have both an error message and an incorrect audio response diagnose the error message first 2 f you cannot run the advanced diagnostics tests but did receive a POST error message diagnose the POST error message 3 If you did not receive an error message look for a description of your error symptoms in the first part of this index 4 Check all power supply voltages before you replace the system board See Power Systems Checkout on page 78 5 If an error message is not listed there is a device installed that requires an additional diskette or service manual Refer to the diskette or service manual for that device How to Read POST Error Messages POST error messages are displayed on the screen as 3 4 5 or 8 digits The error messages that can be displayed as shorter POST messages are highlighted in this Symptom to FRU Index In the following index an X in an error message can be any number Numeric Error Codes Symptom Error FRU Action 00010200
114. programs from the Reference Diskette If no errors are found restore the programs to the protected partition on the hard disk using the following procedure 1 Start the computer with the customer s backup copy of the Reference Diskette installed 2 Select the Backup Restore system programs from the Main Menu 3 Select the Restore the system partition to load the System setup and utility programs and the customer and advanced diagnostics programs onto the system partition of the hard disk If this does not correct the problem use the backup copy of the Reference Diskette to format the hard disk and then restore the programs to the protected partition If the problem remains return to the I998XXXX 19990303 error code on page 126 in the Symptom to FRU index Note After the programs have been restored the Diskette and F1 prompts appear unless an operating system is present CL57 LCD FRU Replacement Notice If missing or discolored dots appear on the LCD carefully read the following note to determine whether you should replace the LCD Important The LCD for the Model CL57 contains over 921000 thin film transistors TFTs A small number of missing discolored or lighted dots on all the time is characteristic of TFT LCD technology but excessive pixel problems can cause viewing concerns The LCD should be replaced if the number of dots satisfies either of the following conditions The number of missing
115. rightmost digits indicate the net FRU code Do these FRU replacements in the same way as with the first FRU codes Undock the computer from the Dock to check that the FRU code appears with the computer only If a FRU code appears replace the FRU by following the instructions in the Symptom to FRU Index for the computer being serviced Then dock the computer on the Dock to check if any FRU codes appear Use the table below FRU Code FRUs of the Dock 10 1 Main board 2 card 15 1 Audio card 2 card 30 Reserved 32 1 See External Keyboard Auxiliary Input Device Checkout on page 465 2 Main board 3 card 33 1 External mouse 2 Main board 3 card 45 1 See External Display Self Test on page 464 51 1 Diskette drive FDD 2 2 Main board 3 card 56 1 Diskette drive FDD 2 2 Main board 3 card 61 1 Hard disk drive HDD 2 2 Main board 3 HDD installation kit 80 Reserved 90 Reserved If the problem remains after the FRUs are replaced go to Undetermined Problem on page 357 356 IBM Mobile Systems HMM Volume 1 Undetermined Problem Use the following procedure when the diagnostic tests do not identify the failing adapter or device Check that all cables wires and connectors are connected so that they do not cause a short circuit If any problems are found reconnect or replace them Check the power supply for correct operation see
116. screen intensity by adjusting the contrast and brightness controls The screen should be white or light gray with a black margin test margin on the screen Note The location of the test margin varies with the type of display The test margin might be on the top bottom or one or both sides If you do not see a test margin on the screen replace the display If there is a test margin on the screen replace the System board Note On ThinkPad Models 700 700C 720C 720C do the following 1 Video card 2 System board External Keyboard Auxiliary Input Device Checkout The following auxiliary input devices may be available for IBM ThinkPad models Numeric keypad Mouse PS 2 compatible External keyboard with Keyboard Miniature Mouse cable e f you suspect a problem with any of the auxiliary input devices listed above replace the device If the problem is not corrected replace the following FRUs one at a time to correct the problem Keyboard control card System board e If the computer receives an incorrect keyboard response remove other external devices check the keyboard connections and recheck the keyboard responses If the problem remains replace the following FRUs one at a time to correct the problem Keyboard Keyboard control card System board e 00030100 error message appears power off the computer and the external devices Then power on the computer before you power
117. short beep 1 System Board program load from the hard disk or unable to read diskette One long and two short 1 Display Control Card beeps 2 System Board One short beep and a 1 LCD Panel blank unreadable or 2 Display Control Card flashing display with no 3 System Board external display attached 4 LCD Cable See CL57 LCD FRU Replacement Notice on page 133 before replacing any FRUs One short beep and 1 Diskette Drive Diskette Prompt or a 2 System Board 3 Diskette Drive Cable Two short beeps and a blank display 1 System Board Miscellaneous Symptoms Note A no beep symptom can be caused by incorrect volume setting of the speaker Set the speaker volume to its maximum position Symptom Error FRU Action A no beep and a blank or 1 System Board unreadable display during 2 Voltage Converter POST 3 Communications See Power Systems Cartridge Checkout on page 117 4 Hard Disk Drive before replacing any FRUs 5 Display Control Card 6 Any options 7 Power source when failing A no beep with a blinking 1 System Board cursor 2 Display Control Card 3 Communications Cartridge A no beep with a normal 1 Speaker display during POST 2 Indicator Card 3 System Board 4 Keyboard Control Card Model CL57 8554 127 Symptom Error FRU Action A no beep and the computer hangs after System Board 2 Communications
118. small keyboard symbol The numeric keypad is attached to this keyboard numeric keypad connector Mouse Pointing Device Connector This 6 pin connector on the rear of the Dock II allows the attachment of a pointing device mouse The mouse pointing device connector is marked with a small mouse symbol Note A mouse or pointing device will not work if either is connected to the mouse connector of the numeric keypad Riser Card AT Slots Two full size AT slots 98 pin allow the attachment of option cards Storage Device Connectors These connectors are for the internal storage options Any two of the following devices are supported as storage options e Internal hard disk drive Internal SCSI device 1 inch height Internal SCSI device half height Internal Hard Disk Connector The internal hard disk drive connector is a 60 pin connector for the ThinkPad hard disk or for the IDE hard disk Dock II 3546 425 Internal SCSI Device Connectors The SCSI device connector is a 50 pin SCSI interface connector which transfers system data to and from the SCSI device This connector is for the cable of an internal SCSI device Power Supply The power supply switches automatically to either the 100 125 V ac or the 200 240 V ac voltage range when the power cord is plugged into a power outlet The power supply converts ac voltage to dc voltage to supply the Dock II and the computer with the correct operating voltages 426 I
119. the System unit stands for the computer and this 3550 IBM Mobile Systems HMM Volume 1 Expansion Unit If the Reference Diskette or Diagnostic Diskette is shipped with this 3550 Expansion Unit always use the corresponding version or later of the diskette for operation 001 Power off the 3550 Expansion Unit and all external devices Remove the computer from the 3550 Expansion Unit Have the external keyboard mouse parallel and serial devices connected to the computer Diagnose and resolve any computer problems first DID THE TEST COMPLETE WITHOUT ANY ERRORS Yes No 002 Diagnose and resolve any computer problems first 003 Disconnect the external keyboard mouse parallel and serial devices from the computer and reconnect them to the 3550 Expansion Unit Install the computer on the 3550 Expansion Unit again and make sure that the computer is firmly connected Check all cables and power cords Notes 1 The mouse or other pointing devices do not work if connected to the keyboard connector 2 The mouse or other pointing devices do not work if connected to the mouse connector on the numeric keypad 3 The computer keyboard does not work if an external keyboard is connected to the 3550 Expansion Unit Power on all external devices Power on the 3550 Expansion Unit Watch the screen for a power on self test POST error cod
120. the computer are covered by the 3550 Expansion Unit when the computer is installed on the 3550 Expansion Unit answer No when you are asked if a wrap plug is used b Test the status indicators on the 3550 Expansion Unit by using the system status indicator test of the computer The corresponding indicators on the 3550 Expansion Unit turn on and off in the test except for the power on indicator This power on indicator does not turn off due to hardware restriction If the user did not bring the computer with the 3550 Expansion Unit use a properly working computer with the 3550 Expansion Unit If the docking station serial number is below 97 C0001 and the computer has intermittent problems that seem to go away when the computer is reseated in the docking station install the cover kit part number 66G9433 Note To check if the cover kit has already been installed look at the plug toward the left side of the docking station this plug connects to the AC adapter port at the left rear of the computer If the plug has a one eighth inch deep shoulder the cover kit has already been installed If the plug has a one quarter inch deep shoulder the cover kit has not yet been installed If the diagnostics of the following SCSI devices fail or stop suspect that the diagnostic programs are down level before replacing SCSI devices SCSI Tape Drive error code 0211XXXX SCSI CD ROM Drive error code 0215XXXX IBM Mobile Sy
121. thinkpad diags 258 IBM Mobile Systems HMM Volume 1 10 11 12 13 14 Press Enter Type command Press Enter to start the advanced diagnostics then continue with the next step Run the advanced diagnostics tests For information on how to disable the password see Power On Password Override on page 268 Find your symptom below then go to the appropriate page Otherwise see Symptom to FRU Index on page 264 then go to Undetermined Problems on page 267 Symptom Go to Error Code or Message Symptom to FRU Index on page 264 Configuration Problem Checking the Installed Devices List on page 269 Power Problem Power Systems Checkout on page 262 Memory Problem Memory Checkout on page 260 TrackPoint 1 Problem TrackPoint II Checkout on TrackPoint II Checkout on page 470 Note For information about diagnostics error messages passwords and other tests and service checks go to Related Service Procedures on page 268 ThinkPad 510 2604 259 Memory Checkout 001 Always start with General Checkout on page 258 Power off O the computer and wait 10 seconds Reseat the DRAM card Run the advanced diagnostics if necessary refer to Loading the Diagnostics on page 270 Make a note of any error code you receive DID YOU RECEIVE A 20X XXXXXXXX XXXXXXXX OR 02XX POST ERROR OR FAILURE SYMPTOM Yes No 002
122. used to diagnose an intermittent problem Note The errors must be logged to a diskette drive or to a printer If recording errors on a diskette use a copy of the Advanced Diagnostics diskette that is not write protected Do not run any diskette tests when logging to a diskette drive Do not run a parallel port test when logging to a printer Creating the Error Log 1 2 3 9 Insert the Advanced Diagnostics diskette into the diskette drive Press 0 SYSTEM CHECKOUT then press Enter Depending on the options installed in the computer questions about attached devices might appear on the display Answer as required then press Enter Press Y or N IS THE LIST CORRECT Y N then press Enter Press 2 LOG UTILITIES then press Enter Press 0 START ERROR LOG then press Enter Press 0 or 1 LOG TO DISKETTE OR PRINTER 0 1 then press Enter you are logging to diskette press A ENTER THE DRIVE ID FOR ERROR LOG then press Enter Press 9 END LOG UTILITIES then press Enter Starting the Test 1 2 Press 1 RUN TESTS MULTIPLE TIMES then press Enter Select the device you suspect has a failure then press Enter Select the number of times to run the test then press Enter Press N WAIT EACH TIME AN ERROR OCCURS Y N then press Enter Follow any instructions on the display and select all available tests Note Do not press any keys during the keyboard test To end RUN TEST CONTI
123. volts 475 5 25 2 3 12 volts 11 4 12 6 4 Ground 5 Sub 5 volts 4 75 5 25 6 System 7 Power On 8 Mode Control 9 Security 10 Ground 11 Sub 12 volts 11 4 12 6 12 Power Supply Connector CN26 Pin Signal V dc Min V dc Max 1 19 21 2 Ground Power Supply Connector Reserved B Pin Signal V dc Min V dc Max 1 19 21 2 Ground Dock II 3546 399 Power Supply Connector CN56 B m6EH i ii Signal V dc Min V dc Max 1 2 3 5 volts 4 75 5 25 4 5 Ground 6 12 volts 11 4 12 6 7 Ground 8 12 volts 11 4 13 2 9 5 volts 4 53 5 5 10 Ground SCSI Power Supply Connector HHA EE 0000 Signal V dc Min V dc Max 1 12 volts 111 46 112 6 2 3 Ground 4 5 volts 14 758 5 25 400 IBM Mobile Systems HMM Volume 1 Printer Test the printer by connecting it to the computer before testing it on Dock Il 1 Make sure the printer is correctly connected and the power is turned on 2 Run the printer self test If the printer self test does not run correctly the problem is in the printer Refer to the printer service manual If the printer self test runs correctly connect a wrap plug on the parallel conne
124. 0 425 System Board 350C 425C System Board 425 System Board 425C 4MB Memory Module gt 60G0351 60G0352 60G1743 60G1744 33G4488 60G1745 60G1887 60G1746 60G0353 60G0354 60G1727 33G4200 60G0195 60G0209 60G0344 60G0358 60G0348 60G1806 60G1807 84G1201 60G1809 33G4163 60G1792 59G7550 73G2495 73G2497 73G2496 73G2498 10H3981 10H3983 10H3982 10H3984 79F1003 350 350C does not support 16MB memory modules 15 Bottom Cover 350 425x Bottom Cover 425x no PCMCIA 16 Standby Battery 17 Accessory Door 18 Battery Pack Compartment Door 19 RTC battery Battery Pads 20 Speaker Assembly 21 Cables 22 VGA Cable 23 O Card 23 O Card 425 25 Left Hinge Assembly 350 425 25 Left Hinge Assembly 350C 425C 26 Left Hinge Cover 26 Right Hinge Cover TrackPoint Caps Miscellaneous Fastener Kit AC Adapter and Power Supply US Canada Only wallmount US Canada Only 425 World Wide 60G0345 60G1916 59G7591 60G0288 60G0349 59G7581 92G9418 33G4418 33G4176 33G4175 60G1924 33G6008 60G0186 60G0208 60G0346 60G0347 60G1712 60G1907 33G9616 60G1684 33G9657 33G6022 ThinkPad 350 PS Note 425 2618 227 Index NiCd Battery Pack NiMh Battery Pack Battery Terminal Cover Feet Kit Door Modem Port Cover Communications Adapter Cable Car Adapter Modems Index 14 228 Modem Card Models N82 S82 W82 and E82 only Modem Card 2400 Data 9600 Send DCA France G
125. 0 59F3530 Cleaning Kit for 81F7930 59F3562 Disks CD Caddy Internal CD ROM II Drive 92F0084 Eject button below slot Terminator Kit for 9270084 92F0082 Media Kit for 9270084 31F4232 No cleaning necessary Test Disk CD Caddy Signal Cable 34F0043 Power Cable 72X8521 Remote ID Switch Cable 3510 92F0086 Audio Card Cable Screws 3510 92F0085 CD Caddy 22F9419 Rail Kit 3510 34F0041 Headphones 53F3610 Copyright IBM Corp 1995 477 SCSI Adapters Terminators Cables SCSI Adapter A without Cache SCSI Internal Cable SCSI Adapter A with Cache Terminator External for 85F0063 Terminator Internal for 85F0063 Terminator Internal for 85F0002 SCSI Fast Adapter 16 bit SCSI External Cable for 9270330 SCSI Internal Cable for 9270330 Terminator Inline space permitting Rewritable Optical Drives 3 5 Inch Rewritable Optical Drive Rewritable Optical Cartridge Rewritable Optical Cartridge 5 Pack Drive Mounting Slide for 92F0167 Tray with Bezel for 92F0167 Objective Lens Cleaner for 92F0167 Prism Lens Cleaner for 92F0167 3 5 Inch Enhanced Rewritable Optical Drive Mounting Tray Mounting Tray Bezel Model 3510 External Keyboard Mouse Keyboard Cable Mouse Mouse Ball and Pop Off Retainer Mouse Ball and Twist Off Retainer Mouse New Style Mouse Retainer Ring Miniature Mouse Enhanced Keyboards 101 102 Key 478 Country Arabic Belgian Canadian French Cyrillic Danish Dutch
126. 00 2603 237 Symptom Error FRU Action 86XX 1 Keyboard 2 System Board Beep Symptoms Symptom Error One long and one short beep FRU Action 1 Memory Option Two long beeps 3 short beeps and a blank screen 1 External Display if installed 2 External Display Power Cord 3 LCD Assembly 4 System Board Multiple short beeps 1 Keyboard stuck key One short beep with a display problem For external displays see External Display Self Test on page 464 before replacing FRUs 1 External Display 2 Display Power Cord 3 LCD Assembly One long and multiple short beeps 1 External Display if installed 2 External Display Power Cord 3 LCD Assembly Miscellaneous Symptoms Symptom Error FRU Action Blank screen 1 Battery 2 AC Adapter 3 Memory Option 4 System Board Display problems 1 External Display if installed 2 External Display Power Cord LCD Assembly e LCD contrast not adjustable LCD Assembly System Board Keyboard problems Reseat cables Keyboard System Board gom Mouse problems Reseat cable Mouse System Board Diagnostic tests hang Battery AC Adapter Memory Option System Board Sog Blinking cursor only Diskette Drive System Board 238 Mobile Systems HMM Volume 1 Symptom Error FRU Action No beep or continuous
127. 00 426 2472 800 426 7763 800 IBM DEAL 303 924 4015 800 237 5511 800 327 5711 800 426 1484 800 759 7483 800 342 6672 Bulletin Board Service PC Company BM Business Partner Education BM Customer Engineer Technical Support BM National Support Center BM PartnerLink Technical Support BM Part Number ID and Look Up BM Software Defect Support CSDs BM Software Ordering publications BM Supplies Technical Hotline BM Warranty Claims Center OS 2 Replacement Diskettes problems during new system installation U S Customers and Helpware Subscribers Number Information 919 517 0001 800 426 8322 800 999 0052 407 982 6408 800 964 8523 800 772 2227 800 426 4238 800 742 2493 800 447 4700 800 426 4238 800 426 2468 800 426 2468 800 282 0226 800 426 3333 800 IBM SERV 800 426 7282 800 426 9402 Ext 150 800 241 1620 800 742 2493 800 342 6672 800 237 5511 800 237 5511 Bulletin Board Service PC Company Customer Education Business Unit Customized Operational Services Developers Assistance HW amp SW End User Support HelpCenter and HelpLearn Customer Satisfaction Center HelpCenter TDD ASCII BM Anti Virus Services BM Authorized Dealer Referrals BM Customer Satisfaction Center TDD ASCII BM Dealer Referral typewriters printers BM Direct supplies education BM Field Television Network BM Information Referral Service BM Service BM Technical Manuals Multimedia Information Cen
128. 0051 1838574 79 2755 Element Exchange Displays 8503 12 Inch Monochrome Display 110 120 V ac 220 240 V ac No Hemisphere 220 240 V ac So Hemisphere Tilt Swivel Stand 8504 12 Inch Monochrome Display 110 120 or 220 240 V ac Universal 220 240 V ac No Hemisphere 220 240 V ac So Hemisphere Tilt Swivel Stand 68X3045 68X3046 72X7878 68X3061 44F9807 44F9808 44F9809 44F9820 8506 17 Inch Monochrome Display with Tilt Swivel Stand 110 125 V ac US Canada 110 125 or 200 240 V ac No Hemisphere 110 125 or 220 240 V ac So Hemisphere 8507 19 Inch Monochrome Display 110 120 or 220 240 V ac Universal Model 110 125 or 200 240 V ac No Hemisphere 110 125 or 220 240 V ac So Hemisphere 8508 19 Inch Monochrome Display 110 125 V ac US Canada 110 125 or 200 240 V ac No Hemisphere 110 125 or 220 240 V ac So Hemisphere 8512 14 Inch Color Display 110 120 V ac US Canada 220 240 V ac No Hemisphere 220 240 V ac So Hemisphere Tilt Swivel Stand 8513 12 Inch Color Display 110 120 V ac 220 240 V ac No Hemisphere 220 240 V ac So Hemisphere Tilt Swivel Stand 8514 16 Inch Color Display 110 120 V ac 220 240 V ac No Hemisphere 220 240 V ac So Hemisphere Tilt Swivel Stand 8515 14 Inch Color Display 90 137 V ac 220 240 V ac No Hemisphere 220 240 V ac Equatorial 220 240 V ac So Hemisphere Tilt Swivel Stand 8516 Color Touch Display 110 120 V ac 220 240 V ac No Hemisphere
129. 05 1396809 1396808 1397090 Model N45SL 2614 General Checkout 48 Symptom to FRU Index 53 Undetermined Problem 62 Related Service Procedures 63 Power on Password 63 Status Indicators 63 How to Run Advanced Diagnostics 63 Running PREP 64 Updating Flash Memory 65 Product Overview 66 FRU Removals and Replacements 67 Locations ee nd 70 Parts Listings oed oy hie n Pa 71 Copyright IBM Corp 1995 47 General Checkout Note The hardware configuration in the Setup program is the responsibility of the customer However some Settings can cause symptoms of a hardware failure to appear during operation or diagnostic checkout Setup affects power management parallel and serial ports disk drive operation operating speed boot source and memory configuration Refer to the Guide to Operations for information about Setup 001 HAS A REST RESUME PROBLEM BEEN REPORTED Yes No 002 Go to Step 010 on page 49 003 1 Power on the computer 2 Make sure the power button is set up for REST RESUME in Setup configuration 3 Press the power button to put the computer into REST Note LCD display and backlight off all LEDs off except charge indicator when AC is connected and battery pack is installed DID THE COM
130. 08 Hinge Support 0791407 Hinge Left 07G1403 Hinge Right 07G1404 Cover I O Connectors 07G1394 Cover Option Slot 07G1395 Cover Math Coprocessor 07G1429 Backup Battery Lithium 35G2282 Diskette Drive Assembly 72X6074 Bracket Diskette Drive 07G1405 Cable Diskette Drive 07G1379 Lid Switch 07G1386 Hard Disk Drive 80MB 95F4708 Bracket Hard Disk Drive 07G1406 Cable Hard Disk Drive 07G1380 Bottom Cover 07G1389 Keyboard Control Card 1397751 Voltage Converter 07G1373 2MB IC DRAM Card 07G1414 4MB IC DRAM Card 07G1415 8MB IC DRAM Card 07G1416 Regulator 06G9536 Connector IC DRAM Card 07G1377 Memory Module Kit System Board 07G1879 System Board 07G1371 Note On system board EC level C81806A J2 and J12 have been removed and the cable between J2 and Voltage Converter index 19 is not used System Board Dew Sensor 35G2319 Switch Communications Cartridge 07G1385 Display Control Card 07G1372 Panel Assembly 07G1374 Bracket Connector 07G1402 includes slide and connector screws Serial Connector Assembly 07G1426 Keyboard see Keyboards Battery Pack Rechargeable HHR140A 07G1413 For Benelux 06G8433 For Nordic countries 06G8434 For Switzerland 06G8432 Battery Pack Rechargeable HHR150A 06G9259 For Switzerland 06G9264 Holder Battery Pack 07G1376 Sensor Thermal 07G1387 Slide Brightness Contrast 07G1399 Slide Power Switch 07G1400 Slide Volume Control 07G1401 IBM Mobile Systems HMM Volum
131. 1 010 Go to Step 003 on page 207 011 From step 009 DID THE SYSTEM CHECKOUT MENU APPEAR AT THE END OF THE TEST Yes No 012 You might have a power source problem go to Power Systems Checkout on page 209 013 The Advanced Diagnostics tests finished without detecting a failure If you suspect an intermittent problem start an error log If you need instructions refer to Error Log on page 217 208 IBM Mobile Systems HMM Volume 1 Power Systems Checkout To check the system power do the following 1 Power off the computer 2 Remove the battery from the computer 3 Check the battery voltage The voltage should read 9 to 12 V dc across the negative and positive contacts the two contacts farthest apart If the voltages are not correct try recharging the battery pack If the voltages are correct continue with the next step to test the AC adapter voltage 4 Unplug the AC adapter from the computer 5 Measure the voltage at the points shown c 2 LN CX 23 4 Sy M V Lead Lead 13 5 to 15 2 1 If the voltage is not correct replace the AC adapter If the voltage is correct go to Undetermined Problems on page 214 Standby Battery Check To check the standby battery voltage measure across the two contacts The voltage should read 3 5 to 4 5 V dc If the voltage is not correct replace the battery RT
132. 1 Testing the Car Battery Adapter If an output voltage from a cigarette lighter socket is less than 10 5 V dc the power on indicator on the car battery adapter blinks and a noise can be heard continuously The battery of the car is defective 1 Unplug the car battery adapter from the computer if connected 2 Plug the car battery adapter into the cigarette lighter Socket Note If the adapter is already plugged in be sure to unplug the adapter from the cigarette lighter Socket then plug it into the socket again 3 Measure the output voltage of the car battery adapter Pin Voltage V dc 1 19 0 to 21 0 2 Ground If the voltage is correct and the power on indicator on the car battery adapter is on steady the car battery adapter is working correctly If the voltage is out of range do one of the following e Try the above test procedures in another car if available e Replace the car battery adapter if the computer works with the AC adapter and does not work with the car battery adapter Testing the Voltage Converter Use the following procedure to isolate the voltage converter from the problem Note If the problem occurs only when using the computer with a good battery pack replace the voltage converter Power off the computer 2 Power off all attached devices and disconnect them from the computer Unplug the AC adapter from the computer Remove the battery pack and the
133. 1 See Updating Flash Memory on page 65 Non maskable interrupt received If a software problem is suspected have the customer contact the software manufacturer or dealer and report the problem Run Advanced Diagnostics AC Adapter No system Not a bootable partition Install the operating system Refer to the operating system documentation for instructions Retry the boot command syntax and verify a valid drive was selected Retry the boot command syntax and make certain a valid partition was selected Back up the hard disk if possible and run PREP to reinitialize the disk see Running PREP on page 64 Reformat disk and install operating System Hard Disk Drive Overflow Power off computer wait 15 seconds then power on computer If message reappears during power up replace system board If a software problem is suspected try another copy of the program or have the customer contact the software manufacturer or dealer and report the problem 60 IBM Mobile Systems HMM Volume 1 Symptom Error FRU Action Password Security Violation System Shutdown 1 Power off computer wait 15 seconds then power on the computer Retry the password If password is unknown clear the password see Power on Password on page 63 Program verify failure System Board Remove diskette and insert again otherwise reboot
134. 1 103 107 111 1 System Board 2 Hard Disk Drive 3 Diskette Drive 4 Any attached devices 109 110 121 1 Memory Module Kits See Memory Checkout on 2 System Board page 25 before replacing any FRUs Model 140 SX 8543 33 Symptom Error FRU Action 122 124 System Board Auxiliary Input Device Keyboard ono 123 Hard Disk Drive System Board Hard Disk Drive Cable ono 141 System Status Display Assembly System Board 149 System Board Hard Disk Drive Hard Disk Drive Cable ova 161 1 Run Automatic Configuration Backup Battery 3 System Board 162 1 Run Automatic Configuration then check the installed devices using the View configuration utility System Board Diskette Drive Hard Disk Drive Math Coprocessor Diskette Drive Cable Hard Disk Drive Cable SEQy 163 Time and Date Set System Board 164 Memory Checkout on page 25 before replacing any FRUs 1 Run Automatic Configuration 2 Memory Module Kits 3 System Board 199 1 See Checking Installed Devices on page 37 1XX 1 System Board not listed above 211 1 System Board on POST 2 Memory Module Kits 221 1 System Board on POST 204 214 224 240 1 System Board 2 Memory Module Kits 25X 1 System Board 2XX not listed above See Memory Checkout on page 25 before re
135. 1 Memory Module Kit 2 System Board 00030100 00030500 Always power on the 1 Keyboard Control Card computer before external 2 System Board any external device 3 Keyboard 4 Numeric Keypad 00030200 00030300 1 System Board 00030400 2 Keyboard Control Card 3 Keyboard or Numeric Keypad 88 IBM Mobile Systems HMM Volume 1 Symptom Error FRU Action 00030600 1 Keyboard or Numeric Keypad 2 Auxiliary Input Device 3 Keyboard Control Card 4 System Board 5 O Panel Assembly 0004XXXX 1 System Board 2 Any Parallel Device 3 Communication Cable 4 Panel Assembly 000601XX 1 Diskette Drive 2 System Board 3 Diskette Drive Cable 000602XX 1 Defective Diskette 000655XX 000662XX 1 System Board 000670XX to 000675XX 2 Diskette Drive 3 Diskette Drive Cable 0006XXXX 1 Diskette Drive Unsupported drive or cable 2 System Board 3 Diskette Drive Cable 0011XX00 1 System Board 2 Any Serial Device 3 Communication Cable 4 O Panel Assembly 0014XXXX 1 Printer See Printer Checkout on 2 System Board page 468 before replacing any FRUs 0024XX00 1 System Board 005002XX 005006XX 1 System Board 005008XX 005041XX 2 External Display I O Panel Assembly 005004XX 005010XX 1 System Board 005030XX to 005032XX 2 LCD Panel 005051XX to 005062XX 3 LCD Inverter 4 LCD Cable 005009XX 005040XX 1 External Display 2 System Board I O Panel
136. 1010 Note When you install the blank bezel set the edge of the bezel into the groove of the Dock Then put the latch of the bezel into the Dock catch Dock 3545 369 1040 LED Assembly Bottom Cover 1010 s H Note When you install the LED assembly in the Dock I 1 Put the edge of the LED assembly into the groove 2 Put the status indicators and headphone jack into the each hole Hook the to the guide 4 Reinstall the two screws 1050 Buzzer Bottom Cover 1010 e 4 Step Color and type quantity Length White self tapping for 8 mm 0 31 in plastics 2 Diameter 2 mm 0 08 in White screw 1 5 mm 0 20 in Note Make sure you use the correct screw 370 IBM Mobile Systems HMM Volume 1 1060 Key Lock Assembly Bottom Cover 1010 1070 Security Feature e Bottom Cover 1010 LED Assembly 1040 e Open the release lock lever of the Dock by setting the key to the center position and moving the slide knob to the right HBHBHBH Step Color type quantity Length Black self tap screw 2 8 mm 0 31 in White tap screw 3 5 mm 0 20 in Note Make sure you use the correct screw Dock 3545 371 To install the Dock security feature do the following 1 Fasten the microswitch with the latches 8 2 Assemble the three highlighted parts as shown
137. 2 322 Symptom to FRU Index 329 viii Mobile Systems HMM Volume 1 Related Service Procedures 334 Locations 336 Parts Listing 337 Dock1 3545 339 General Preparation 340 General Checkout 341 Symptom to FRU Index 351 Related Service Procedures 358 Product Overview ln 366 FRU Removals and Replacements 367 Locations 380 P rts Listing uomo RR Re 386 Dock 3546 389 General Checkout 390 Symptom to FRU Index 416 Product Overview lr 422 Specifications 427 FRU Removals and Replacements 428 Locations 450 P rts Listing us Y e eeu 458 Common Devices Checkout 463 External Diskette Drive Test 464 External Display Self Test 464 External Keyboard Auxiliary Input Device Checkout 465 Fax Modem Checkout 466 Printer Checkout 468 Port Replicator Checkout 469 TrackPoint Checkout 470 AWS Tuner eR tet Gm RR 471 Common Parts Listing 477 Miscellaneous Information 483 Acronyms Abbreviations and Terms 483 Problem Determination Tips 485 Phone Numbers U S Canada
138. 2 Cover Hard Disk Drive 56F9089 Cover Rear 56F9096 Tilt Assembly Diskette Drive 56F9097 Display Tilt 56F9100 12 Cover Main 8573 031 23 prefix 56F9090 12 Cover Main 8573 031 99 prefix 56F9091 12 Cover Main 8573 061 23 prefix 56F9092 12 Cover Main 8573 061 99 prefix 56F9093 12 Cover Main 8573 121 23 prefix 56F9094 12 Cover Main 8573 121 99 prefix 56F9095 14 Cover Diskette Drive 56F9088 16 Catch Diskette Drive 23F2742 DASD P70 386 Index 1 30MB Hard Disk Drive ESDI 6128287 Includes ESDI hard disk controller 1 60MB Hard Disk Drive ESDI 6128294 Includes ESDI hard disk controller 1 120MB Hard Disk Drive ESDI 6128291 Includes ESDI hard disk controller 15 1 44MB Diskette Drive 38F5936 Cable Diskette Drive 65X1572 Cable Hard Disk 64F8799 174 IBM Mobile Systems HMM Volume 1 Options and Adapters 70 2MB Memory Module 07G1879 2 8MB 80386 Memory Expansion Adapter 90X9556 2MB Memory Module 85ns for 90X9556 92F0104 300 1200 Modem Adapter A 34F0006 Communications Cable for 34F0006 8285985 300 1200 2400 Modem Adapter A 65X1253 Communications Cable for 65X1253 94X1540 36 38 Emulation Adapter 69X6294 5 25 inch Drive Adapter A 360KB 1 2MB 15F7996 80386 Memory Expansion Adapter 72X6671 Memory Expansion Kit for 72X6671 72X6672 80387 Coprocessor 16MHz 72X6673 80387 Coprocessor 20MHz 90X7393 Diskette Drive Bus Adapter 72X8524 External Diskette Drive Adapter 7
139. 2 PCMCIA 2 amp Cancel Yes No 013 If the keyboard does not work go to External Keyboard Auxiliary Input Device Checkout on page 465 Otherwise go to Symptom to FRU Index on page 351 014 Step 014 continues Dock 3545 343 CONTINUED 014 continued IS THE CONFIGURATION THE SAME AS THE INSTALLED DEVICES Yes No 015 Go to Checking the Installed Devices List on page 358 016 Select Start and press Enter Diagnostic tests will run on all available devices If the test find any device errors the errors are displayed with an X beside the device name For example DEV Device ID Xt ERR Error Description Code X FRU FRU Code Note If the test stops or hangs during the test replace the last device that was tested SystemBoard 001 ERR o2 FRU 0010 DID THE TESTS FIND A DEVICE ERROR Yes No 017 The error was not detected by the basic test Go to Step 019 018 Note the error codes and go to FRU Codes on page 356 and replace the appropriate FRUs Go to the advanced diagnostic screen by pressing Ctrl A and run the following tests Diskette drive test use a blank diskette e Serial port test with the wrap plug Note Install the wrap plug on the serial port of the Dock
140. 2 System Board 3 Switch and LED Card System hang or intermittent 1 Press Reset Button hang 2 System Board See Undetermined Problems on page 301 before replacing any FRUs 3 Operating System The computer does not suspend or resume 1 System Board The computer does not 1 Press Reset Button power off 2 System Board Real time clock inaccurate 1 Backup Battery 2 System Board Printer problems 1 System Board See Printer Checkout on 2 Parallel Port Device page 468 Cable Serial or parallel port device 1 Device problems 2 Device Cable 3 System Board LED incorrectly remains off 1 Switch and LED Card but computer runs OK 2 System Board 300 IBM Mobile Systems HMM Volume 1 Symptom Error FRU Action Internal modem card does not communicate with a modem or FAX 1 Verify that the setup data defined by the communication software is suitable for the communication 2 Modem Card If the problem remains see Undetermined Problems Undetermined Problems 1 Power off the computer 2 Remove or disconnect one of the following devices Any external device or cables including the keyboard Internal modem card Power on computer power and run diagnostic tests If the symptom remains repeat steps 1 2 and 3 until you find the failing adapter or device If all devices are disconnected and the symptom remains go to Power
141. 2X6757 FaxConcentrator Adapter A 94X2540 FaxConcentrator Adapter A Cable 94X2527 High Speed Communications Coprocessor 04G5827 Leased Line Modem 26F0724 Multiprotocol Adapter A 85F0004 Realtime Interface Coprocessor 6 Port V 35 72F0164 Realtime Interface Coprocessor Multiport 2 09F 1888 4 port RS232 C Elec Intfc Brd for 09F 1888 09F 1957 8 RS232 C Elec Intfc Brd for 09F 1888 91F7974 512KB Memory Module Pkg for 09F 1888 16F2267 Multiport Interface Cable for 09F 1888 00F5524 S 370 Channel Emulator Adapter A 06F3160 SCSI Adapter A with Cache 85F0063 Terminator External for 85F0063 33F8464 Terminator Internal for 8570063 92F0057 SCSI Adapter A without Cache 85F0002 SCSI Cable internal 64F4127 SCSI Fast Adapter 16 Bit AT 92F0330 SCSI External Cable for 92F0330 32G4089 SCSI Internal Cable for 92F0330 37G0084 SDLC Adapter 8286099 Terminator Inline Space permitting 92F0142 Token Ring 16 4 Adapter A 93F0331 Token Ring 16 4 Adapter 93F0334 Token Ring Adapter A 25F7540 RPL Module for 25F7540 83X9180 X 25 Interface Coprocessor 44F7123 Model P70 and P75 8573 175 Keyboard and Mouse 70 386 176 Belgian Canadian French Danish Dutch French German Italian Latin Spanish Norwegian Portuguese Spanish Swedish Swiss French German U K English U S English Turkish Greek Hebrew Arabic Keyboard Cable Mouse IBM Mobile Systems HMM Volume 1 65X1598 65F0000 65X1601 65X1602 65X1603
142. 3 Symptom to FRU Index 264 Numeric Error Codes 2 264 Beep Symptoms 265 Miscellaneous Symptoms 265 Undetermined Problems 267 Related Service Procedures 268 Status Indicators 268 PCMCIA Test Card 268 Power On Password Override 268 Checking the Installed Devices List 269 Power On Self Test POST 269 Advanced Diagnostics Diskette 270 Loading the Diagnostics 270 Formatting the Hard Disk Drive 271 Restoring the TP 510 System Files 271 Errorogi alee ae he a Cu a a 271 Setup Options 273 Starting Setup ls 273 Utilities 273 Product Overview 275 FRU Removals and Replacements 276 Bottom Cover Screws 279 Locations 280 System Board Connectors 281 Parts Listinigs o S e ok Ok Es 282 Copyright IBM Corp 1995 257 General Checkout m Important The Advanced Diagnostics program is shipped on the hard disk drive An external diskette drive must be attached to the computer to run the diagnostics program from a diskette The Advanced Diagnostics diskette part number S83G8095 contains the same Advanced Diagnostics program shipped on the hard disk drive If the diagnostics are not on the hard disk drive and an external diskette
143. 32M 170M 9545 486DX4 50 25 8M 32M 340M 9545 486DX4 50 25 8M 32M 540M 9545 486DX4 75 25 8M 32M 170M 9545 486DX4 75 25 8M 32M 340M 9545 486DX4 75 25 8M 32M 540M ThinkPad 755Cse 9545 486DX4 100 33 8M 32M 340M 9545 486DX4 100 33 8M 32M 540M 9545 486DX4 100 33 8M 32M 810M ThinkPad 755CV 9545 486DX4 100 33 8M 32M 540M 9545 486DX4 100 33 8M 32M 810M ThinkPad 755CV 9545 486DX4 100 33 8M 32M 540M 9545 486DX4 100 33 8M 32M 810M Color T Tablet M Megabyte TPF ThinkPad File P Pen Introduction 3 Important Service Information Important Diskette fixes are customer installable The diskette fixes are located on the PC Company Bulletin Board Service BBS The direct phone line for modem connection is 919 557 0001 or tieline 255 0001 Advise customers to contact the PC Company HelpCenter at 800 772 2227 if they need assistance in obtaining or installing any diskette fixes Customers in Canada should call IBM HelpPC at 800 565 3344 for assistance or down load information The Canadian BBS phone numbers are Montreal 514 938 3022 Toronto 905 316 4255 Vancouver 604 664 6464 Winnipeg 204 934 2735 FRU Replacement Strategy r Before Replacing Parts Ensure that all diskette fixes are installed prior to replacing any FRUS listed in this manual Use the following strategy to prevent unnecessary FRU replacement and service expense e If you are instructed to replace a FRU and that does not correct th
144. 5 Symptom Error DISK ERROR Sector not found FRU Action 1 Ifthe problem isa diskette a Copy any readable files to another diskette and reformat faulty diskette If bad sectors are reported discard the faulty diskette b Diskette Diskette Drive 2 If the problem is a hard disk a Back up the hard disk if possible and run PREP to reinitialize the disk see Running PREP on page 64 Reformat disk and install operating system b Hard Disk Drive DISK ERROR Seek failure 1 Copy any readable files to another diskette and format the faulty diskette 2 If bad sectors are reported discard the faulty diskette Diskette Diskette Drive System Board ERROR Bad configuration information found in CMOS 1 Run Setup program to reconfigure Backup Battery 3 System Board ERROR Base memory size error SETUP XXXK ACTUAL XXXK 1 Run Setup program to verify correct base memory size 2 Run the Advanced Diagnostics Memory Test to check base memory 3 System Board ERROR Can t locate input file 1 Correct Advanced Diagnostics diskette 2 Advanced Diagnostics diskette ERROR CMOS memory failure 1 Run Setup program to verify configuration 2 System Board ERROR CPU failure 1 System Board 56 IBM Mobile Systems HMM Volume 1 Symptom Error FRU Action ERROR Divide b
145. 5 6 7 8 9 0 Enter F3 Exit Dock II 3546 415 Symptom to FRU Index The Symptom to FRU Index lists error symptoms and possible causes The most likely cause is listed first Note Replace the FRUs one at a time in the sequence shown in the FRUs of the Dock II Sequence of Action column If a replaced part did not resolve the problem put the original part back in the Dock Il Do not replace non defective parts Always begin with General Checkout on page 390 This index also can be used to help you decide which FRUs to have available when servicing the Dock II Numeric error codes show the errors detected in the POST or system operation X when included in the error code can be any number FRU codes are used for errors detected by diagnostic tests If no error codes are available use narrative symptoms If the symptom is not listed or you cannot correct the problem using this index go to Undetermined Problems on page 421 If you cannot correct the problem using this index go to Undetermined Problems on page 421 IMPORTANT 1 Before replacing any SCSI device verify that there are no duplicate SCSI ID settings 2 Make sure that there are no conflicts of hardware Settings such as interrupt level memory address DMA channel and address 3 If you have both an error message and an incorrect audio response diagnose the error message first 4 f you
146. 51 8551 77 Power Systems Checkout Note One or all of the batteries can discharge if there is a short circuit in the computer 1 Replace the failing FRU if the power supply problem is caused by a short circuit 2 Determine if one or all of the batteries have become discharged Replace a discharged battery with a known good spare The test procedures for each power supply are found on the following pages Testing the AC Adapter on page 81 Testing the Battery Pack on page 82 Testing the Backup Battery on page 83 Testing the Standby Battery on page 83 Testing the Quick Charger on page 84 Testing the Car Battery Adapter on page 85 Testing the Voltage Converter on page 85 None of the above Follow the steps below 001 DID THE PROBLEM OCCUR ONLY WHEN USING THE AC ADAPTER Yes No 002 Go to Step 004 003 Go to Testing the AC Adapter on page 81 If Testing the AC Adapter does not correct the problem replace the voltage converter 004 DID THE PROBLEM OCCUR ONLY WHEN USING THE CAR BATTERY ADAPTER Yes No 005 Go to Step 007 006 Go to Testing the Car Battery Adapter on page 85 007 Step 007 continues 78 IBM Mobile Systems HMM Volume 1 007 continued DID THE PROBLEM OCCUR ONLY WHEN USING THE BATTERY Yes No 008 Go to Step 014 009 DOES A FUL
147. 57 SX 8554 HMS 10G4420 51004420 Model P70 386 8573 HMR 64F3994 S64F3994 15F2198 S15F2198 8573 Model P70 386 8573 HMS Model P75 486 8573 HMR 84F8525 S84F8525 Model P75 486 8573 HMS 84F7593 S84F7593 ThinkPad 350 350C 2618 PS Note 425 425C HMS A211000 GA211000 Expansion Unit 3550 001 HMR 42G2335 54202335 42G2336 S42G2336 Expansion Unit 3550 001 HMS Expansion Unit 3550 002 HMR 42G2331 S42G2331 Expansion Unit 3550 002 HMS 42G2332 S42G2332 PS 2 FaxConcentrator A HMR Supplement 15F2662 S15F2662 PS 2 FaxConcentrator A HMS Supplement 84F8541 S84F8541 PS 2 Comm Cartridge HMR 10G5992 51095992 PS 2 Comm Cartridge HMS 10G5993 810G5993 PS 2 Comm Cartridge HML N51SX 04G5109 S04G5109 PS 2 Comm Cartridge HML CL57SX 10G4421 51004421 PS 2 Data Fax Modem HML 04G5110 S04G5110 IBM High Speed Internal PCMCIA Data Fax Modems 6101556 S61G1556 iv IBM Mobile Systems HMM Volume 1 Obsolete Publications This manual obsoletes the following publication Publication Part Form Number IBM Laptop Notebook and Portable Computers Vol 1 8261501 S82G1501 Related Diskettes The following diskettes are available for IBM mobile products For more information contact IBM or your IBM Authorized Dealer Diskette
148. 6002 Wire ASM LED Power Micro Sensor 66G6003 Device Cable Internal SCSI 50 pin 66G6005 3 System Board Model 002 66G9941 System Board Main 66G6011 System Board Sub 66G6009 Board ASM LED 66G6007 Wire ASM LED Power Micro Sensor 66G6008 Device Cable Internal SCSI 50 pin 66G6010 4 Docking Frame Model 001 49G2659 Cable ASM VGA 4 Docking Frame Model 002 49G2666 Power Switch Control Actuator Cable ASM VGA 5 Power Supply Model 001 49G2663 5 Power Supply Model 002 49G2668 6 Attachment Plate 49G2660 7 Base Frame 49G2658 Left and Right Rails Cover LED Board Guide Card Guide Adapter Bracket Slider Stopper Lock Spring Slider Two Thumb Screws Four Foot Rubbers 8 Backup Battery Lithium 49G2661 Miscellaneous Parts 49G2665 320MB Hard Disk Drive Option 85F0011 400MB Hard Disk Drive Option 85F0012 Note When installing the 320MB or 400MB hard disk drive in a 3550 Expansion Unit use the hard disk drive slide assembly FRU 85F0035 supplied with the option 338 IBM Mobile Systems HMM Volume 1 Dock 1 3545 General Preparation 340 General Checkout 341 Power Systems Checkout 346 Display Problems AD VC Adapter 350 Symptom to FRU Index 351 Numeric Error Codes 2 352 Miscellaneous Symptoms 353 Display Symptoms AD VC Adapter 355 FRW Godes suu RR Bae ea A 356 Undetermined Problem 357 Related Servic
149. 61 PhoneCommunicator Cable Black S 57F1262 PhoneCommunicator Cable Beige L 57F1263 PhoneCommunicator Cable Beige S 57F1264 Printer Cable 8529214 Quick Charger 79F0995 Realtime Interface Coprocessor 6 Port V 35 72F0164 Screen Reader Adapter 33F4842 Screen Reader Keypad 1393515 Screen Reader Keypad Cable 72X8537 SCSI Adapter A with Cache 85F0063 SCSI Adapter A without Cache 85F0002 SCSI Cable internal 64F4127 SDLC Adapter 8286099 Serial Adapter 79F0998 Serial Adapter Cable 8286170 Serial Adapter Connector 8286194 Serial Parallel Adapter 8286147 SpeechViewer Adapter 15F8511 Strap 07G1449 Token Ring 16 4 Adapter 93F0334 Token Ring Adapter 16F0463 Token Ring Adapter with RPL Module 83X7839 Model 140 SX 8543 45 Keyboard Arabic Belgian Canadian French Danish Dutch French German Greek Hebrew Icelandic Italian Norwegian Portuguese Spanish Spanish Speaking Swedish Finish Swiss French Swiss German Turkish U K English U S English Numeric Keypad and Mouse 46 U S Arabic Canadian French French German Greek Italian Spanish Swedish Finland Swiss French Swiss German Trackpoint Model L40 SX IBM Mobile Systems HMM Volume 1 1396825 1396812 1396810 1396813 1396817 1396814 1396815 1396826 1396827 1396828 1396816 1396818 1396819 1396820 1396811 1396821 1396822 1396823 1396829 1396824 1396181 1396182 1396806 1396800 1396801 1396802 1396807 1396803 1396804 13968
150. 95180 Screwdriver Kit 95F3598 ThinkPad 300 2615 203 204 IBM Mobile Systems HMM Volume 1 ThinkPad 350 PS Note 425 2618 General Checkout 206 Memory Checkout 207 Power Systems Checkout 209 Power Management Features 209 Symptom to FRU Index 211 Numeric Error Codes 211 Beep Symptoms 212 Miscellaneous Symptoms 213 Undetermined Problems 214 Related Service Procedures 215 Status Indicators 215 PC Test Card LED 215 Power On Password 216 Power On Self Test POST 216 Advanced Diagnostics Diskette 216 Loading the Diagnostics Diskette 216 How to Run the Diagnostics 217 Formatting the Hard Disk Drive 217 Emorbog E 217 Checking the Installed Devices List 218 Product Overview lr 220 FRU Removals and Replacements 221 Locations 225 System Board 225 Parts sisting iain a ee Soap es he ee ee S 226 Copyright IBM Corp 1995 205 General Checkout The diagnostic tests are intended to test only IBM products Non IBM products prototype card or modified options can give false errors and invalid computer responses Warning Drives in the computer that you are servicing might have been rearranged or the dr
151. Assembly 00860100 00860200 1 Pointing Device Mouse 2 System Board 3 Numeric Keypad 4 Panel Assembly 0086XX00 1 System Board 2 Pointing Device Mouse 3 Numeric Keypad 4 Panel Assembly 010103XX to 010110XX 010116XX to 010153XX 010171XX 0101XXXX See Fax Modem Checkout on page 466 Model N51 8551 89 Symptom Error FRU Action 010436XX System Board Hard Disk Drive Hard Disk Drive Cable coc 0104XXXX Hard Disk Drive System Board Hard Disk Drive Cable por 0130XXXX Panel Assembly System Board Keyboard Control Card qc 0137XXXX Any Serial Adapter System Board Voltage Converter Any Serial Device Communication Cable guae evi 0166XXXX 0167XXXX 1 Adapter in Communications Cartridge 2 Communications Cartridge 19990301 Startup drive not found 1 Start the backup copy of the Reference Diskette and check if the startup sequence is correct a Select Set features from the Main Menu b Select Set startup sequence Check the list of devices on the Screen 19990302 Operating system not found 1 Make sure that an operating system is installed Hard Disk Drive System Board Hard Disk Drive Cable PON 1998 19990303 See Hard Disk Partition on page 96 before replacing any FRUs Restore the system programs onto the system partition Set configuration H
152. BM Mobile Systems HMM Volume 1 Specifications Physical Characteristics Depth 400 mm 15 7 in Width 380 mm 15 0 in Height Front 67 mm 2 6 in Rear 124 mm 4 8 in Weight 7 7 kg 17 0 Ib Electrical Characteristics Heat output Base Configuration 181 BTUs hour Maximum Configuration 498 BTUs hour Input Voltage Sine Wave Input 50 or 60 Hz Low Range Minimum 100 V ac Maximum 125 V ac High Range Minimum 200 V ac Maximum 240 V ac Input kilovolt Amperes k VA approximately Configuration as shipped from IBM 0 053 k VA Maximum configuration 0 105 k VA Environmental Requirements Operating Environment Temperature 5 to 35 C 41 to 95 F Relative Humidity 8 to 95 non condensing Maximum wet bulb temperature 29 4 C 85 F e Non operating Environment Temperature 5 to 43 C 41 to 109 F Relative Humidity 8 to 95 non condensing Maximum Wet Bulb 29 4 C 85 F Storage Temperature 20 to 60 C 4 to 140 F Relative Humidity 5 to 95 non condensing Maximum Wet Bulb 29 4 C 85 F Maximum altitude 2435 m 8000 ft Audio Circuit Specifications Speaker In to Audio Out Output mV rms 190 to 270 S N ratio dB gt 48 Total Harmonic Distortion THD 96 1 Speaker In to Headphone Jack Output mV gt 1 S N ratio dB gt 50 Total Harmonic Distortion THD 96 1 Speaker In to Embedded Speaker Output W gt 2
153. C Battery Check To check the backup battery voltage measure across the two contacts The voltage should read 2 5 to 3 5 V If the voltage is not correct replace the battery Power Management Features Press Fn F1 to select the Configuration Utility The Power Management Features can be accessed from this menu Press F1 for additional online help ThinkPad 350 PS Note 425 2618 209 Important Before using the power saving features be sure to read and observe the following precautions e f you enter Suspend mode with a diskette inserted in the diskette drive the same diskette must be installed in the drive before attempting to resume normal operation e f you enter Suspend mode with a PCMCIA inserted in the PCMCIA slot the same PCMCIA card must be installed in the slot before attempting to resume normal operation If the computer is connected to a Local Area Network LAN that periodically polls for station activity the LAN connection might be terminated while the computer is in Suspend mode Any further attempt to access the network results in a brief delay and the computer appears to hang up to 1 minute depending on the network After the delay an error is displayed Follow the instructions on the screen to restore normal operation Any software program that was running over the LAN is not re entered when you resume normal operation from Suspend mode Trademark of
154. D Assembly runs but power good light 2 Card does not turn on 3 Go to Power Systems Checkout on page 346 Intermittent failures 1 Do the loop test See How to Run the Loop Test on page 360 Cannot turn off Dock I 1 Card 2 Main Board The LED Dock for the 1 2 5 inch Hard Disk hard disk drive stays on Drive 2 The HDD Installation Kit LED Dock 1 for the hard 1 Check LED Assembly disk drive is not working but Cable the Dock is functional 2 LED Assembly 3 Main Board 4 Card Note While related to the SCSI hard disk installed in the Dock the LED for the hard disk drive does not work when you access the SCSI hard disk The beep sounds continuously The HDD 2 is not recognized and no error codes appear on the Screen The password of the HDD 2 is still set 1 Before replacing any devices check that the release lock lever is opened 2 Security Feature Group 3 Main Board 1 Remove the hard disk password for the ThinkPad hard disk as follows a Install the second hard disk drive in the computer b Remove the hard disk password Note The HDD 2 icon means the 2 5 inch ThinkPad hard disk drive installed in the Dock I 354 IBM Mobile Systems HMM Volume 1 Display Symptoms AD VC Adapter Symptom FRU Action The LCD screen is blue 1 Video Connector Note Make sure all cables 2 AD VC Adapter are firmly plu
155. D Assembly and Shield Cover Assembly Switch and LED Card Four Shield Cover Screws Z At corners of shield cover Separate LCD assembly and shield cover Perform digitizer calibration if the LCD assembly is replaced Standby Battery System Power Cable Seven System Board Screws Y System Board Remove the backup battery sub battery DC DC card and inverter card and the hard disk drive from N 304 IBM Mobile Systems HMM Volume 1 ia ie m N the old system board and install them on the new one Check that the IC card bracket is in place before tightening the board screws Perform digitizer calibration for the new system board One Screw Y Shield Kit and DC DC Card Inverter Card Four Screws T In system board holding hard disk drive Hard Disk Drive ThinkPad 710T 2523 305 ThinkPad 710T Exploded View 306 IBM Mobile Systems HMM Volume 1 Locations System Top View C2 Speaker Volume Control Buttons Contrast Control Buttons Brightness Control Buttons Backlight ON OFF Switch Reverse Video Switch Hard Disk Drive Indicator HDD model Battery Status Indicator Battery Charge Indicator Suspend Resume Switch Suspend Resume Indicator ThinkPad 710T 2523 307 System Board Connector Top View
156. Diskette Drive Bezel Diskette Drive 12 60MB Hard Disk Drive 80MB Hard Disk Drive Cable Hard Disk Drive 803875 is a trademark of the Intel Corporation 44 IBM Mobile Systems HMM Volume 1 95F4878 79F0991 79F3893 79F1002 79F1003 79F1004 79F1006 79F3884 95F4879 8123176 79F0989 79F0989 79F3888 79F3889 79F3868 79F0986 79F3891 79F0992 79F 3886 79F3887 79F 3885 79F0994 79F3881 95F6731 79F3894 79F0983 79F0987 79F3892 79F1009 95F4714 79F0988 Options and Adapters 2MB Memory Module 80ns 79F1002 4MB Memory Module 80ns 79F1003 5 25 inch Drive Adapter A 360KB 1 2MB 15F7996 6154 Real Time Coprocessor 128KB 60X8192 6166 Real Time Coprocessor 512KB 76X1013 8MB Memory Module 80ns 79F1004 8MB Memory Module Kit 80ns 64F3607 80386 Memory Expansion Adapter 72X6671 AC Adapter 79F0993 ActionMedia Il Display Adapter 69F9731 ActionMedia Il Capture Option 69F9735 ActionMedia Il Video Cable 69F9737 ActionMedia 11 Audio Video Capture Cable 69F9736 ActionMedia Il Display CD ROM Cable 69F9747 Carrying Case 79F3869 Communication Cable for 79F0996 94X1540 Data Fax Modem U S Canada only 79F0996 Diskette Drive Bus Adapter 72X8524 Enhanced 5250 Emulation Adapter 64G3956 External Diskette Drive Adapter 72X6757 Game Control Adapter 8529151 PC Network Adapter 8286171 PC Network Adapter II 72X8105 PC Network Baseband Adapter 72X8101 PhoneCommunicator Adapter 33F4846 PhoneCommunicator Cable Black L 57F12
157. E screen Increases the value of parameters Channel Number Color Tint Brightness Contrast Auto Tuning Sensitivity On screen Message Selection Down lt Decreases the value of parameters Channel Number Color Tint Brightness Contrast Auto Tuning Sensitivity On screen Message Selection Function Fh Selects a function mode to adjust each function parameter See Using the Function Key on page 473 472 IBM Mobile Systems HMM Volume 1 Function TV Ext Switches the displayed video source YT between the receiving TV broadcast db program and external devices such as VCR video camera recorder laser disk and so on Using the Function Key Each time you press the Function key Fn one of the following messages called On Screen Message appears at the top left corner of the LCD The changed values are automatically saved when you return to the TV Channel On Screen message The values are not saved when you power off the TV Tuner without returning to this message Message on Parameter LCD TV Channel By using lt and you can select the channels from 2 to 69 Color Adjustment By pressing and holding lt or you can change the color TINT Adjustment By pressing and holding lt or 3 you can change the tint Bright Adjustment By pressing and holding lt 4 you can change
158. F0006 65X1253 94X1540 69X6294 15F7996 37F6718 72X8524 72X6757 94X2540 94X2527 04G5827 87F9787 30F5277 26F0724 85F0004 72F0164 09F1888 09F1957 91F7974 0025524 1622267 0623160 1393515 72X8537 85F0063 33F8464 92F0057 85F0002 64F4127 92F0330 32G4089 37G0084 87F9767 92F0142 93F0331 25F7540 83X9180 44F7123 75 486 Belgian 65X1598 Canadian French 65F0000 Danish 65X1601 Dutch 65X1602 French 65X1603 German 65X1604 Italian 65X1605 Latin Spanish 65X1606 Norwegian 65X1607 Portuguese 65X1608 Spanish 65X1609 Swedish 65X1610 Swiss French German 65X1611 U K English 65X1612 U S English 65X1537 Turkish 65X1613 Greek 65X1614 Hebrew 65X1615 Arabic 65X1616 Keyboard Cable 64F9998 Mouse 61X8923 Model P70 and P75 8573 181 182 IBM Mobile Systems HMM Volume 1 ThinkPad 300 2615 General Checkout 184 Symptom to FRU Index 185 Numeric Error Codes 185 Miscellaneous Symptoms 190 Failed Device to FRU Index 192 Related Service Procedures 193 Status Indicators 193 Power On Password 194 How to Run Advanced Diagnostics 194 Using the Advanced Utilities 194 ReadLANID 194 Set LAN ID ih 194 Set EEPROM aid adig ss RI edt unas 194 PREP Hard Disk Low Level Format 194 BIOS Update Procedure 195 Produ
159. FRU power off the computer unplug all power cords from electrical outlets remove the battery pack then disconnect any interconnecting cables Safety Notice 1 Translation on page 7 Before the computer is powered on after FRU replacement make sure all screws springs or other small parts are in place and are not left loose inside the computer Verify this by shaking the computer and listening for rattling sounds Metallic parts or metal flakes can cause electrical shorts Remove Battery Pack BH Litt Keyboard Tabs located along the inside front edge of the keyboard hold the keyboard in the bottom cover Insert a small screwdriver at 2A and 2B between the front of the keyboard and the bottom cover Gently pry the bottom cover away from the keyboard to release the keyboard Disconnect Three Ribbon Cables Remove Keyboard CAUTION Be careful not to scratch the LEDs or LCD display when removing the keyboard If you are removing the system board disconnect all flat cables Slide each connector latch retainer away from the base to release each cable Disconnect Hard Disk Drive Ribbon Cable Disconnect the cable at the system board connector Remove Bottom Cover Screws See Bottom Cover Screws on page 279 2 G screws near mouse buttons 1 EE screw in center 2 DD screws between the right mouse button and the PCMCIA slot 5 EE screws around bottom cover perimeter G Remove Bottom Cover with
160. Hard Disk Drive and Cable Attached 276 IBM Mobile Systems HMM Volume 1 E ejeje Dx pm ejeje CAUTION When removing the bottom cover be careful not to damage the PCMCIA test card Slide the bottom cover past the PCMCIA eject button as you lift the cover off If you are not removing the hard disk drive go to step 9 Disconnect Hard Disk Drive Ribbon Cable Disconnect the cable from the hard disk drive Remove the Hard Disk Drive 4 G screws near FCC notice Lift System Board Gently lift the system board and turn it over Be careful not to lose the two plastic system board inserts Disconnect Pointing Device Cable Disconnect LCD Display Cable Disconnect Parallel Port Cable In metal frame on system board rear Power Switch Assembly see Parts Listing on page 282 Remove Two Threaded Power Card Spacers Remove Power Card Remove Mouse Buttons ThinkPad 510 2604 277 ThinkPad 510 Exploded View IBM Mobile Systems HMM Volume 1 278 Bottom Cover Screws Black Black Black DD EE 279 ThinkPad 510 2604 Locations 9 Lax E S8 21 e 0 e 3 eoi oO en o9 c lt x Q o o oco po g 5 lt lt 6 L oOSOOSODOo TgS H BH H H H Hu H EJ EJ
161. IBM Mobile Systems HMM Volume 1 The following are not covered under warranty LCD panel cracked by applying excessive force or being dropped e Scratched cosmetic parts e Cracked or broken plastic parts latches or connectors caused by excessive force Damage caused by liquid spilled into the system Damage caused by improperly inserting a PCMCIA card or installation of a incompatible card Damage due to foreign material in the FDD FDD bay If the following symptoms are present they may indicate damage caused by non warranted activity Missing parts may be a symptom of unauthorized service or modification HDD spindles become noisy if subjected to high levels of force or being dropped e 19990303 errors may be caused by exposure to extreme magnetic fields Overall Procedure 1 Check that the computer is correctly docked to Dock Il 2 If possible make sure that there are no hardware setting conflicts such as in interrupt levels memory addresses DMA channels and addresses 3 Check that the SCSI ID is set correctly 4 Test and correct any computer problem before you test it with Dock Il Use the computer documentation to resolve any computer problems 5 Test the computer with the external keyboard external display mouse and parallel and serial device connectors Use the keyboard mouse connector to test the external keyboard and mouse If no problems are found connect the e
162. IBM Mobile Systems S82G 1501 01 Hardware Maintenance Manual Volume 1 Laptop Notebook Portable and ThinkPad Computers May 1995 This Manual Supports Laptop L40SX 8543 Laptop CL57 8554 Notebook N45SL 2614 Notebook N51XX 8551 Portable P70 P75 8573 ThinkPad 300 2615 ThinkPad 350 2618 ThinkPad 500 2603 ThinkPad 510 2604 ThinkPad 710T 2523 Expansion Unit 3550 Dock Station 3545 3546 Dock Station II IBM Mobile Systems S82G 1501 01 Hardware Maintenance Manual Volume 1 Laptop Notebook Portable and ThinkPad Computers May 1995 Note Before using this information and the product it supports be sure to read the general information under Notices on page 489 Second Edition May 1995 The following paragraph does not apply to the United Kingdom or any country where such provisions are inconsistent with local law INTERNATIONAL BUSINESS MACHINES CORPORATION PROVIDES THIS PUBLICATION AS IS WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE Some states do not allow disclaimer of express or implied warranties in certain transactions therefore this statement may not apply to you This publication could include technical inaccuracies or typographical errors Changes are periodically made to the information herein these changes will be incorporated in new editi
163. IT EACH TIME AN ERROR OCCURS Y N then Enter 5 Follow any instructions on the display and select all available tests Note Do not press any keys during the keyboard test 6 To end RUN TEST CONTINUOUSLY press and hold the Ctrl key then press the Pause key The computer will complete testing and return to the Installed Devices menu Display the Error Log 1 Depending on the options installed in the computer questions about attached devices will appear on the display Answer as required then press Enter 2 Press Y or N IS THE LIST CORRECT Y N then Enter 3 Press 2 LOG UTILITIES then Enter 4 Press 2 DISPLAY LOG then Enter 5 Press A ENTER THE DRIVE ID FOR ERROR LOG then Enter 6 If no errors occurred the Log Utilities menu appears If errors are displayed go to Symptom to FRU Index on page 237 Setup Options The computer has two setup options that allow you to specify how the computer operates The System Parameters Ctrl Alt F3 provides access to the power management parameters and the following system elements Time Date e Password Diskette drive Hard disk drive e Cache e Parallel port Starting Setup Press the key combination for the setup program you want to start 244 IBM Mobile Systems HMM Volume 1 Key Combination Setup Program Ctrl Alt F3 Func F3 System Parameters setup Must be started at the DOS prompt Power Management setup can be sta
164. If you are instructed to replace the SCSI adapter in slot 1 replace the system board Note The system board for the Model P75 486 consists of two FRUs If you are instructed to replace the system board exchange the system board first If that does not correct the problem reinstall the original system board then exchange the processor card Symptom Error FRU Action Diskette Drive System Board Diskette Drive Cable Reference Diskette Reference Diskette does not work Try another Reference Diskette or any bootable diskette before replacing FRUs Ensure all correct level drivers are loaded 0 Diskette Drive System Board Diskette Drive Cable Reference Diskette Reference Diskette does not work Try another Reference Diskette or any bootable diskette before replacing FRUs Ensure all correct level drivers are CONN loaded One or more keys do not 1 Keyboard work 2 Keyboard Cable 3 System Board Changing colors External Display Plasma Display Card ieee Model P70 and P75 8573 151 Symptom Error FRU Action Power good light does not light fan does not run see Power Supply 2 System Board Undetermined Problem on 3 Any device or adapter page 156 No beep and the computer 1 Speaker Assembly is otherwise functional 2 System Board No beep and nonfunctional 1 System Board computer 2 Power Supply See
165. Il Connect the external keyboard mouse parallel and serial devices to the computer if used Use the keyboard mouse connector for testing the external keyboard and mouse Diagnose all computer problems first see the computer Hardware Maintenance Service manual DID THE TEST COMPLETE WITHOUT ANY ERROR Yes No 002 Have the computer serviced 003 Install the computer on Dock Il Make sure that the computer is firmly connected Check all cables and power cords Check the fan in the power supply in Dock Il make sure it is working correctly Notes 1 The mouse or some other pointing device do not work if they are connected to the keyboard numeric keypad connector 2 The mouse or some other pointing device do not work if they are connected to the mouse connector on the numeric keypad that is connected to Dock Il 3 The computer keyboard does not work when an external keyboard is connected to Dock II Reinstall all external devices Turn on all external devices Step 003 continues 392 IBM Mobile Systems HMM Volume 1 003 continued Press and hold F1 then turn on the computer Hold F1 until the Easy Setup screen or an error message appears See How To Run the Diagnostics on page 405 Note warning beep sounds for the correct operation go to the Symptom to FRU Index on page 416 Write down all post error codes that
166. Index on page 87 If this does not fix the problem go to Undetermined Problem on page 94 012 Go to 76 Symptom to FRU Index on page 87 IBM Mobile Systems HMM Volume 1 Memory Checkout Customer diagnostics can eliminate defective memory so no memory error code appears at power on reset After you replace a defective memory module kit run 5 Automatic configuration or the new memory will not be recognized If you have to run configuration with your own diskette be sure the customer has all the correct option diskettes available Power off the computer before removing or replacing parts 001 Remove the memory module kit in the connector if installed Run the memory tests Use the RUN TESTS ONE TIME option DID THE MEMORY TESTS END WITHOUT AN ERROR Yes No 002 Replace the system board 003 DID YOU REMOVE THE MEMORY MODULE KIT IN THE CONNECTOR Yes No 004 Go to Step 007 005 Reinstall the memory module kit in the connector and run 5 Automatic configuration Run the memory test Use the RUN TESTS ONE TIME option DID THE MEMORY TESTS END WITHOUT AN ERROR Yes No 006 Replace the memory module kit in the connector If that does not correct the problem replace the System board 007 If the problem occurs intermittently run the memory tests multiple times to have an error log Model N
167. LC Japan only 06G9903 28 Keyboard see Keyboards 29 Speaker 07G1229 30 Holder Speaker 07G1734 Holder Cable Assembly 07G1761 Bracket and Guide Option Slot 07G1215 31 Cover Keyboard 07G1208 Miscellaneous Kit 07G1743 Leg Kit 07G1209 2 Legs one left one right 2 Springs one left one right Screw Kit 230 screws 0791835 10 1 6mm x 4 10 2mm x 5 10 2 5mm x 3 black 10 2 5mm x 4 black 10 2 5mm x 8 black 100 2 5mm x 5 10 2 5mm x 4 amp washer 10 2 5mm x 6 amp washer 10 2 5mm x 12 amp washer 10 3mm x 4 10 2mm x 4 10 4 40 x 5 stud 10 4 40 x 4 8 stud DASD Index 12 40MB Hard Disk Drive 95F4707 12 80MB Hard Disk Drive 95F4708 Cable Hard Disk Drive 07G1226 13 Diskette Drive Assembly 0699865 Cable Diskette Drive 0791228 51 8551 107 Options and Adapters 108 5 25 inch Drive Adapter A 360KB 1 2MB 80386 Memory Expansion Adapter AC Adapter AC Adapter U S Canada and Latin America AC Adapter Japan 2 pin AC Adapter Japan 3 pin Car Battery Adapter Car Battery Adapter for European countries Cartridge External Power Pack Communications Cartridge Communications Cartridge Data Fax Modem Adapter U S Canada only Diskette Drive Bus Adapter External Diskette Drive Adapter External Power Pack for Sweden for Benelux for Switzerland External Storage Device Cable FaxConcentrator Adapter A FaxConcentrator Adapter A Cable Game Control Adapter Memory Expansion Kit for 72X6671 M
168. LCD panel cable Make sure the voltage converter is correctly installed Plug in the AC adapter and power on the computer DID YOU HEAR ONE LONG OR TWO SHORT BEEPS Yes No 018 Replace the following FRUs one at a time until the problem is corrected e Voltage converter panel assembly e System board Replace the voltage converter to verify the fix If the problem still remains do the following Suspect one of the options or devices Reinstall each of the options or devices to the computer one at a time and power on the computer to see if the original problem occurs Replace the last installed option or device when the problem occurs 80 IBM Mobile Systems HMM Volume 1 Testing the AC Adapter the Power On indicator is not on check the power cord of the AC adapter for proper installation and continuity 1 If any noise can be heard from the AC adapter when it is plugged into line voltage replace the AC adapter with a new one If no noise can be heard from the adapter go to Step 3 2 If the noise still comes from the new AC adapter suspect the computer Replace the AC adapter with the original one then go to the next step If no noise comes from the new adapter the original adapter has the problem 3 Unplug the AC adapter cable from the computer and measure the output voltage at the plug of the AC adapter cable Pin Voltage V dc 1 19 0 to 21 0
169. LY CHARGED BATTERY DISCHARGE QUICKLY Yes No 010 Go to Step 013 011 Run advanced diagnostics for all devices using the AC adapter Use the RUN TEST ONE TIME option DID ALL THE TESTS END WITHOUT AN ERROR Yes No 012 Follow the instructions on the screen If the instructions do not appear or do not correct the problem replace the system board Go to Testing the Battery Pack on page 82 If Testing the Battery Pack does not correct the problem go to Testing the Voltage Converter on page 85 014 Unplug the AC adapter if used Remove the bottom cover and disconnect the flat cable from connector CN6 on the voltage converter See page 86 for the connector location Check that the resistance at connector CN5 is greater than 5 ohms between pins 7 and 1 and also between 7 and 3 IS THE RESISTANCE CORRECT Yes No 015 Go to Step 017 on page 80 016 Go to Testing the Voltage Converter on page 85 If Testing the Voltage Converter does not correct the problem go to Step 017 on page 80 Model N51 8551 79 CONTINUED 017 Remove the following if installed e Battery pack Standby battery e Backup battery e Memory module kit Internal Data Fax modem Serial adapter e Numeric keypad e Mouse e External display Hard disk drive Diskette drive LCD inverter cable
170. M Mobile Systems HMM Volume 1 012 DID THE TESTS FIND DEVICE ERROR A device error is displayed with an X over the device The device ID XXX an error description code YY and FRU code 2222 are displayed For example XXX YY ZZZZ XXX Device ID YY Error Description Code 7777 FRU Code Note If the test stops or hangs when the test is running replace the last device that was tested Yes No 013 The error was not detected by the test e Check that the cables and connectors are not damaged e Reconnect all adapters drives and modules then test the computer several times An All Loop option is available for looping all the tests To exit from the looping select the test icon on the right bottom corner of the screen at the time of between each test e f no error is detected go to Symptom to FRU Index on page 296 and use the user reported symptom e If any errors are detected go to FRU Codes on page 298 014 Note the error codes shown on the screen and go to FRU Codes on page 298 and replace the appropriate FRU ThinkPad 710T 2523 289 Memory Checkout Note Before removing a SIMM card power off the computer Error code 110 indicates that a parity check error on the system board was detected The error is caused by the SIMM card or the system board To isolate the FRUs remove the SIMM card and run the memory test again
171. NUOUSLY press and hold Ctrl then press Pause The computer completes testing and returns to the Installed Devices menu Displaying the Error Log 1 e 272 Depending on the options installed in the computer questions about attached devices might appear on the display Answer as required then press Enter Press Y or N IS THE LIST CORRECT Y N then press Enter Press 2 LOG UTILITIES then press Enter Press 2 DISPLAY LOG then press Enter IBM Mobile Systems HMM Volume 1 5 Press ENTER THE DRIVE ID FOR ERROR LOG then press Enter 6 If no errors occurred the Log Utilities menu appears If errors are displayed go to Symptom to FRU Index on page 264 Setup Options The computer has two setup options that allow you to specify how the computer operates The System Parameters Ctrl Alt F3 from the DOS prompt or the Diagnostic Menu provide access to the power management parameters and the following system elements Time Date e Password e Personalization Diskette drive disk drive e Cache e Parallel port SO Monitor e Clock Multiplier Starting Setup Press the key combination for the setup program you want to start Key Combination Setup Program Ctrl Alt F3 System Parameters setup Must be started at the DOS prompt or the Diagnostic Menu Func F3 Power Management setup can be started at any time after the computer is powered on This is page 2 of System Par
172. PUTER REST Yes No Do the following e Replace the system board e f that does not solve the problem replace the DC DC board e If the problem remains replace the top cabinet assembly 005 Press the power button to bring the computer out of REST DID THE COMPUTER FAIL TO RESUME Yes No 006 Go to Step 010 on page 49 007 Step 007 continues 48 IBM Mobile Systems HMM Volume 1 007 continued Check backup battery connections and voltage 5 V dc ARE THE BACKUP BATTERY AND BATTERY CONNECTIONS OK Yes No 008 Replace the battery and verify operation 009 Do the following e Replace the system board If that does not solve the problem replace the DC DC board Ifthe problem remains replace the top cabinet assembly 1 Connect the AC adapter to the computer and to the AC supply 2 Make sure there is no diskette in the diskette drive 3 Disconnect any peripherals from the computer 4 Power on the computer IS THE POWER LED LIT Yes No 011 Go to Step 029 on page 51 012 IS THE POWER LED AMBER Yes No 013 IS THE POWER LED GREEN Yes No 014 Replace the top cabinet If that does not solve the problem replace the system board 015 Replace FRUs in the following order e AC Adapter e DC DC Board e System Board Top Cabinet
173. RAM Standard Memory 12MB RAM Maximum VGA Video 640 x 480 resolution Support for 16 concurrent gray scales Hard Drive 60MB HDD model ThinkPad file card TPF model ThinkPad 710T 2523 303 FRU Removals and Replacements Follow the numerical sequence in the FRU removal sequence list and in the exploded view to remove or disconnect parts in the correct order The letters in parentheses in the list indicate screw types See the Screw Size Chart on page 19 to match the letters to the correct screw type and size before replacing each screw Safety Notice 8 Translation on page 13 Before removing any FRU power off the computer unplug all power cords from electrical outlets remove the battery pack then disconnect any interconnecting cables Safety Notice 1 Translation on page 7 Before the computer is powered on after FRU replacement make sure all screws springs or other small parts are in place and are not left loose inside the computer Verify this by shaking the computer and listening for rattling sounds Metallic parts or metal flakes can cause electrical shorts Battery Pack To replace the backup battery use a coin to open the backup battery door on the bottom cover Reset configuration after replacing the backup battery Four Bottom Cover Screws 2 B 2 W At each corner Top Cover Assembly One Bottom Cover Screw X At center LCD and Digitizer Cables LC
174. System Board ThinkPad 350 PS Note 425 2618 211 External Display Self Test on page 464 before replacing any FRUS Symptom Error FRU Action 602 608 614 652 1 Diskette 2 Diskette Drive 3 Diskette Drive Cable 4 System Board 613 630 1 System Board 6XX 1 Diskette Drive not listed above 2 Diskette Drive Cable 3 System Board 09XX 10XX 1 Any External Parallel Device 2 System Board 1101 1142 1201 1242 1 System Board 2 Modem 3 Any Serial Device 1180 1181 1280 1281 1 Internal Modem 2 System Board 11XX 12XX 1 Set Configuration not listed above 2 System Board 3 Modem 4 Serial Device 17XX 1 Hard Disk 2 Hard Disk Cable 3 System Board 24XX 1 External Display For external displays see 2 External Display Power Cord 3 Backlight Lamp Assembly 4 LCD Assembly 5 System Board 6 Inverter Card 8000 1 Set Configuration 2 PCMCIA Card 3 System Board 8603 1 System Board 86XX 1 Pointing Device not listed above 2 Keyboard 3 Numeric Keypad 4 System Board Beep Symptoms Symptom Error FRU Action One short beep with display problem For external displays see External Display Self Test on page 464 before replacing any FRUs External Display 2 External Display Power Cord 3 Backlight Lamp Assembly 4 LCD Assembly System Board Inverter Card oa 212 IBM Mobile Systems HMM Volum
175. Systems Checkout on page 290 If this does not solve the problem replace the system board If an intermittent problem remains after replacement of the FRUS consider external electrical noise that can have an effect on the computer Check that the EMC contacts on the system board are not broken The contacts are fragile and can be easily damaged Short Circuit Test 1 Visually check the cables wires and connecters for any short circuits open wires and damage If a short circuit or burned parts are found replace the parts Disconnect then reconnect all the external devices from the computer one by one and see if the same symptom appears If you find that an external device has a problem follow the maintenance procedure for that device If the same symptom remains with no external devices connected the problem is in the computer Isolate the failing component in the computer by changing the FRUs one by one until you find the problem Replace the DC DC card and the system board first If the symptom is that the battery becomes low on power quickly and all the tests run without detecting any errors replace the battery pack first ThinkPad 710T 2523 301 Related Service Procedures This section provides information on the following Power On Password Reset Button Checking the Installed Devices List ThinkPad File TPF Card IC Card Controller Power On Password Important T
176. Systems HMM Volume 1 Security The Dock I has two features to secure it from being used by unauthorized persons Security Lock The security lock is located on the left side of the Dock front panel and can be unlocked with the security lock key This security lock provides the following protection e Cover Lock prevents unauthorized access to the devices and options inside the Dock 1 e Computer Lock protects from unauthorized removal of the computer Key Controlled Power prevents unauthorized use of the Dock or unauthorized access to the data stored on the internal SCSI device through the external SCSI connector by securing the power The key lock has three positions rf Icon Cover Computer Power Key Lock Lock Secured A Lock Lock No Removable Unlock Unlock No Not Removable A 2 Lock Lock Yes Removable Security Hook The hook for a security chain or cable is located on the rear of the Dock The diameter of the hook is 4 mm 0 15 in or less Attach a chain or similar item through the hook and secure the Dock to desk or similar stable item How to Run the Diagnostics Use either the TrackPoint Il or the cursor move keys to interact with the tests The Enter key works the same as selecting the OK icon to reply OK 1 Press and hold F1 then power on the computer Hold F1 until the Easy setup screen appear
177. TERNAL DEVICES ATTACHED TO THE DOCK I Yes No 004 Go to Step 007 005 DID THE POWER GOOD LIGHT FOR ALL OF THE EXTERNAL DEVICES POWER ON Yes No 006 See the manual for the failing device 007 DID YOU RECEIVE A POST ERROR CODE Yes No 008 If you cannot check the error code Press and hold F1 then power on the computer Hold F1 until the Easy Setup screen or an error message appears Write down all post error codes that are displayed Press the Pause key when an error code appears to keep the screen from scrolling Press F1 to continue To run system checkout or if you suspect another problem go to Step 010 on page 343 009 Go to Symptom to FRU Index on page 351 342 IBM Mobile Systems HMM Volume 1 010 DID THE EASY SETUP SCREEN APPEAR Easy Setup a e2 CONFIG Date Time Passwor d Start Up Test Yes No 011 The system might have hung during the running of the POST Note the symptoms and go to Symptom to FRU Index on page 351 012 Select Test and press Enter DID THE ADVANCED DIAGNOSTIC SCREEN APPEAR r SystemBoardMemory Display HDD 1 FDD 1 PCMCIA 1 m B p Ei 9 Parallel Serial HDD 2 FDD
178. Translation on page 13 Before removing any FRU power off the computer unplug all power cords from electrical outlets remove the battery pack then disconnect any interconnecting cables Safety Notice 1 Translation on page 7 Before the computer is powered on after FRU replacement make sure all screws springs or other small parts are in place and are not left loose inside the computer Verify this by shaking the computer and listening for rattling sounds Metallic parts or metal flakes can cause electrical shorts Battery Pack Coprocessor Cover Three Top Cover Screws 1 B 2 TT At rear of keyboard Five Bottom Cover Screws 4 B 1 UU One is inside battery compartment LCD Cable 9 LCD Ribbon Cable LCD Assembly Keyboard Screw D At front of keyboard E Two Ribbon Cables Keyboard Assembly Four System Board Screws D Two Threaded Hex Spacers At rear of system board System Board Three Hard Disk Drive Screws D Hard Disk Drive and Mounting Brackets Have customer backup all information before replacing drive Do not replace the hard drive if the computer is operating or is in suspend mode Restore drive system information using the customer s backup copy of the system programs ThinkPad 300 2615 197 Diskette Drive Ribbon Cable Diskette Drive Backup Battery Speaker Five Threaded Spacers N 8 a 8 e KJ Bb EJ Video Power Board 198 IBM Mobile Systems HMM
179. Verify operation 031 Close the computer and install a freshly charged battery pack Power on the computer DO ANY LEDS LIGHT Yes No 032 Replace FRUs in the following order Top Cabinet e DC DC Board e System Board 033 DOES THE LCD BACKLIGHT LIGHT Yes No 034 Step 034 continues Model N45SL 2614 51 CONTINUED 034 continued Replace FRUs in the following order e DC DC Board e System Board LCD Display Panel 035 DOES THE COMPUTER ATTEMPT TO AUTOBOOT Yes No 036 Replace FRUs in the following order e Suspected Drive e System Board 037 IS THE OPERATING SYSTEM PROMPT LEGIBLE Yes No 038 Replace FRUs in the following order Top Cabinet Assembly e System Board 039 Replace the system board 52 IBM Mobile Systems HMM Volume 1 Symptom to FRU Index The Symptom to FRU Index lists the symptoms and errors and the possible causes The most likely cause is listed first Note Perform the FRU replacement or actions in the sequence shown in the FRU Action columns FRU did not solve the problem put the original part back in the computer Do not replace a non defective part This index can also be used to help you decide which FRUs to have available when servicing a computer Note For IBM devices not supported by the N45 diagnostics
180. View Panel Connector Voltage Converter Connector System Expansion Port 120 pin Password Override Connector Memory Module Kit Connector Hard Disk Drive Connector Voltage Converter Connector Hard Disk Drive Connector Diskette Drive Connector Diskette Drive Connector Panel Connector Panel Connector 8 rrrrrrrrr 455444444 111111111 m 921 8 9 Bottom View 104 IBM Mobile Systems HMM Volume 1 Parts Listing 105 Model N51 8551 System Unit Index 1 LCD Bezel N51 SX Includes contrast and brightness slides LCD Bezel N51 SX Japan only 1 LCD Bezel N51 SLC LCD Bezel N51 SLC Japan only 2 Bumper Rubber 3 LCD Panel Cable LCD 4 LCD Rear Cover N51 SX LCD Rear Cover N51 SX Japan only 4 LCD Rear Cover N51 SLC LCD Rear Cover N51 SLC Japan only Inverter LCD LCD Hinge Cover Left LCD Hinge Cover Right LCD Hinge Right Left LCD Cover Kit Left right latch cover release 2 latchsprings 9 Lid Switch with Holder 10 Panel Assembly 11 Terminal Assembly Battery 14 Backup Ba
181. XX 1 Keyboard 2 Mouse 3 System Board 601 6XX 1 System Board Go to the External Diskette 2 Diskette Drive Drive Test on page 464 before changing any FRU Assembly 3 Diskette Drive Cable 602 1 Diskette Drive Assembly 9XX System Board Parallel Device po 11XX System Board Serial Device 12XX 17XX System Board Serial Device Communication Cable Gor Disk Drive Assembly System Board 24XX System Board LCD Assembly 5001 5016 System Board LCD Assembly 5017 5020 LCD Assembly System Board 8601 8603 System Board Mouse 86XX Mouse System Board 101XX Modem Card System Board 102XX 19990305 LED Card System Board Related Devices oe Operating System OS device ThinkPad 710 2523 297 FRU Codes If an error is detected by the diagnostic tests a four digit FRU code is displayed The FRU code indicates two suspected FRUs Replace the FRU that is indicated by the two leftmost digits then replace the FRU indicated by the two rightmost digits No FRU is assigned to code 00 If only one FRU is suspected the other FRU code is filled with 00 Use the External Diskette Drive Test on page 464 to isolate diskette problems to a FRU If the problem still remains and the system board has not been replaced
182. ace and are not left loose inside the computer Verify this by shaking the computer and listening for rattling sounds Metallic parts or metal flakes can cause electrical shorts Avant de remettre l ordinateur sous tension apres remplacement d une unite en clientele verifiez que tous les ressorts vis et autres pieces sont bien en place et bien fixes Pour ce faire secouez l unite et assurez vous qu aucun bruit suspect ne se produit Des pieces metalliques ou des copeaux de metal pourraient causer un court circuit Bevor nach einem FRU Austausch der Computer wieder angeschlossen wird muB sichergestellt werden daB keine Schrauben Federn oder andere Kleinteile fehlen oder im Gehause vergessen wurden Der Computer geschuttelt und auf Klappergerausche gepruft werden Metallteile oder splitter konnen Kurzschlusse erzeugen Prima di accendere l elaboratore dopo che stata effettuata la sostituzione di una FRU accertarsi che tutte le viti le molle e tutte le altri parti di piccole dimensioni siano nella corretta posizione e non siano sparse all interno dell elaboratore Verificare ci scuotendo l elaboratore e prestando attenzione ad eventuali rumori eventuali parti o pezzetti metallici possono provocare scosse elettriche Antes de encender el sistema despues de sustituir una FRU compruebe que todos los tornillos muelles y dem s piezas peque as se encuentran en su sitio y no se encuentran sueltas dentro del sistema Compruebel
183. act the software manufacturer or dealer and report the problem 3 System Board ERROR Keyboard not responding or not connected 1 Check keyboard connections 2 Keyboard 3 System Board ERROR Memory parity failure 1 Run Advanced Diagnostics Memory Test to check base and extended memory 2 Memory Module 3 System Board ERROR occurred while 1 Advanced reading Boot Sector Diagnostics diskette ERROR occurred while 1 Advanced reading FAT table Diagnostics diskette ERROR occurred while 1 Advanced reading root directory Diagnostics diskette ERROR Please replace the backup battery 1 If backup battery was recently replaced run Setup program to configure computer 2 Backup Battery 3 System Board Error programming FLASH Device Retrying 1 System Board ERROR RAM failure Address XXXX 1 Inspect memory modules for proper installation 2 Swap the installed memory modules with known good modules 3 Memory Board 4 System Board ERROR RAM failure SIMM module XXXX 1 Inspect the memory modules for proper installation 2 Swap the installed memory modules with known good modules 3 Memory Board 4 System Board 58 IBM Mobile Systems HMM Volume 1 Symptom Error FRU Action ERROR ROM checksum failure ERROR System control processor failure 1
184. ad 500 2603 233 CONTINUED DID THE ADVANCED DIAGNOSTICS MENU APPEAR Yes No 007 You may have a diskette drive problem go to Symptom to FRU Index on page 237 008 Press 0 SYSTEM CHECKOUT then press Enter Follow the screen instructions Note Ignore a 199 error Press 0 RUN TESTS ONE TIME then press Enter Press 2 MEMORY then press Enter DID YOU RECEIVE A 2XX ERROR OR FAILURE SYMPTOM Yes No 009 Go to Step 011 010 Go to Step 003 on page 233 011 From step 009 DID THE SYSTEM CHECKOUT MENU APPEAR AT THE END OF TEST Yes No 012 You may have a power source problem go to Power Systems Checkout on page 235 013 The Advanced Diagnostics tests finished without detecting a failure If you suspect an intermittent problem start an error log If you need instructions go to Error Log on page 243 234 IBM Mobile Systems HMM Volume 1 Power Systems Checkout To check the system power do the following 1 Power off the computer 2 Remove the battery from the computer 3 Check the battery voltage The voltage should be 10 8 If the voltages are not correct try recharging the battery pack If the voltages are correct continue with the next step to test the AC adapter voltage 4 Unplug the AC adapter from the computer 5 Measure the voltage at the points shown N Se 25 V T ac b
185. alled in the computer differs from the number shown in the installed devices list an error can occur during the diagnostic tests Restart the computer and correct the drive information in the Set Configuration menu before running the diagnostic tests Warning A customized setup configuration other than default settings might exist on the computer you are servicing Running Automatic Configuration can alter those settings Note the current configuration settings using the View Configuration option and verify that the settings are in place when service is complete ThinkPad 350 PS Note 425 2618 219 Product Overview The following table provides a brief overview of the system features Feature Description Processor MHz 486SL 25 MHz Bus Architecture AT Bus Memory 4MB Standard Memory 20MB Maximum CMOS RAM 256KB Video VGA Diskette Drive 3 5 inch Hard Drive e 85MB 2 5 inch e 125MB 2 5 inch e 250MB 2 5 inch PCMCIA Type l or Keyboard TrackPoint 11 Notes 1 The Power Switch is located inside the rear I O door 2 The Suspend Resume button is located at the rear of the keyboard on the status indicator light cover 220 IBM Mobile Systems HMM Volume 1 FRU Removals and Replacements Follow the numerical sequence in the FRU removal sequence list and the exploded view to remove or disconnect parts in the correct order The letters in parentheses in the
186. alscher Batterien kann zu Entzundung oder Explosion fuhren Alcune batterie di riserva contengono una piccola quantit di nichel e cadmio Non smontarle ricaricarle gettarle nel fuoco o nell acqua n cortocircuitarle Smaltirle secondo la normativa in vigore DPR 915 82 successive disposizioni e disposizioni locali Quando si sostituisce la batteria dell RTC real time clock o la batteria di supporto utilizzare soltanto i tipi inseriti nell appropriato Catalogo parti L impiego di una batteria non adatta potrebbe determinare l incendio o l esplosione della batteria stessa Algunas bater as de reserva contienen una peque a cantidad de niquel y cadmio No las desmonte ni recargue ni las eche al fuego o al agua ni las cortocircuite Desechelas tal como dispone la normativa local Utilice s lo bater as que se encuentren en la lista de piezas para sustituir la bater a de reserva o RTC La utilizaci n de una bater a no apropiada puede provocar la ignici n o explosi n de la misma 8 Mobile Systems HMM Volume 1 Safety Notice The battery pack contains small amounts of nickel Do not disassemble it throw it into fire or water short circuit it Dispose of the battery pack as required by local ordinances or regulations Use only the battery in the appropriate parts listing when replacing the battery pack Use of an incorrect battery can result in ignition or explosion of the battery La batte
187. ameters Press Esc to display the Exit Menu Utilities The system is configured with several utility programs These programs provide added function that enhances the usability of the system These programs should be backed up to prevent loss of data Use the Diskette factory in Microsoft Windows to make a backup copy of the Advanced Diagnostics diskette The utility programs are SIMUL Allows you to enable disable simultaneous display on both the LCD and external monitor Note The computer does not enter Suspend Resume while in the Simultaneous mode You must exit Simultaneous mode before ThinkPad 510 2604 273 2 PHDISK Suspend Resume is allowed Also the Func F7 function is not recognized until you exit the Simultaneous mode Provides Enhanced Parallel Port Utility This utility needs to be added to the AUTOEXEC BAT and CONFIG SYS if the option attached to the parallel port supports the enhanced parallel port mode Prepares the hard disk drive for the hibernation feature including formatting and the marking of defective areas A partition is reserved on the hard disk drive to save data before the computer enters Hibernation mode Warning Running this utility causes loss of data on the hard disk drive It is important that the customer backup all data prior to using this utility r Important Run the PHDISK utility if you change the operating environment reformat the hard disk drive or a
188. ard Disk Drive System Board Hard Disk Drive Cable gud em 90 IBM Mobile Systems HMM Volume 1 Symptoms Symptom Error FRU Action Continuous beep 1 System Board Repeating short beeps See External Keyboard Auxiliary Input Device Checkout on page 465 before replacing any FRUs Keyboard 2 Keyboard Control Card 3 System Board One long and one short beep 1 System Board One long and two short beeps 1 System Board disk or unable to read diskette One short beep a 1 LCD Panel blank unreadable or 2 LCD Inverter flashing display with no 3 System Board external display attached 4 LCD Cable One short beep and 1 Diskette Drive Diskette Prompt or a 2 System Board program load from the hard 3 Diskette Drive Cable Two short beeps and a blank display 1 System Board Miscellaneous Symptoms Symptom Error FRU Action No beep and a blank or unreadable display during POST 1 System Board 2 Any option or device 3 Power source when See Power Systems failing Checkout on page 78 4 Voltage Converter before replacing any FRUs 5 Speaker No beep with a blinking 1 System Board cursor 2 Communications Cartridge No beep with a normal 1 Speaker display during POST 2 Panel Assembly 3 System Board 4 Keyboard Control Card No beep and the computer 1 System Board hangs after d
189. are displayed Press the Pause key when an error code appears to keep the screen from scrolling Press F1 to continue If the POST stops and you cannot continue go to Symptom to FRU Index on page 416 ARE THERE ANY EXTERNAL DEVICES ATTACHED TO THE DOCK II Yes No 004 Go to Step 007 005 DID THE POWER GOOD LIGHT FOR ALL OF THE EXTERNAL DEVICES TURN ON Yes No 006 See the manual for the failing device 007 DID YOU RECEIVE A POST ERROR CODE Yes No 008 If you cannot check the error code Press and hold F1 then turn on the computer Hold F1 until the Easy Setup screen or an error message appears Write down all post error codes that are displayed Press the Pause key when an error code appears to keep the screen from scrolling Press F1 to continue To run system checkout or if you suspect another problem go to Step 010 009 Go to Symptom to FRU Index on page 416 010 Step 010 continues Dock 3546 393 CONTINUED 010 continued DID THE EASY SETUP SCREEN APPEAR Fasy Setup g G mod CONFIG Date Time Password Start Up Test Exit Yes No 011 The system may have hung during the running of the POST Note the symptoms and go to Symptom to FRU Index on page 416 012
190. art are all at the same charge Notes 1 Use product specific ESD procedures when they exceed the requirements noted here 2 Make sure that the ESD protective devices you use have been certified ISO 9000 as fully effective When handling ESD sensitive parts Keep the parts in protective packages until they are inserted into the product e Avoid contact with other people e Wear a grounded wrist strap against your skin to eliminate static on your body e Prevent the part from touching your clothing Most clothing is insulative and retains a charge even when you are wearing a wrist strap Use the black side of a grounded work mat to provide a static free work surface The mat is especially useful when handling ESD sensitive devices e Select a grounding system such as those listed below to provide protection that meets the specific service requirement Note The use of a grounding system is desirable but not required to protect against ESD damage Attach the ESD ground clip to any frame ground ground braid or green wire ground Use an ESD common ground or reference point when working on a double insulated or battery operated computer You can use coax or connector outside shells on these computers Use the round ground prong of the AC plug on AC operated computers Grounding Requirements Electrical grounding of the PS 2 computer is required for operator safety and correct computer function Prope
191. as powered on go to Symptom to FRU Index page 329 or If the problem is not corrected go to Undetermined Problem on page 333 320 IBM Mobile Systems HMM Volume 1 025 You may have an intermittent problem e Check for damaged cables or connectors e Reseat all adapters and devices in the 3550 Expansion Unit and external devices e Check the power supply fan in the 3550 Expansion Unit and make sure it is working properly e Check the power supply voltages see Power Systems Checkout on page 327 e Start an error log and run the tests several times If you did not find a problem go to Undetermined Problem on page 333 Expansion Unit 3550 321 General Checkout 3550 002 Overall Procedures 1 6 322 Test the computer alone to make sure there is a problem with the computer before testing it with the 3550 Expansion Unit If there is a problem with the computer solve it by referring to the information supplied with the computer then test the computer with the 3550 Expansion Unit Have the external keyboard mouse parallel and serial devices connected to the computer and test the computer If no problem exists connect them to the 3550 Expansion Unit and test the 3550 Expansion Unit with the computer installed When testing the 3550 Expansion Unit use the Diagnostic Diskette supplied with the 3550 Expansion Unit a Because the serial and parallel ports on
192. atically record any error messages in an error log This procedure is normally used to diagnose an intermittent problem Note The errors must be logged to a diskette drive or to a printer If recording errors on a diskette use a copy of the Advanced Diagnostics diskette that is not write protected Do not run any diskette tests when logging to a diskette drive Do not run a parallel port test when logging to a printer Creating the Error Log 1 Insert the Advanced Diagnostics diskette into the diskette drive 2 Press 0 SYSTEM CHECKOUT then Enter 3 Depending on the options installed in the computer questions about attached devices might appear on the display Answer as required then press Enter 4 Press Y or N IS THE LIST CORRECT Y N then Enter Press 2 LOG UTILITIES then Enter 6 Press 0 START ERROR LOG then Enter a ThinkPad 350 PS Note 425 2618 217 7 Press 0 or 1 LOG TO DISKETTE OR PRINTER 0 1 then Enter 8 If you are logging to diskette press A ENTER THE DRIVE ID FOR ERROR LOG then Enter 9 Press 9 END LOG UTILITIES then Enter Starting the Test 1 Press 1 RUN TESTS MULTIPLE TIMES then Enter 2 Select the device you suspect has a failure then press Enter 3 Select the number of times the test is to be run then press Enter 4 Press N WAIT EACH TIME AN ERROR OCCURS Y N then Enter 5 Follow any instructions on the display and select all available tests
193. atus display 5 Measure the voltage again between terminals 1 and 2 If the voltage is not greater than the one measured in Step 3 replace the AC adapter If the voltage is greater than the one measured in Step 3 go to the next step Model L40 SX 8543 29 6 Remove the rechargeable battery from the computer 7 Measure the voltage at the battery terminals Pin Voltage V dc 1 8 5 to 412 6 3 Ground If the voltage is not correct the rechargeable battery is discharged or defective If the voltage is correct go to the next step 8 Using a low power ohm meter measure the resistance at the battery terminals between 2 T and 3 The resistance must be 4 kilohms to 30 kilohms If the resistance is out of range replace the rechargeable battery Testing the Backup Battery 1 Remove the keyboard and the top cover 2 Measure the voltage at the connectors of the backup battery Pin Voltage V dc 1 2 8 to 43 2 2 Ground If the voltage is not correct the backup battery is discharged by a short circuit or is defective Testing the Standby Battery Note The charging time required is 48 hours 1 Remove the keyboard and the top cover 2 Connect the AC adapter to the computer 30 IBM Mobile Systems HMM Volume 1 3 Disconnect the standby battery connector from the system board and measure the voltage at the connector of the standby battery
194. ay Self Test on page 464 2 Press Ctrl A and run the system checkout IS THE LIST OF INSTALLED DEVICES CORRECT Yes No 009 Go to Checking Installed Devices on page 131 010 Run the diagnostic tests DID THE TEST IDENTIFY A FAILURE Note If the test stops and you cannot continue replace the last device tested or If any POST error code appears go to Symptom to FRU Index on page 122 Yes No 011 You might have an intermittent problem Check for damaged cables and connectors e Reseat all adapters drives and modules Start an error log and run the tests multiple times Step 011 continues Model CL57 8554 113 CONTINUED 011 continued Check the power supply in use when the error is reported see Power Systems Checkout on page 117 e Check Symptom to FRU Index on page 122 If this did not fix the problem go to Undetermined Problem on page 130 012 Go to Symptom to FRU Index on page 122 013 DID NOTHING APPEAR ON THE SCREEN Yes No 014 If all system status indicators do not appear for about 1 second go to Step 016 under Power Systems Checkout on page 117 If the memory count is incorrect go to Memory Checkout on page 115 Go to Symptom to FRU Index on page 122 If that does not correct the problem go to Undetermined Problem on page 130 015 Go to Symptom to FRU Ind
195. ber You will then be offered one more chance to cancel PREP PREP will prompt you to press P to continue Pressing any other key will cancel PREP and return you to the DOS prompt PREP first scans the hard disk for bad sectors that have previously been marked It displays the message Scanning for previous bad sectors PREP then performs a low level format of the hard disk surface It display the message 64 IBM Mobile Systems HMM Volume 1 Initializing the disk PREP will then write data to each sector of the hard disk and read this data back to verify each sector This is repeated four times PREP displays the message Verify pass n Cylinder xxx Where n is the number of the current pass 1 4 and xxx is the current cylinder under test If any bad sectors are found PREP marks them to prevent them from being used when the hard disk is formatted After the hard disk is verified PREP displays the message Operation complete press any key to exit to monitor The hard disk is now ready to be formatted and have an operating system loaded onto it Updating Flash Memory Note on Updating Flash Memory Perform this NEWBIOS function only while operating on AC power Reprogramming Flash BIOS To reprogram the Flash ROM do the following 1 Access the Monitor program with the Ctrl Alt Ins key combination 2 Insert the Advanced Diagnostics diskette in the diskette drive 3 Type NEWBIOS then press Enter
196. bindung gebracht werden Die Batterien mussen vorschriftsmaBig entsorgt werden Der Einsatz falscher Batterien kann zu Entzundung oder Explosion fuhren Austauschbatterien k nnen bei IBM oder IBM Vertragspartnern bestellt werden La batteria di supporto e una batteria al litio e puo incendiarsi esplodere o procurare gravi ustioni Evitare di ricaricarla smontarne il connettore polarizzato smontarla riscaldarla ad una temperatura superiore ai 100 gradi centigradi incendiarla o gettarla in acqua Smaltirla secondo la normativa in vigore DPR 915 82 successive disposizioni e disposizioni locali L impiego di una batteria non adatta potrebbe determinare l incendio o l esplosione della batteria stessa Le batterie possono essere ordinate ai rivenditori autorizzati IBM o all IBM La bateria de repuesto es una bateria de litio y puede provocar incendios explosiones o quemaduras graves No la recargue ni quite el conector polarizado ni la desmonte ni caliente por encima de los 1000C 2120F ni la incinere ni exponga el contenido de sus celdas al agua Desechela tal como dispone la normativa local 10 IBM Mobile Systems HMM Volume 1 r Safety Notice 5 If the LCD breaks and the fluid from inside the LCD gets into your eyes or on your hands immediately wash the affected areas with water for at least 15 minutes Seek medical care if any symptoms from the fluid are present after washing Si le panneau d affichage
197. brightness See CL57 LCD FRU Replacement Notice on page 133 before replacing any FRUs displaying memory count Cartridge 3 Hard Disk Drive LCD too dark unable to 1 LCD Panel adjust contrast or 2 Regulator 3 Voltage Converter LCD unreadable or illegible See CL57 LCD FRU Replacement Notice on page 133 before replacing any FRUs LCD Panel 2 Display Control Card 3 LCD Cable Missing or discolored dots on the LCD panel 1 See CL57 LCD FRU Replacement Notice half of the LCD See CL57 LCD FRU Replacement Notice on page 133 before replacing any FRUs on page 133 Unable to turn the LCD on 1 Regulator and off 2 Voltage Converter 3 LCD Cable Blank screen or extra 1 LCD Panel horizontal or vertical line s 2 Display Control Card displayed on upper or lower 3 LCD Cable Four battery indicators are blinking Battery ID 1 Battery Status 1 Battery ID 2 Battery Status 2 Voltage Converter 2 System Board replacing FRUs Ensure all correct level drivers are loaded System status indicator is 1 Related Device incorrectly blinking or stays 2 System Board on 3 Indicator Card System status indicator 1 Indicator Card stays off but the POST 2 System Board ends without an error 3 Related Device Reference Diskette does not 1 Diskette Drive work Try another 2 System Board Reference Diskette or any 3 Diskette Drive Cable b
198. c system board insert 284 IBM Mobile Systems HMM Volume 1 73G3394 73G3463 73G3387 73G3465 88G1121 73G3391 73G3443 73G3395 73G3420 73G3417 73G3388 73G3422 73G3421 59G7927 7393411 7303449 7303385 7303448 8189098 8189099 1998061 5997918 7363445 ThinkPad 710T 2523 General Checkout 286 Memory Checkout 290 Power Systems Checkout 290 Power Management System 295 Symptom to FRU Index 296 Numeric Error Codes 2 296 uou un gene ih sede we 298 Beep Symptoms 299 Miscellaneous Symptoms 300 Undetermined Problems 301 Related Service Procedures 302 Power On Password 302 Reset Button l l n 302 Checking the Installed Devices List 302 ThinkPad File TPF Card 302 IC Card Controller 302 Product Overview 302 FRU Removals and Replacements 304 ThinkPad 710T Exploded View 306 Locations 4 307 System Top View 307 System Board Connector Top View 308 Parts Listing 2 6 4 9 soo ee s 310 Copyright IBM Corp 1995 285 General Checkout The diagnostic tests are intended to test only IBM products Non IBM products or modified options can give false errors and invalid responses 001 Power off the computer and all external devi
199. cause electrical shorts Use the figure below to locate the FRU you want to remove Refer to the following pages for additional information Model P70 and P75 8573 161 IBM Mobile Systems HMM Volume 1 162 Model P70 P75 Exploded View continued A Model P70 and P75 8573 163 Model P70 P75 Exploded View continued IBM Mobile Systems HMM Volume 1 164 Model P70 P75 Exploded View continued 165 Model P70 and P75 8573 Model P70 P75 Exploded View continued 166 IBM Mobile Systems HMM Volume 1 Model P70 P75 Exploded View continued 167 Model P70 and P75 8573 Model P70 P75 Exploded View continued H Model P75 168 IBM Mobile Systems HMM Volume 1 Model P70 P75 Exploded View continued H Model P70 A Model P70 and P75 8573 169 Locations System Board P70 EBEBEEBEBSBBmammammmmm Speaker Connector Battery Connector Expansion Connector Plasma Display Adapter Connector Parallel Port Connector Serial Port Connector Pointing Device Connector Keyboard Connector External Diskette Drive Connector Hard Disk Drive Connector Power Supply Connector 80387 Math Coprocessor Connector Password Override Connector Indicator Connector Diskette Drive Connector Memory Module Connector 4 MEM 4 Memory Module Connector 3 MEM
200. ced diagnostic tests Serial port test with the wrap plug installed on the replicator e Parallel port test with the wrap plug installed on the replicator e POMCIA 2 test with the PC test card installed e FDD 2 FDD 1 if no drive is installed in the computer drive test on the failing device 10 If diagnostic errors appear replace the replicator or diskette drive attachment unit If the problem remains after the replacement replace the system board 11 If power problems appear only when using the replicator replace the replicator If power shut downs occur intermittently when using PCMCIA 2 devices via a port replicator suspect an over current problem Some PCMCIA devices use more power if the maximum usage of each device occurs simultaneously the total current will exceed the limit thereby causing a power shut down Isolate this problem by removing one of the devices and use the computer under the same condition and see whether a power shut down occurs Do this procedure for all devices then determine the cause Customer purchase of the larger AC adapter 50W optional is recommended if it is not yet in use Common Devices Checkout 469 TrackPoint Il Checkout 470 If the TrackPoint Il does not work check the configuration If the configuration of the TrackPoint 11 is set to Disabled or Off change it to Enable or On If the problem remains continue Note TrackPoint Il automatically compensates to
201. ces Check that all the cables and the power cord are properly connected Power on the computer while holding the Suspend Resume switch in the On position Check for the following responses The power on indicator lights The Suspend Resume indicator works as the power on indicator when the power switch is pressed One long beep sounds Memory test begins memory size appears on the top left corner of the screen and the Easy Setup screen or Password Menu screen appears Note If the Resume Suspend Switch is not held in the On position when the computer is powered on the user defined screen appears DID EITHER THE EASY SETUP OR PASSWORD MENU SCREEN APPEAR ThinkPad Easy Setup Seo a Date Time Setup Power Save Password Digitizer J Test Restart MP Copyright IBM Corp 1992 Yes No 002 Go to Step 004 on page 287 003 Enter the password on Password Menu screen if it appeared Step 003 continues 286 IBM Mobile Systems HMM Volume 1 003 continued Select Test on the Easy Setup screen and go to Step 007 on page 288 004 DID THE FOLLOWING SCREEN APPEAR POST XXX XXX XXX Enter ESC Yes 005 Note the symptom If the power does not come on completely go to Power Systems Checkout o
202. cessary Two Status Display Screws F One on each end E Status Display Assembly contains on off and power saver switches Four Hinge Screws C Two on each end inside two rear access doors Left Hinge Cables Right Hinge Cables LCD Assembly Memory Modules Do not install two 4MB memory module kits Install a 2MB memory module kit in connector 1 and a 4MB or 8MB memory module kit in connector 2 Two Screws F At front edge of diskette drive Model L40 SX 8543 39 N N N M w e olNia w w pes 40 Two Diskette Drive Ribbon Cables Diskette Drive and Drive Mounting Bracket Standby Battery Battery Shield Backup Battery Adapter Bezel One Screw F In corner of serial modem card Serial Modem Card Two Screws F At front edge of hard disk drive Two Ribbon Cables and Hard Disk Drive Have customer backup all information on hard disk drive before removal External Adapter and Battery Doors Eight System Board Screws F One Screw C Inside right rear access door Two Threaded Hex Spacers Inside right rear access door Remaining System Board Cables System Board When replacing system board install old memory module kits and math coprocessor on new system board Run Automatic Configuration using customer s backup Reference Diskette Speaker IBM Mobile Systems HMM Volume 1 Model 140 Exploded View 41 Model L40 SX 8543 Locations System Board Su
203. ck II 3546 434 IBM Mobile Systems HMM Volume 1 Step Color and type quantity Length Pan head screw 1 8 Diameter 3 mm 0 12 in 0 31 in Flat head screw 1 6 mm Diameter 3 mm 0 12 in 0 24 in Pan head screw 6 6 mm Diameter 3 mm 0 12 in 0 24 in Pan head screw 2 4 mm Diameter 3 mm 0 12 in 0 16 in Binding head tapping screw 6 mm 2 0 24 in Diameter 3 mm 0 12 in H Black binding head machine 6 mm screw 4 0 24 in Diameter 3 mm 0 12 in Pan head screw 2 6 mm Diameter 3 mm 0 12 in 0 24 in Replacement Note The intersecting end of the SCSI cable should be amp P inserted into the connector on the riser card See Hl Dock Il 3546 435 1040 Riser Card Removal Main Cabinet Group 1010 Audio Card 1020 Power Supply Unit 1030 Remove all cables from the connectors on the riser card Refer to Riser Card on page 455 for the location of these connectors Step Color and type quantity Length Binding head screw 2 8 mm Diameter 3 mm 0 12 in 0 24 in 436 IBM Mobile Systems HMM Volume 1 1050 Removal Note Do not forget to put back the shield upper to the main card when reassembling the unit Shield Upper lt gt Main Card Main Cabinet Group 1010 e Audio Card 1020 e Power Supply Unit 1030
204. color The program is not in color Snow and noise only Switch the TV EXT 7 button Pictures are out of shape or have double images Dotted lines or stripes For TV The channel is not tuned correctly e Adjust the antenna For VCR Change the tracking adjustment e Usually caused by interference from neon signs hair dryers and so on Move the computer to avoid the interference Picture control are not saved Do not power off the TV Tuner when adjusting functions such as picture control color tint brightness or contrast Channel number is always displayed or is not displayed Select your favorite mode for the on screen message See page 473 Common Devices Checkout 475 476 IBM Mobile Systems HMM Volume 1 Common Parts Listing This section contains FRUs common to most IBM portable laptop and notebook computers External Diskette Drives 5 25 Inch Diskette Drive 360KB External 4869 001 72X6759 360KB External 4869 501 72X6768 1 2MB External 4869 002 15X7993 1 2MB External 4869 502 15X7994 5 25 Inch Drive Adapter 72X6757 5 25 Inch Drive Adapter A 15F7996 5 25 Inch External Diskette Drive Cable 27F4211 from system board to adapter Diskette Drive Bus Adapter 72X8524 CD ROM Drives Enhanced Internal CD ROM II Drive 61G1901 Eject button below slot Internal CD ROM Drive 81F7930 Eject button above slot Terminator Kit for 81F793
205. computer s BIOS The computer contains the latest version of BIOS available when manufactured but later revisions might be available There are two reasons for replacing the BIOS 1 To have a more recent version of BIOS that adds features that enhance the computer s performance 2 To reinstall the BIOS on a computer in which the BIOS has become corrupt After you select this option the current BIOS version will be displayed You will be asked if you want to overwrite the current BIOS version If you answer Yes the computer will look for the BIOS image file on drive A and install it Note Always operate the computer on AC power when updating the BIOS ThinkPad 300 2615 195 Product Overview The following table provides a brief overview of the system features Feature Description Processor MHz 386SL 25 MHz Bus Architecture AT Bus Memory 4MB Standard Memory 12MB Maximum CMOS RAM 256KB Video VGA Diskette Drive 3 5 inch Hard Drive 80MB 120MB 196 IBM Mobile Systems HMM Volume 1 FRU Removals and Replacements Follow the numerical sequence in the FRU removal sequence list and in the exploded view to remove or disconnect parts in the correct order The letters in parentheses in the list indicate screw types See the Screw Size Chart on page 19 to match the letters to the correct screw type and size before replacing each screw Safety Notice 8
206. ct Overview 196 FRU Removals and Replacements 197 LOCATIONS Geen peer ce 200 System Board 200 Parts Listing lt x cso face ne ape mt ec 201 Copyright IBM Corp 1995 183 General Checkout Important The diagnostic tests are intended to test only IBM products Non IBM products prototype card or modified options can give false errors and invalid computer responses Power off the computer and all external devices Insert the Advanced Diagnostics diskette into the diskette drive Power on all external devices then power on the computer Press Ctrl Alt Ins to start the Monitor program At the Monitor program prompt type BF then press Enter Follow the instructions on the screen and run the diagnostics tests For information on how to disable a password see Power On Password on page 194 Note Press F1 to access the help screens If you receive an error or message find your symptom below then go to the appropriate page Symptom Go to Numeric Error Code Symptom to FRU Index on page 185 Error Messages Miscellaneous Symptoms on page 190 For information about how to run diagnostics passwords and various other tests go to Related Service Procedures on page 193 Note 184 IBM Mobile Systems HMM Volume 1 Symptom to FRU Index The Symptom to FRU Index lists sympto
207. ctive e adapter or device is not an IBM product If the number of drives installed in the computer differs from the number shown in the installed devices list an error can occur during the diagnostic tests Restart the computer and correct the drive information in the Set Configuration menu before running the diagnostic tests Power On Self Test POST Each time you power on the computer the POST is initiated The POST takes up to 15 seconds to complete depending on the options installed The POST checks the following system board memory display keyboard hard disk drive parallel port and serial port To start the POST power on the computer You hear one short beep when the POST successfully ends ThinkPad 510 2604 269 If the POST cannot be completed successfully an invalid configuration error message appears If F1 is pressed the System bypasses the error and attempts to complete POST Press F1 to continue or Press F2 to go to Setup Advanced Diagnostics Diskette The Advanced Diagnostics diskette contains diagnostic programs The diskette is intended to test only IBM products Non IBM products prototype cards or modified options can give false errors and invalid computer responses Loading the Diagnostics To start advanced diagnostics from the Advanced Diagnostics diskette do the following 1 Insert the Advanced Diagnostics diskette into the diskette drive 2 Power on all external devices 3
208. ctor on the voltage converter Model N51 8551 83 Black lt i 2 5 Voltage V dc 1 4 3 Ground e If the voltage is less than 4 V replace the voltage converter e If the voltage is greater than 4 V dc go to the next step Power off the computer 7 Reconnect the standby battery to the voltage converter 8 Power on the computer and leave it approximately 30 minutes to allow the standby battery to be charged 9 Power off the computer again and disconnect the standby battery 10 Measure the voltage of the standby battery e Ifthe voltage is less than 3 5 V dc replace the standby battery If the voltage is greater than 3 5 V dc replace the voltage converter o Testing the Quick Charger If an unusual noise can be heard from the operating quick charger replace it 1 Perform steps 1 through 3 on page 82 of the Testing the Battery Pack to verify the battery pack is operating correctly 2 Connect the power cord to the quick charger and the other end to the electrical outlet Ensure that the power indicator turns on If the power indicator does not turn on check the power cord of the quick charger for proper installation and continuity If this does not correct the problem replace the quick charger 3 Install the battery pack If the charging indicator does not start blinking replace the quick charger 84 IBM Mobile Systems HMM Volume
209. ctor on the rear of Dock Il and run the advanced diagnostic tests to determine the failing FRU If the advanced diagnostic tests with the wrap plug connected did not detect a failure replace the printer cable If the problem is not corrected do one of the following If the printer is attached to the parallel connector of Dock Il replace the main card of Dock Il If the printer is attached to the parallel connector on the adapter replace the FRUs in the following order one at a time until the problem is corrected Note If the replaced parts did not resolve the problem put the original parts back in the Dock II Do not replace non defective parts 1 Adapter 2 Main card of Dock II Dock II 3546 401 External Display If the screen is rolling replace the external display If the problem is not corrected replace FRUs in the following order one at a time until the problem is corrected Note If the replaced parts did not resolve the problem put the original parts back in the Dock II Do not replace non defective parts e If the external display is attached to Dock II card of Dock II e If the external display is attached to the display adapter 1 Display adapter 2 Main card of Dock II 3 Riser card If the screen is not rolling do the following to run the display self test 1 Turn off Dock II and the external display 2 Disconnect the external display signal cable from Dock Il 3 Turn on th
210. d functions of each part of the TV Tuner v pH Icons Functions Front Panel Used to change the TV channels switch TV mode to computer mode and operate most functions of the TV Tuner Headphone Connects the headphones Jack Q El Power Shows the TV Tuner is powered on Indicator Power Powered on and off the TV Tuner Switch Hot Key Switches between the TV screen and 4 computer screen Up Switch Increases the value such as the ED channel number Down Switch Decreases the value such as the channel number Common Devices Checkout 471 Y Icons Functions Function Key Enters the mode to change the value of Fn each function such as TV channel or color contrast See Using the Function Key on page 473 E TV EXT Switches the TV mode or external Switch video mode Volume Controls the speaker volume Knob 224 Audio In Connects the audio in connector of the Jack AV cable Video In Connects video in connector of the AV Jack cable the active antenna unit or Connector antenna cable Using the Front Panel The following table shows how to operate all functions of the TV Tuner with the controls on the front panel Key Function Power Turns on the TV Tuner This key is used only when the computer is turned on Hot Key Switches computer display and TV
211. d for your country 1 230 Colombia U S Venezuela Japan 2 pin Japan 3 pin Hong Kong Singapore U K France Germany Spain France Germany Spain 425x Italy Italy 425x Australia New Zealand Australia 425x Denmark Israel Bangladesh Pakistan Sri Lanka South Africa Portugal Finland Norway 425x Sweden Belgium Netherlands Switzerland Thailand U K 425x IBM Mobile Systems HMM Volume 1 13F9959 6454377 65F0031 14F0033 1379979 1379978 1450069 1450068 1379940 1379939 1329997 1450087 1470015 1379979 1470051 1838574 14 50032 ThinkPad 500 2603 General Checkout 232 Memory Checkout 233 Power Systems Checkout 235 Power Management Features 236 Symptom to FRU Index 237 Numeric Error Codes 2 237 Beep Symptoms 238 Miscellaneous Symptoms 238 Undetermined Problems 239 Related Service Procedures 240 Status Indicators 240 Test LED 240 Power On Password 240 Checking the Installed Devices List 241 Power On Self Test POST 241 Advanced Diagnostics Diskette 242 Loading the Diagnostics Diskette 242 Formatting the Hard Disk Drive 242 Error Log 2 243 Setup Options 2 8 mee FORAY hy RH 244 Starting 244 Util
212. d help press F1 to display the help menu Type PS2 MODEM ON or PS2 DDC ON from the command prompt press the Enter key to set the power ON e If you are using OS 2 or Microsoft Windows do the following 1 2 3 474 Power on the computer and start the ThinkPad Features program Select the Power icon then move the pointer to Internal Serial Port or Diskette Drive Compartment under the Power for devices and click the button to check mark it Press the OK button IBM Mobile Systems HMM Volume 1 Troubleshooting The following table shows what to do to solve problems when the TV Tuner does not work correctly Problem Probable Cause The TV Tuner e Computer is not powered on does not e Computer is in suspend mode operate No picture or sound Volume control of the TV Tuner or computer is not adjusted correctly The power for the TV Tuner is not supplied See Power on the TV Tuner on page 474 The wall outlet from the outdoor antenna is not active The video or antenna cable is not connected correctly Antenna elements of the active antenna unit are not adjusted The batteries in the active antenna unit are not inserted correctly The batteries in the active antenna unit are depleted The TV Tuner is not set up correctly e You cannot watch TV or videos on the external display LOis set for the auto tune sensitivity selection See page 473 No
213. dd additional memory PCMCIA Drivers IBM2SS01 SYS and PCMCIA SYS provide the ability to use PCMCIA cards in an OS 2 environment Trademark of the IBM Corporation 274 IBM Mobile Systems HMM Volume 1 Product Overview The following table provides a brief overview of the system features Feature Description Processor MHz 486BL2 50 25 50 Mhz Bus Architecture AT Bus Memory Standard 4MB Memory Maximum 20MB CMOS RAM 256 bytes Video VGA with 1MB VRAM Diskette Drive 3 5 inch Hard Drive 200MB 2 5 inch Audio Subsystem Yes Standard AT Audio PCMCIA One 1 slot Keyboard TrackPoint 11 ThinkPad MultiPort Provides connections for the following options External Keyboard External Mouse External Diskette Drive External Display External Serial Device External Parallel Device Note An external diskette drive and cable are provided with this model ThinkPad 510 2604 275 FRU Removals and Replacements Follow the list below for the sequential removal of FRUs See the illustration on ThinkPad 510 Exploded View on page 278 for locations and identification of FRUs The letters in parentheses in the list indicate screw types See Bottom Cover Screws on page 279 to match the letters to the correct screw type and size before replacing each screw Safety Notice 8 Translation on page 13 Before removing any
214. dge Two Screws T and Keyboard Control Card When replacing keyboard control card make sure that switch setting on card is correct for type of keyboard used System Board Run Automatic Configuration and set time and date Two Battery Connector Card Screws H Battery Connector Card Six Keyboard Screws H Four front and two rear keyboard assembly screws Two rear screws are located in line with two battery connector card screws Two Speaker Bracket Screws B Speaker Bracket Keyboard Assembly Three PC Board Screws H Rear Panel PC Board IBM Mobile Systems HMM Volume 1 Model N51 Exploded View 101 Model N51 8551 Model N51 Exploded View continued IBM Mobile Systems HMM Volume 1 102 Locations System Board Top View Jo en mma LCD Interface Connector System Expansion Port 120 pin Keyboard Control Card Connector Battery Presence Switch LCD Interface Connector LCD Interface Connector LEEFTEETTE i i E E EE r3 E C m Es E NEN TII 944444444 E O 4 L m E a a E JI 4 0 og Top View Model N51 8551 103 System Board Bottom
215. dio Cable Cover For Germany mica gray Cable Group Miscellaneous Kit Black 5mm 12 6mm self tapping 8 8mm self tapping 8 5mm slotted 4 brass 5mm 1 8mm 1 8mm self tapping 3 66G3555 66G3556 66G3560 66G3561 66G3557 66G3571 66G3588 66G3570 66G3559 66G3562 66G3569 66G3572 66G3563 66G3568 66G3564 66G3565 66G3566 66G3567 66G3572 66G3573 6mm hex stud 2 25mm wire router w screw loop Options and Adapters 3278 3279 Emulation Adapter Enhanced 5250 Emulation Adapter PC Network Adapter PC Network Adapter Cable PC Network Adapter II PC Network Baseband Adapter SDLC Adapter Communication Adapter Cable Serial Parallel Adapter Printer Cable Serial Adapter Cable Serial Adapter Connector Token Ring Adapter Token Ring Adapter with RIPL Token Ring 16 4 Adapter Token Ring RIPL module for 93F0334 Action Media Il Display Adapter Action Media Il Capture Option Action Media Il Video Cable Action Media Il Audio Video Capture Cable Action Media Il Display CD ROM Cable LAN Adapter for Ethernet Video Connector Cable AD VC Adapter 53F6424 30F5384 8286171 8286172 72X8105 72X8101 8286099 8529274 8286147 8529214 8286170 8286194 16F0463 83X7839 93F0334 25F8887 69F9731 69F9735 69F9737 69F9736 69F9747 92F0045 66F3583 66G3581 Dock 3545 387 SCSI Hard Disk Drive 80MB Drive 108MB Drive 216MB Drive 160MB Drive 320MB Drive 400MB Drive 1GB Drive half high
216. dle only at the ends Four LCD Screws GG ThinkPad 350 PS Note 425 2618 221 3 a m wo N e w N N w WE WB EI CI ES pn pm w w w N a co LCD Cable upper right LCD Display Left Hinge Cable Right Hinge Cable LCD Assembly Inverter Card If tape is present remove and save tape Two Rear I O Panel Screws GG Inside rear access door at opposite ends of the panel Separate Bottom Cover The bottom cover is held to the keyboard cover with eight hidden latches two on each side and four at the front Use a screwdriver in the slots at both sides of the bottom cover while lifting up on keyboard cover Then use a screwdriver along the front of the bottom cover Three Keyboard Cables from System Board upper right Release cable by pulling the slide at each side Cable From upper right of keyboard Keyboard Cover Eight Keyboard Screws WW Keyboard Diskette Drive Cable Release cable by pulling the slide at each side Two Diskette Drive Screws HH Diskette Drive Two Ribbon Cables Release cable by pulling the slide at each side Hard Disk Drive Three I O Card Ribbon Cables Release cable by pulling the slide at each side Speaker Cable System Board Modem Card Speaker Gently pry the snaps apart to release the speaker Six Threaded Hex Spacers From Card One Screw KK Inside rear access door at top center of panel Card
217. ds then Memory Error power on 2 Replace system board 200453 or 200459 1 Use the Setup Configuration Error program to This message is normal reconfigure after backup battery 2 Replace backup replacement battery 3 Replace system board 188 IBM Mobile Systems HMM Volume 1 Symptom Error FRU Action 200456 Configuration Error 1 Use the Setup program to verify extended RAM memory size matches memory installed 2 Ensure memory module is proper installed 3 Use Advanced Diagnostics to test extended memory If you cannot boot computer replace System board and retry e Ifthe tests identify an expansion memory module memory above 2 replace it Ifthe tests identify a problem in the memory below 2MB replace system board 200458 Configuration Error 1 Use Setup program to reconfigure 2 Make sure the drive is bootable 3 Replace hard drive 4 Replace system board 200552 Error 1 Verify keyboard is properly connected 2 Replace keyboard 3 Replace system board 200553 Error 1 Recharge the battery pack 2 Replace battery pack 3 Replace video power board 200554 Error 1 Replace battery pack 2 Replace video power board 200555 Error ThinkPad 300 2615 1 Reboot computer and enter the correct password 189 Symptom Error FRU Action 200556 or 200557 Error 1 Try anot
218. e Write down all error codes that are displayed You can press Pause when an error code occurs to hold the code on the screen Press F1 to continue If the test stops and you cannot continue go to Symptom to FRU Index on page 329 ARE THERE ANY EXTERNAL DEVICES ATTACHED TO THE EXPANSION UNIT Yes No 004 Step 004 continues Expansion Unit 3550 317 CONTINUED 004 continued Go to Step 007 005 DID THE POWER GOOD LIGHT FOR ALL OF THE EXTERNAL DEVICES COME ON Yes No 006 See the failing external device manual 007 DID YOU RECEIVE A POST ERROR CODE Yes No 008 Go to Step 016 on page 319 009 IS THE FIRST POST ERROR CODE WITHIN THE RANGE OF 02080000 1901 TO 02470000 1901 IMPORTANT If your error code is not in the range or if it is not followed by a 1901 answer NO Yes No 010 Go to Step 016 on page 319 011 Restart the system program from e The system partition on the hard disk of the computer e Reference Diskette or the backup copy of the System partition Ensure that the Enable and Disable settings are correct If you receive a warning on the screen concerning the Keep and Remove setting follow the instructions on the screen before continuing DID YOU HAVE TO CORRECT ANY OF THE ENABLE AND DISABLE SETTINGS Yes No Go to Symptom to FRU Index on page 329 Before replacing any SCSI device
219. e 1 Symptom Error FRU Action One long and multiple short beeps For external displays see External Display 2 External Display Power Cord External Display Self Test 3 Backlight Lamp on page 464 before Assembly replacing any FRUs 4 LCD Assembly 5 System Board 6 Inverter Card Multiple short beeps 1 External Display For external displays see 2 External Display Power External Display Self Test Cord on page 464 before 3 Backlight Lamp replacing any FRUS Assembly 4 LCD Assembly 5 System Board 6 Inverter Card Continuous beeps 1 System Board See Power Systems 2 Memory Option Checkout on page 209 before replacing any FRUs Display problems 1 External Display if installed 2 External Display Power Cord 3 LCD Assembly LCD contrast not adjustable LCD Assembly 2 System Board Keyboard problems Keyboard Keypad problems Reseat Cables Keypad Keyboard System Board Peon External keyboard problems Reseat Cables Keyboard System Board Printer problems Printer Keyboard 3 System Board Miscellaneous Symptoms Symptom Error FRU Action Blank screen 1 Battery See Power Systems 2 AC Adapter Checkout on page 209 3 Memory Option before replacing any FRUs 4 System Board Diagnostic tests hang 1 Battery 2 AC Adapter 3 Memory Option 4 System Board Blinking cursor only 1 Di
220. e 1 Index Foot Left 0791396 Foot Right 0791397 Cable 50 0791382 voltage converter to system board Cable 4 Pin 07G1383 voltage converter to system board Communications Adapters Serial Adapter 79F6840 Data Fax Modem Adapter 53G7772 U S Canada only High Speed Data Fax Modem 92F0288 U S Canada only Telephone Cable 94X1540 Miscellaneous Kit 07G1409 Miscellaneous Kit LCD 07G1410 Screw Kit 07G1411 Options and Adapters AC Adapter CVCC World Trade 06G8457 for Japan 06G8462 for U S Canada 06G8452 AC Adapter CT for Japan 35G2285 for U S Canada 07G1412 Communications Cartridge 07G3999 External Battery Pack 34G9869 Battery Pack Cable for 34G9869 34G9870 FaxConcentrator Adapter A 94X2540 FaxConcentrator Adapter A Cable 94X2527 Miniature Mouse 95F5723 Strap 07G1449 Trackball Cable 07G1381 Keyboards French 1397927 German 1397926 Italian 1397928 Japanese 1398299 Spanish 1397929 U K English 1397925 U S English 1397750 Cable Keyboard 07G1381 Numeric Keypad French 95F6313 German 95F6314 Italian 95F6316 Spanish 95F6315 U K English 95F5741 U S English 95F5741 Model CL57 8554 143 144 IBM Mobile Systems HMM Volume 1 Model P70 and P75 8573 General Checkout 146 Memory Checkout 149 Power Systems Checkout 150 Symptom to FRU Index 151 Undetermined Problem 156 Related Service Procedures
221. e Diskette Test only those adapters and devices still attached to the 3550 Expansion Unit If the symptom remains repeat steps 1 through 4 until you find the failing adapter or device If the problem remains replace the system board of the 3550 Expansion Unit Expansion Unit 3550 333 Related Service Procedures This section provides related service information on the following Checking the Installed Devices List Automatic Configuration on page 335 Missing SCSI Device on page 335 Missing Non SCSI device page 335 Checking the Installed Devices List At the start of the customer or advanced diagnostic tests the installed devices list is displayed Normally all the adapters and devices that are installed are listed If the list contains an adapter or device that is not installed go to Undetermined Problem on page 333 e adapter or device is missing from the list you have one of the following conditions The system partition on the computer hard disk drive fixed disk drive or the Reference Diskette you are using does not contain the code contained on an option diskette required to support the device Copy the option diskette of the missing device to the system partition of the computer hard disk drive or to the Reference Diskette The SCSI interface on the system board of the 3550 Expansion Unit might have failed An unrecognizable device or adapter is installed
222. e Dock I b If an instruction to plug the headphone appears connect it to the headphone jack of the Dock I c Volume Control Test does not work when the computer is docked to the Dock 1 PC Test Card LED The green LED on the PC test card lights when the PCMCIA test is running If the LED does not go on check that the card is installed correctly by reseating the card If it still does not light after reseating try using another slot for the test If the LED still does not go on and the test fails replace the FRU shown in the diagnostic error code Diagnostic Error Indications If an error is detected the following appears Large X on the left side of the device icon e Device ID three digits Error code two digits FRU code four digits The FRU code represents two FRUs The leftmost two digits indicates the higher priority of replacement The device ID and error codes are used to indicate the detail portion of the FRU which caused the error Errors During the POST If the POST detects an error a three to eight digit error code is displayed Memory Errors If the POST detects a memory error in the first 640KB of system memory all of the first 2MB of memory is de allocated and the test continues with the second 640KB of the second 2MB of memory If the total amount of error free memory becomes less than 2MB a 2XX POST error occurs and the system stops All of the 20MB maximum memory is used as system mem
223. e Procedures 358 Status Indicators 358 Checking the Installed Devices List 358 Security ui Me m Roth es 359 How to Run the Diagnostics 359 SCSI Diagnostics Dock 362 Selecting a SCSI Device Test 364 Product Overview 366 FRU Removals and Replacements 367 1010 Bottom Cover 368 1020 Video Cable Cover 368 1030 Blank Bezel 369 1040 LED Assembly 370 1050 Buzzet i 2 e 370 1060 Key Lock Assembly 371 1070 Security Feature 371 1080 Board 373 1090 Speaker 375 1100 Audio Card 376 1110 Power Supply Unit 377 1120 O Catd ee ede doy S 379 Locations s nus 380 Parts Listings gt i epu SIRO 386 Copyright IBM Corp 1995 339 General Preparation 1 2 340 Check that the computer is correctly docked connected to the Dock I If possible make sure that there are no hardware conflicts settings such as interrupt levels memory address DMA channel and address Check that the SCSI ID is set correctly Test and correct any computer problem before you test it with the Dock Use the computer documentation to resolve any computer problems Test the computer with the external keyboard external display mouse and parallel and serial
224. e converter 004 DID THE PROBLEM OCCUR ONLY ON BATTERY POWERED OPERATION Yes No 005 Go to Step 007 on page 118 006 Make sure the battery packs are fully charged Go to Testing the Battery Pack on page 121 and check the battery packs If that does not correct the problem replace the voltage converter 007 Step 007 continues Model CL57 8554 117 CONTINUED 007 continued DO ALL SYSTEM STATUS INDICATORS REMAIN OFF AFTER POWER ON Yes No 008 Go to Step 016 on page 119 009 Remove the following if installed e Battery packs e Backup battery IC DRAM card e Internal Data Fax modem Serial adapter Numeric keypad e Math coprocessor e Mouse e External display Go to Step 010 010 Plug in the AC adapter and power on the computer DOES ANY INDICATOR REMAIN ON Yes No 011 Power off the computer and remove the following Hard disk drive e Diskette drive LCD cables e Keyboard flexible cables Power on the computer again Go to Step 013 012 Suspect one of the options or devices Reinstall each of the options or devices to the computer one at a time and power on the computer to see if the original problem occurs Replace the last installed option or device when the problem occurs 013 Step 013 continues
225. e external display 4 Turn the contrast control to its maximum position 5 Turn the brightness control to its center detent position Check for the following conditions The screen should be white or light gray with a black margin as described below 2 20 mm 0 08 0 79 in wide on one or both sides 2 50 mm 0 08 1 97 in wide on the top bottom or both sides For other test patterns see the appropriate display manual The screen contrast and brightness controls should vary the intensity of the screen 402 IBM Mobile Systems HMM Volume 1 If the external display does not meet these specifications replace the external display If the external display meets these specifications replace FRUs in the following order one at a time until the problem is corrected Note If the replaced parts did not resolve the problem put the original parts back in the Dock II Do not replace non defective parts If the external display is attached to Dock II 1 Main card of Dock II 2 External display If the external display is attached to the display adapter 1 Display adapter 2 Main card of Dock II 3 Riser card 4 External display Dock II 3546 403 External Keyboard Notes If a mouse or other pointing device is attached remove it and see if the error symptom goes away If the symptom goes away the mouse or other pointing device is defective The computer keyboard does not work when an
226. e instructions on the screen to restore normal operation Any software program that was running over the LAN is not re entered when you resume normal operation from Hibernate or Suspend modes IBM Mobile Systems HMM Volume 1 Symptom to FRU Index The Symptom to FRU Index lists symptoms errors and the possible causes The most likely cause is listed first Use this index to help you decide which FRUs to have available when servicing the computer In the following error codes X can be any number m Note For IBM devices not supported by the ThinkPad diagnostic code refer to the manual for that device Numeric Error Codes Symptom Error FRU Action 02X 101 107 1 Battery 2 AC Adapter 3 Memory Option 4 System Board 102 103 104 106 1 System Board 108 109 190 Press Func and F1 to set the time and date and remove any 16X errors 111 1 Memory Option 161 163 1 Set Configuration 2 Battery 3 System Board 162 1 Any Device Check the installed devices list for a missing device 2 System Board 1XX 1 System Board not listed above 2XX 1 Memory Option 3XX 1 Keyboard 2 System Board 6XX 1 Diskette Drive 2 System Board 9XX 10XX 1 Any External Parallel Device 2 System Board 11XX 12XX 1 Any External Serial Device 2 PCMCIA Device 3 System Board 17XX 1 Hard Disk 2 System Board 24XX 1 Display 2 System Board ThinkPad 5
227. e printer has incorrect printer responses see Printer Checkout on page 468 3 If the image on the external display is out of focus jittering rolling changing colors or has unreadable characters see External Display Self Test on page 464 Step 018 continues Expansion Unit 3550 319 NTINUED 018 continued IS THE LIST OF INSTALLED DEVICES CORRECT Yes No 019 Go to Checking the Installed Devices List on page 334 If the problem is not corrected go to Undetermined Problem on page 333 020 Run the advanced diagnostics tests DID THE TESTS IDENTIFY A FAILURE Note 1 S If the test stops and you cannot continue replace the last device being tested 2 The following table describes the slot information displayed on the screen This information is also displayed during the test of the 3550 Expansion Unit when the test is successfully completed n can be any number greater than 2 Slot Number Identified Device n IBM 3550 Expansion Unit n 1 Built in SCSI n 2 Upper slot n 3 Lower slot Yes No 021 Go to Step 023 022 Follow the action described on the screen If the problem is not corrected go to the Symptom to FRU Index on page 329 023 DID THE POST END WITHOUT AN ERROR Yes No 024 If you noticed an error symptom or if you received any POST error codes when the computer w
228. e problem reinstall the original FRU before you continue e Some computers have both a processor board and a System board If you are instructed to replace either the processor board or the system board and the first board that you replaced does not correct the problem reinstall the original board then replace the other processor or system board e f an adapter or device consists of more than one FRU an error code might be caused by any of the FRUs Before replacing the adapter or device remove the FRUs one by one to see if the symptoms change Replace only the FRU that changed the symptoms Warning A customized setup configuration other than default settings might exist on the computer you are servicing Running Automatic Configuration might alter those settings Note the current configuration settings using the View Configuration option and verify that the settings are in place when service is complete 4 Mobile Systems HMM Volume 1 The advanced diagnostic tests are intended to test only IBM products Non IBM products or modified options can give false errors and invalid responses Hard Disk Drive Replacement Strategy Always try to run a low level format before replacing a hard disk drive Warning The drive startup sequence in the computer you are servicing might have been changed Be extremely careful during write operations such as copying saving or formatting Data or programs can be overwritten if you
229. e removed before removing the failing FRU they are listed at the top of the page Go to the removal procedure for each FRU listed remove the FRU and then continue with the removal of the failing FRU To replace a FRU reverse the removal procedure and follow any notes that pertain to replacement See Locations for internal cable connections and arrangement information CAUTION Before removing any FRU power off the Dock I remove the computer unplug all power cords from electrical outlets then disconnect any interconnecting cables CAUTION In the U K by law the telephone cable must be connected after or disconnected before the power cord Warning The main board adapters and circuit boards on the drives are sensitive to and can be damaged by electrostatic discharge Establish personal grounding by touching a ground point with one hand before touching these units Note An electrostatic discharge ESD strap must be used to establish personal grounding Important See the Screw Size Chart on page 19 to match the letters to the correct screw type and size before replacing each screw Dock 3545 367 1010 Bottom Cover H 1020 Video Cable Cover H Step Color and type Length quantity Black screw 4 7 mm 0 28 in Note Make sure you use the correct screw 368 IBM Mobile Systems HMM Volume 1 1030 Blank Bezel Bottom Cover
230. eactivate the password start the system programs select Set features from the Main Menu then select Set password and unattended start mode and follow the instructions on the screen How to Run the Advanced Diagnostics 1 Power on the computer 2 When the cursor moves to the upper right press Ctrl Alt Ins to start the system program If the IBM logo does not appear insert the backup copy of the Reference Diskette into the diskette drive press Ctrl Alt Del then repeat this step 3 Advance to the Main Menu 4 Press Ctrl A to run the system checkout Hard Disk Partition A protected partition on the hard disk contains the system configuration data set system setup programs and customer and advanced diagnostics To load system setup and diagnostic programs from this partition press and hold Ctrl Alt Del Release the keys When the cursor moves to the upper right corner of the display press and hold Ctrl Alt Ins Release the keys 96 IBM Mobile Systems HMM Volume 1 Restoring the Partition If a computer or hard disk problem prevents system setup or diagnostic programs from being loaded from the protected partition load and run the programs from the Reference Diskette If no errors are found restore the programs to the protected partition on the hard disk using the following procedure 1 Start the computer with the customer s backup copy of the Reference Diskette installed Note The languages of the Reference Disket
231. eckout 1 Make sure the printer is correctly connected and is powered on 2 Run the printer self test If the printer self test does not run correctly the problem is in the printer Refer to the printer service manual If the printer self test runs correctly do the following 1 Verify the port settings in configuration 2 Install a wrap plug on the port indicated in configuration and run the advanced diagnostic tests 3 If the advanced diagnostic tests with the wrap plug installed do not detect a failure replace the printer cable If the problem is not corrected replace the system board 468 IBM Mobile Systems HMM Volume 1 Port Replicator Checkout Use the following procedure to isolate a port replicator problem A port replicator attaches to the system expansion connector at the rear of the computer 1 Power off the computer 2 Remove the failing devices from the replicator 3 Unplug the AC adapter from the replicator if attached 4 Remove the port replicator from the computer 5 Reconnect the failing device directly to the computer If another device occupies the connector remove it first 6 Go to General Checkout and follow that procedure 7 f the advanced diagnostic device test does not find an error suspect a problem with the port replicator or the system expansion bus 8 Power off the computer and reconnect the port replicator 9 Power on the computer and run the following advan
232. elp screens Using the Advanced Utilities To use the advanced utilities select Advanced Utilities from the Run Tests menu Use the arrow keys to move the highlight to the proper utility Instructions are provided on the screens when the utilities are selected Read LAN ID Select this field to read the current LAN ID number that is programmed into the main board Set LAN ID Select this field to program a new LAN ID number into the main board Set EEPROM Select this field to program the EEPROM It allows you to set LCD display type monochrome or color and enable or disable the LAN option if installed PREP Hard Disk Low Level Format The PREP utility initializes and prepares the hard disk surface for the storage of data It performs a low level format then checks for bad sectors If any bad sectors are found they are marked in a way that prevents data from being stored in them There are two situations where PREP is used To prepare the hard disk drive surface for formatting when installing a new hard disk drive To exclude sectors of the hard disk that have become unusable indicated by intermittent or continuous hard disk drive read failures 194 IBM Mobile Systems HMM Volume 1 Warning PREP erases all data on the hard disk If at all possible always back up the data on the hard disk to diskettes before running PREP BIOS Update Procedure Use this procedure to reprogram the
233. elpline 416 443 5835 Warranty Claim Fulfillment Fax 905 316 2445 Warranty Claim Reimbursement 905 316 3515 Warranty Claim Reimbursement Fax 416 443 5778 Warranty Claim Parts Inquiry 800 505 1855 Warranty Provider Support Hotline 416 946 1333 Warranty Provider Support Toronto 800 267 7472 Warranty Service ThinkPad r We Want Your Comments Every effort has been made to provide complete and accurate technical information in this manual However if you find missing or inaccurate information please fax any comments corrections or suggestions to 919 543 8167 U S A Thank you 488 IBM Mobile Systems HMM Volume 1 Notices References in this publication to IBM products programs or services do not imply that IBM intends to make these available in all countries in which IBM operates Any reference to an IBM product program or service is not intended to state or imply that only IBM s product program or service may be used Any functionally equivalent product program or service that does not infringe any of IBM s intellectual property rights or other legally protectable rights may be used instead of the IBM product program or service Evaluation and verification of operation in conjunction with other products programs or Services except those expressly designated by IBM are the user s responsibility IBM may have patents or pending patent applications covering subject matter in this docu
234. em remains replace the system board IBM Mobile Systems HMM Volume 1 Related Service Procedures This section provides related service information on the following Power on Password Status Indicators How to Run Advanced Diagnostics Running PREP on page 64 Updating Flash Memory on page 65 Power on Password Important This information is not available in this HMM online format See your IBM Servicer or IBM Authorized Dealer for this procedure Status Indicators Light Status Indicated Hard disk drive is active c Diskette drive is active Keyboard is in Caps Lock mode Keyboard is in Num Lock mode ES Imbedded keypad is locked on Keyboard is in Scroll Lock mode Amber Computer is operating from AC power Green Computer is operating from battery power Red flashing Battery pack is almost discharged Red steady Battery pack is completely discharged Green Battery pack is fully charged and being trickle charged Amber Battery pack is being fast charged Red Problem in the battery circuit Off Computer is operating from AC with no battery pack installed How to Run Advanced Diagnostics 1 Power off the computer 2 Insert the Advanced Diagnostics Diskette into the diskette drive 3 Power on the computer Model N45SL 2614 63 4 Press Ctrl Alt Ins to start the Monitor program 5 Inthe Monitor pr
235. embly LCD Assembly Power Button Power Card System Board System Board Bracket 85MB Hard Disk 170MB Hard Disk Base Cover Assembly R Connector Door NiMH Rechargeable Battery Diskette Drive Serial Cable External Diskette Drive Serial Cable Internal Hard Disk Cable Internal Video Cable AC Adapter 4MB IC DRAM 8MB IC DRAM External Diskette Drive Tools and Miscellaneous 254 Tri Connector Wrap Plug PC Test Card Audio Wrap Cable Screwdriver Kit Screw Pack screws standoff studs and inserts IBM Mobile Systems HMM Volume 1 59G7920 59G7919 59G7937 59G7993 65G8741 59G7951 59G7915 59G7917 59G7995 59G7936 59G7976 59G7925 59G7952 59G7927 59G7926 59G7991 8189098 8189099 59G7918 72X8546 3564703 6695180 95F3598 59G7944 Power Cords Warning Use the power cord certified for your country Index 1 Colombia U S Venezuela Japan 2 pin Japan 3 pin Hong Kong Singapore U K France Germany Spain Italy Australia New Zealand Denmark Israel o 00n 0N South Africa 9 Switzerland 10 Thailand Bangladesh Pakistan Sri Lanka 13F9959 6454377 65F0031 14F0033 1329979 1450069 1329940 1329997 1470087 1470015 14270051 1838574 ThinkPad 500 2603 255 256 IBM Mobile Systems HMM Volume 1 ThinkPad 510 2604 General Checkout 258 Memory Checkout 260 Power Systems Checkout 262 Power Management Features 26
236. erence and product specific parts information The Common Devices Checkout section contains information for testing optional attachable devices common to the products in this manual The Common Parts Listing section contains parts listings for parts and tools common to the products in this manual The Miscellaneous section contains acronyms abbreviations terms and a telephone number listing This manual is intended for trained servicers who are familiar with IBM mobile products Use this manual along with the advanced diagnostic tests to troubleshoot problems effectively Before servicing an IBM mobile product be sure to review the safety information under Safety Notices Multi lingual Translations on page 7 and Safety Information on page 14 Trademark of the IBM Corporation Related Publications The following publications are available for IBM mobile products For more information contact IBM or your IBM Authorized Dealer Publication Part Form Number Mobile Systems HMM Volume 2 Thinkpad Computers Model L40 SX 8543 HMR Model L40 SX 8543 HMS 30H2357 82 1502 03 15 2267 S15F2267 15 2266 S15F2266 Model N45SL 2614 HMR 42G0485 S42G0485 42G0486 S42G0486 Model N45SL 2614 HMS Model N51 SX SLC 8551 HMR 0495111 S04G5111 Model N51 SX SLC 8551 HMS 04G5112 S04G5112 Model CL57 SX 8554 HMR 10G4419 51004419 Model CL
237. erland 0 Thailand ONOUR WD 314 Mobile Systems HMM Volume 1 13F9959 6454377 65F0031 14F0033 1329979 1450069 1379940 1329997 1470087 1470015 1470051 1838574 Expansion Unit 3550 General Checkout 3550 001 316 General Checkout 3550 002 322 Power Systems Checkout 327 Symptom to FRU Index 329 Numeric Error Codes 329 Miscellaneous Symptoms 332 Undetermined Problem 333 Related Service Procedures 334 Checking the Installed Devices List 334 Automatic Configuration 335 Missing SCSI Device 335 Missing Non SCSI device 335 Locations oh ato Chee ER AY esae ios 336 System Board 336 Pats Re D 337 Copyright IBM Corp 1995 315 General Checkout 3550 001 The diagnostic tests are intended to test only IBM products Non IBM products prototype cards or modified options can give false errors and invalid system responses Overall Procedures 1 Test the computer alone to make sure there is not a problem with the computer before testing it with the 3550 Expansion Unit If there is a problem with the computer solve it first Then test the computer with the 3550 Expansion Unit Have the external keyboard mouse parallel and serial devices connected to the computer and test the computer If no problem exi
238. ermany Italy Mexico Latin America Netherlands UK US Canada Modem Card 9600 Data Fax DCA Belgium Denmark Finland France Germany Italy Mexico Latin America Netherlands Norway Spain Sweden Switzerland US Canada UK DAA Low Speed France Germany Italy Netherlands UK DAA High Speed France Germany Italy Netherlands Denmark Sweden Spain Finland Switzerland Belgium Norway UK IBM Mobile Systems HMM Volume 1 33G6023 60G1791 33G4177 60G1906 60G0350 60G0357 8529274 92F0094 33G6010 60G1826 60G1814 60G1828 60G1812 60G1816 60G1834 60G1810 60G1823 60G1837 60G1720 60G1827 60G1815 60G1829 60G1813 60G1817 60G1825 60G1831 60G1819 60G1821 60G1811 60G1835 73G2406 73G2361 73G2408 73G2363 73G2362 73G2407 73G2364 73G2409 73G2366 73G2365 Keyboards Index 10 Belgium Dutch Belgium French Canadian French Denmark Finland French German Hebrew Italian Latin American Netherlands Norway Portuguese Spanish Swedish Swiss French Swiss German UK US Canada Australia Tools Tri Connector Wrap Plug PC Test Card Audio Wrap Cable Screwdriver Kit 60G0265 60G1800 60G1798 60G0258 60G0230 60G1796 60G1797 60G1716 60G1795 60G1799 60G0272 60G0237 60G0223 60G1794 60G1801 60G0251 60G0279 60G1793 60G1653 72X8546 35G4703 66G5180 95F3598 ThinkPad 350 PS Note 425 2618 229 Power Cords Warning Use the power cord certifie
239. ette Drive System Board Diskette Drive Cable gr 000602XX Defective Diskette 000655XX 000662XX 000670XX to 000675XX 0006XXXX Unsupported drive or cable System Board Diskette Drive Diskette Drive Cable ono Diskette Drive System Board Diskette Drive Cable ona 000720XX System Board Math Coprocessor 0007XXXX 1 Math Coprocessor System Board 124 IBM Mobile Systems HMM Volume 1 Symptom Error FRU Action 0011XX00 System Board Serial Connector Any Serial Device Communication Cable 0014XXXX See Printer Checkout on page 468 before replacing any FRUs Printer System Board 0024XX00 Display Control Card Voltage Converter 005002XX 005006XX 005008XX Display Control Card Voltage Converter External Display Panel Assembly depo wot 005004XX 005010XX 005032XX Display Control Card LCD Panel LCD Cable go zt 005009XX 00860100 00860200 00861700 00861800 External Display Display Control Card Panel Assembly Qo est Mouse or Trackball System Board Numeric Keypad Panel Assembly Pom 0086XX00 System Board Mouse or Trackball Numeric Keypad Panel Assembly ROO INL 0101XXXX See Fax Modem Checkout on page 466 010436XX System Board Hard Disk Drive Hard Disk Drive Cable euet 0104XXXX Hard D
240. ex on page 122 or If that does not correct the problem go to Undetermined Problem on page 130 114 IBM Mobile Systems HMM Volume 1 Memory Checkout Customer diagnostics can eliminate defective memory so no memory error code appears at power on reset After you replace a defective memory module on the system board or IC DRAM card run Automatic Configuration Otherwise the new memory will not be recognized If you have to run configuration with your own diskette be sure the customer has all the correct option diskettes available Power off the computer before removing or replacing parts 001 Remove all IC DRAM cards from the slots if installed Run the memory tests Use the RUN TESTS ONE TIME option DID THE MEMORY TESTS END WITHOUT AN ERROR Yes No 002 Replace the memory module on the system board 003 DID YOU REMOVE THE IC DRAM CARD FROM SLOT 1 Yes No 004 Go to Step 007 005 Reinstall the IC DRAM card into slot 1 and run Automatic Configuration Run the memory test Use the RUN TESTS ONE TIME option DID THE MEMORY TESTS END WITHOUT AN ERROR Yes No 006 Replace the IC DRAM card in slot 1 If that does not correct the problem replace the System board 007 DID YOU REMOVE THE IC DRAM CARD FROM SLOT 1 Yes No 008 Step 008 continues Model CL57 8554 115 CONTINUED 008
241. external keyboard is connected 001 Turn off the computer Disconnect the keyboard cable from the external keyboard Turn on the computer and check the keyboard cable connector for the following voltages All voltages have a 5 voltage tolerance Pin Voltage V dc 1 5 2 Not Used 3 G round 4 5 0 5 5 0 i 6 Not Used 245316 ARE ALL VOLTAGES CORRECT Yes No 002 Replacing the following FRUs one at a time until the problem is corrected Note If the replaced parts did not resolve the problem put the original parts back in the Dock Il Do not replace non defective parts 1 Keyboard cable 2 Main card of Dock 11 003 Replace the external keyboard 404 IBM Mobile Systems HMM Volume 1 How the Diagnostics Do the following to run the diagnostic tests Either the TrackPoint Il or the cursor move keys can be used to interact with the tests The Enter key works the same as selecting the OK icon to reply OK 1 Press and hold F1 then turn on the computer Hold F1 until the Easy Setup screen appears Easy Setup ae A CONFIG Date Time Password Start Up Test J Exit Du oo 2 Select Test and press Enter The basic diagnostic Screen appears
242. ey then power on the computer Hold F1 until the Easy Setup screen appears 4 Select Test and press Enter The basic diagnostic screen appears 5 Press Ctrl A to go to advanced diagnostic screen 6 Press Ctrl K A keyboard picture appears on the screen 7 By pressing a key the mark appears or disappears on the corresponding key position on the screen Repeat this step for any keys that need to be tested 8 To exit the test press Esc or select the cancel icon How to Run the Audio Test 1 Power off the computer 2 Insert the maintenance diskette into diskette drive A and power on power 3 Select the Audio Diagnostics from the main menu 4 Select Tests from the menu bar and press Enter 5 Select All tests from the pull down menu and press Enter 360 Mobile Systems HMM Volume 1 Run options are set to test once and stop on error as defaults Other options can be selected by the pull down menu of Setting up 6 Follow the instructions that appear on the screen to proceed with the tests 7 f the tests end without detecting any error the All tests passed OK message appears 8 If an error is detected the FRU code and error description message appear Go to FRU Codes on page 356 and replace the FRU 9 To exit the test screen press Esc Notes a If an instruction to plug the external loop cable appears connect it between the microphone line jack of the computer and the headphone jack of th
243. eybutton Kits R U K English 6447046 Keybutton Kits U S English 6447045 Japanese Keyboard Type 2 106 Key DBCS Support Japanese Keyboard 94X1110 Keyboard Cable 94X1147 Space Saving Keyboards 84 85 Key Country Canadian French 1396046 Spanish Latin 1396047 U S English 1393290 Cable Assembly External 1393082 Tools and Miscellaneous Audio Wrap Cable 6695180 Ethernet T Connector 84F8207 Ethernet BNC 50 ohm Terminator 85F0037 2 required Grounding Wire Set 38F4684 Keyboard Key Cap Removal Tool 6110464 PC Test Card 33G4703 Screwdriver Kit 95F3598 SCSI Terminator 92F0142 any SCSI device space permitting SCSI Terminator Kit 92F0143 R PAC Terminator Modules 3 for 40 60 80 120 and 160MB SCSI Hard Disk Drives Wrap Plug Ethernet D Shell 85F0036 Wrap Plug Tri Connector 72X8546 Wrap Plug 6157 Tape Attachment Adapter A 4178459 Wrap Plug Token Ring Network Adapter A 6165899 Plastic Envelope For Wrap Plug 6138013 Common Parts Listing 479 Display Power Cords Index Country 1 480 Colombia U S Venezuela Colombia U S Venezuela Hong Kong Singapore U K France Germany Spain Italy Chile Australia New Zealand New Guinea Papua Denmark Israel Bangladesh Pakistan South Africa Sri Lanka Switzerland Thailand Japan IBM Mobile Systems HMM Volume 1 6952300 62X1045 14F0033 1329979 1450069 1379940 1329997 1470087 1470015 147
244. ferences a failed device message to the failing FRU Diagnostic Message CPU Real Time Clock FRU 1 Main Board 1 Main Board Math Coprocessor 1 Math Coprocessor 2 Main Board DMA Controller 1 Main Board Speaker 1 Bottom Cabinet Assy Flash ROM 1 Main Board Interrupt Controller 1 Main Board Interval Timer Circuit 1 Main Board System Control Processor 1 Main Board COM Serial Port 1 Main Board Serial Port 1 Main Board Parallel Port 378H 1 Main Board Parallel Port 278H 1 Main Board CPU Crystal 1 Main Board Interval Timer Crystal 1 Main Board Interrupt Control Circuit 1 Main Board PS 2 Mouse Circuit 1 Main Board Video Controller 1 Video Board Video Memory 1 Video Board Hard Drive Controller 0 1 Hard Drive 2 Video Board Hard Drive 0 1 Hard Drive 2 Video Board Floppy Drive Controller 1 Video Board Floppy Drive 1 Diskette Drive Parity 1 Main Board Cache Circuity 1 Main Board Cache Data RAM 1 Main Board Cache Tag RAM 1 Main Board Base Memory 1 Main Board Extended Memory 1 Memory Module 2 Main Board Configuration RAM 1 Main Board Modem 1 Modem 2 Video Board 192 IBM Mobile Systems HMM Volume 1 Related Service Procedures Status Indicators Light State Status Indicated Green Ba
245. figuration Press Ctrl Alt F3 to set 2 Battery 3 System Board 162 1 Any Device Check the installed devices list for a missing device 2 System Board 1XX 1 System Board not listed above 2XX 1 DRAM Card 3XX 1 Keyboard 2 System Board 6XX 1 Diskette Drive 2 System Board 9XX 10XX 1 ThinkPad MultiPort 2 Any External Parallel Device 3 System Board 11XX 12XX 1 ThinkPad MultiPort 2 Any External Serial Device 3 PCMCIA Device 4 System Board 17XX 1 Hard Disk Drive 2 System Board 264 IBM Mobile Systems HMM Volume 1 Symptom Error FRU Action 24XX 1 ThinkPad MultiPort 2 LCD External Display 3 System Board 80XX 1 System Board 86XX 1 Keyboard 2 System Board Beep Symptoms Symptom Error FRU Action No beep or continuous System Board beep beeps 2 DRAM Card See Power Systems Checkout on page 262 before replacing any FRUs One long and one short 1 DRAM Card Two long beeps 3 short beeps and a blank screen 1 External Display if installed 2 External Display Power Cord 3 LCD Assembly 4 System Board One long beep 3 long beeps 3 long beeps and a blank screen 1 External Display if installed 2 External Display Power Cord LCD Assembly 4 System Board e Multiple short beeps 1 Keyboard stuck key One short beep with a display problem For external displa
246. format operation or surface analysis Before the customer can transfer information from the backup diskettes to the hard disk drive the hard disk drive must be formatted using the operating system format program Have the customer refer to the operating system manual for a description of the hard disk preparation commands After formatting the hard disk drive copy the System files from the Advanced Diagnostics diskette to the hard disk drive Restoring the TP 510 System Files The subdirectory C THINKPAD DIAGS on the hard disk drive contains the ThinkPad 510 Diagnostics programs If the hard disk drive is reformatted or the files in the subdirectory on the hard disk drive are corrupted use the Advanced Diagnostics diskette to restore the diagnostic programs Important The following is required to complete this procedure DOS must be installed on the hard disk drive e An external diskette drive must be attached to the computer 1 Power on the computer then insert the Advanced Diagnostics diskette 2 Atthe DOS prompt type A UINSTALL then press Enter 3 Select Install ThinkPad 510 Diagnostics from the menu The files are copied from the diskette to the THINKPAD DIAGS subdirectory on drive C Error Log Use the following steps to create an error log run the diagnostic tests and automatically record any error ThinkPad 510 2604 271 messages in an error log This procedure is normally
247. ged or defective e If the voltage is more than 12 V dc go to the next step 2 Using a low power ohm meter measure the resistance at the battery terminals between T and The resistance must be 500 ohms to 20 kilohms If the resistance is out of range replace the battery pack Testing the Backup Battery 1 Remove the keyboard and the top cover 2 Disconnect the battery connector from the system board 3 Measure the voltage of the backup battery Wire Voltage V dc Red 2 5 to 3 7 Black Ground If the voltage is correct replace the system board If it is not the backup battery is discharged by a short circuit or is defective Model CL57 8554 121 Symptom to FRU Index The Symptom to FRU Index lists error symptoms and possible causes The most likely cause is listed first Always begin with General Checkout on page 112 This index also can be used to help you decide which FRUs to have available when servicing a computer If you are unable to correct the problem using this index go to Undetermined Problem on page 130 IMPORTANT 1 If you have both an error message and an incorrect audio response diagnose the error message first 2 f you cannot run the advanced diagnostics tests but did receive a POST error message diagnose the POST error message 3 If you did not receive an error message look for a description of your error symptoms in the first part of this index
248. gged into their 3 Card 4 Main Board respective connectors The LCD screen gradually 1 AD VC adapter becomes white after the 2 I O Card computer is turned on 3 Main Board A white line extends across 1 AD VC Adapter the screen 2 I O Card Note Check the following 3 Main Board 1 Remove the computer from the Dock and verify correct operation of the computer 2 Reinstall the computer onto the Dock and run the Automatic Configuration A particular color red 1 AD VC Adapter green or blue appears 2 Video Connector considerably more than any 3 Main Board other two colors even after the Color Adjustment is made Note Make sure the video connector is correctly connected No motion video appears in 1 AD VC Adapter the window for motion 2 Card video 3 Main Board 4 ActionMedia Il Adapter Note If color for motion video is correct suspect that the AD VC adapter the I O card or the main board is defective If color is not correct suspect the ActionMedia adapter or its application program Dock 3545 355 FRU Codes If an error is detected by the diagnostic tests a four digit FRU code is displayed Two suspected FRU codes are shown The two eftmost digits indicate the first FRU code The following table shows the FRU codes and their FRUs The most probable failing FRU is shown first Always start with the first FRU then continue down the list The two
249. guards labels and ground wires Replace any safety device that is worn or defective e Reinstall all covers correctly before returning the machine to the customer Electrical Safety Observe the following rules when working on electrical equipment Important Use only approved tools and test equipment Some hand tools have handles covered with a soft material that does not insulate you when working with live electrical currents Many customers have near their equipment rubber floor mats that contain small conductive fibers to decrease electrostatic discharges Do not use this type of mat to protect yourself from electrical shock Find the room emergency power off EPO switch disconnecting switch or electrical outlet If an electrical accident occurs you can then operate the switch or unplug the power cord quickly Do not work alone under hazardous conditions or near equipment that has hazardous voltages e Disconnect all power before Performing a mechanical inspection Working near power supplies Removing or installing main units e Before you start to work on the machine unplug the power cord If you cannot unplug it ask the customer to power off the wall box that supplies power to the machine and to lock the wall box in the off position e f you need to work on a machine that has exposed electrical circuits observe the following precautions Ensure that another person familiar
250. h Ends 12 460 mm CS22 CS1001 1 81 in Main Card LCD Card 4 8 580 mm CS308 CS801 2 28 in Audio Card Top Cover Conn 380 mm CS58 CS801 1 50 in Riser Card Top Cover Conn 5 230 CS304 CS21 0 90 in Audio Card Main Card H 4 370 mm CS301 CS805 1 46 in Audio Card CD ROM 6 600 5305 5310 2 36 in Audio Card Audio Jack H 6 340 mm CS302 CS23 1 34 in Audio Card Main Card g 6 520 mm CS303 CS24 2 04 in Audio Card Reserved Dock II 3546 449 Locations Front View Main Cabinet Group Tray Unit Headphone Jack Volume Control Half height Drive Status Indicator 1 inch high Drive Power Switch Eject Switch Eject Lever Security Lock Unlatch Hole Reserved Always keep this lever to the rear Left Speaker Notebook Connector male type 240 pin 450 IBM Mobile Systems HMM Volume 1 EJ 23 24 E3 Security hole Audio in and Audio out Parallel Connector 25 pin Serial Connector 9 pin Mouse Pointing Device Connector 6 pin Keyboard Numeric Keypad Connector External SCSI Connector External Display Connector 15 pin External Diskette Drive Connector 26 pin Power Cord Connector PCMCIA Slots ISA Slots Right Speaker Dock Il 3546 451 System Status Indicators Docked Power On Suspend Stat
251. he Hard Disk Drive on page 242 Error Log on page 243 Setup Options on page 244 Starting Setup on page 244 Utilities on page 245 Status Indicators Light Status Indicated Battery almost discharged 7 Battery is charging this indicator is on whenever the AC adapter is connected to the computer Computer is powered on Computer is in suspend mode 9 Hard disk drive is active Diskette drive is active 4s Keyboard is in Num Lock mode Keyboard is in Caps Lock mode QD Keyboard is in Scroll Lock mode PC Test Card LED The green LED on the PC test card lights when the PCMCIA test is running If the LED does not go on check that the card is installed correctly by reseating the card If it still does not light after reseating try using another slot for the test If the LED still does not go on and the test fails replace the FRU shown in the diagnostic error code Power On Password 240 IBM Mobile Systems HMM Volume 1 Important This information is not available in this HMM online format See your IBM Servicer or IBM Authorized Dealer for this procedure Checking the Installed Devices List If an adapter or device is missing from the Installed Devices list and you are able to add it to the list do so and continue with the diagnostic tests If an adapter or device is missing from the installed devices list and you can
252. he error If a critical error is encountered the POST is halted 2 The computer attempts to load the operating system as customized ThinkPad 500 2603 241 Advanced Diagnostics Diskette The Advanced Diagnostics diskette contains diagnostic and utility programs The diskette is intended to test only IBM products Non IBM products prototype cards or modified options can give false errors and invalid computer responses Loading the Diagnostics Diskette To load the diagnostics diskette insert the Advanced Diagnostics diskette into the diskette drive and power on the computer Accessing the Diagnostic Tests To access diagnostic tests from the SELECT AN OPTION Menu do the following 1 Select 0 SYSTEM CHECKOUT then press Enter 2 Atthe Installed Devices menu press Y then press Enter 3 The SYSTEM CHECKOUT menu is then displayed 4 Select 0 or 1 from the SYSTEM CHECKOUT menu 5 Select the device to be tested Formatting the Hard Disk Drive Hard disk drives normally contain tracks in excess of their stated capacity to allow for defective tracks The user is notified by a diagnostic message when the defect limit has been reached and service is recommended The Advanced Diagnostics Format program is different from the operating system format program Before the customer can transfer information from the backup diskettes to the hard disk drive the hard disk drive must be formatted using the operating system forma
253. he screen Press F1 to continue If the test stops and you cannot continue go to Symptom to FRU Index on page 329 ARE THERE ANY EXTERNAL DEVICES ATTACHED TO THE EXPANSION UNIT Yes No 004 Step 004 continues Expansion Unit 3550 323 CONTINUED 004 continued Go to Step 007 005 DID THE POWER GOOD LIGHT FOR ALL OF THE EXTERNAL DEVICES COME ON Yes No 006 See the failing external device manual 007 DID YOU RECEIVE A POST ERROR CODE Yes No 008 Go to Step 016 on page 325 009 IS THE FIRST POST ERROR CODE WITHIN THE RANGE OF 02080000 1901 TO 02470000 1901 IMPORTANT If your error code is not in the range or if it is not followed by a 1901 answer NO Yes No 010 Go to Step 016 on page 325 011 Restart the system program from e The system partition on the hard disk of the computer e Reference Diskette or the backup copy of the System partition Ensure that the Enable and Disable settings are correct If you receive a warning on the screen concerning the Keep and Remove setting follow the instructions on the screen before continuing DID YOU HAVE TO CORRECT ANY OF THE ENABLE AND DISABLE SETTINGS Yes No Go to Symptom to FRU Index on page 329 Before replacing any SCSI device check that there are no duplicate SCSI ID settings 013 Step 013 continues 324 IBM Mobile S
254. he voltage 1 Jt 3 6 Using the AC adapter apply external power to the computer Warning Be careful not to cause a short circuit while doing the following steps The charging circuit is active even if the computer power switch is set to off 7 Measure the voltage again between terminals 1 and 3 e If the voltage is not greater than that measured in Step 5 replace the AC adapter then go to the next step If the voltage is greater than that measured in Step 5 the battery pack is good 82 IBM Mobile Systems HMM Volume 1 Repeat Steps 6 and 7 using a new AC adapter If the voltage is still not greater than that measured in Step 5 replace the voltage converter Testing the Backup Battery T Place the computer bottom side up 2 Remove the bottom cover 3 Disconnect the battery connector from the voltage converter 4 Measure the voltage of the backup battery Wire Voltage V dc Red 2 5 to 43 7 Black Ground If the voltage is correct replace the system board If it is not the backup battery is discharged by a short circuit or is defective Testing the Standby Battery 1 2 3 Place the computer bottom side up Remove the battery pack from the computer and remove the bottom cover Disconnect the battery connector from the voltage converter Plug the AC adapter into the computer and power on the computer Measure the output voltage at the conne
255. her copy of the software or have the customer contact the software manufacturer or dealer and report the problem 2 Power off computer wait 15 seconds then power on If the message reappears replace system board 200558 Error 1 Try another copy of the software or have the customer contact the software manufacturer or dealer and report the problem 2 Power off computer make sure all external cable connections are secure wait 15 seconds and then power on If the message reappears replace system board Miscellaneous Symptoms LCD not readable Symptom Error FRU Action AC Adapter connected no 1 Replace AC Adapter charge light 2 Battery pack 3 Video power board Red Charge LED 1 Replace battery 2 Video power board No display and no status 1 System board icons 2 Video power board Display blank any status 1 Top cabinet LCD icon on 2 Video power board Rest Resume problem 1 Check setup 2 Backup battery 3 System board 4 Video power board Won t boot from diskette 1 Check setup 2 Diskette drive 3 Video power board Won t boot from hard disk 1 Check Setup 2 Hard disk 3 Video power board Time Date problems 1 Backup battery 2 System board 1 Top cabinet LCD Video power board 190 IBM Mobile Systems HMM Volume 1 Symptom Error FRU Action No backlight Top cabinet LCD Video power board No system
256. his information is not available in this HMM online format See your IBM Servicer or IBM Authorized Dealer for this procedure Reset Button The reset button is used when the computer will not power off or there is a system hang The reset button resets the power supply regardless of the status of the microcode Checking the Installed Devices List If a device is installed but the icon appears in gray shade rather than dark shade on the Test Menu it means that the device is defective Make sure that the device is connected properly If the symptom continues replace the device or the system board FDD Parallel and Serial icons are always displayed in dark shade That is these icons represent adapters on the system board and do not represent external devices ThinkPad File TPF Card The TPF card is functionally equivalent to a hard disk drive However the TPF card utilizes flash memory for data storage The TPF is rugged noiseless and uses very little power IC Card Controller The IC Card controller is integrated on the system board and can accommodate one IC card HDD model or three cards TPF model at the same time The slots conform to the PCMCIA Type 2 and JEIDA V4 1 Product Overview The following table provides a brief overview of the system features 302 IBM Mobile Systems HMM Volume 1 Feature Description Processor MHz 486SLC2 25 MHz Bus Architecture AT Bus Memory 4MB
257. ic tests are intended to test only IBM products Non IBM products prototype cards or modified options can give false errors and invalid system responses Warning Drives in the computer that you are servicing might have been rearranged or the drive startup sequence might have been altered Be extremely careful during write operations such as copying saving or formatting Data or programs can be written over if you select an incorrect drive Only certified and trained personnel should service the computer e The parts exchange form or parts return form attached to the FRU to be returned must describe the following Name and phone number of servicer in print Date serviced Date failed Date purchased Failure symptoms error codes and beep symptoms Procedure index and page number on which the symptom or error code is described The failing FRU name and part number Machine type model number and serial number Customer name and address Checkout Guide During the warranty period the customer may be responsible for repair costs if the computer damage was caused by misuse accident modification unsuitable physical or operating environment or improper maintenance by the customer The following list provides some common items that are not covered under warranty and some symptoms that may indicate the system was subjected to stresses beyond normal use 390
258. ile Systems HMM Volume 1 H H H H Mouse Pointing Device Connector Serial Connector External SCSI Connector Audio Out Left Jack Speaker In Left Jack Power Cord Connector Cable Opening Video in Connector External Display Connector Speaker In Right Jack Audio Out Right Jack Security Hook Parallel Connector External Diskette Drive Connector Keyboard Numeric keypad Connector num Lm s d C31 e YN 2 99 up dun Dock 3545 381 SB E AT Slot 98 pin Power Unit Connector Internal SCSI Connector Internal Hard Disk Drive Connector Buzzer Connector Card Interface Audio Out Jack Speaker In Jack External Display Connector Video In Connector Security Feature Microswitch Interface CN 22 LED Cable Connecter Key Lock Assy Microswitch Interface CN 21 mp TAa Note Switch 1 switch 4 and all 4 and 8 position DIP 382 switches have no effect on system operation The settings for other switches can be found in the User s Guide IBM Mobile Systems HMM Volume 1 Card Power Supply Connector P3 Power Supply Connector P2 Audio Card Interface External SCSI Connector Parallel Connector External D
259. imum 18MB Video VGA Diskette Drive 3 5 inch Hard Drive 60MB 38 IBM Mobile Systems HMM Volume 1 FRU Removals and Replacements Follow the numerical sequence in the FRU removal sequence list and the exploded view to remove or disconnect parts in the correct order The letters in parentheses in the list indicate screw types See the Screw Size Chart on page 19 to match the letters to the correct screw type and size before replacing each screw Safety Notice 8 Translation on page 13 Before removing any FRU power off the computer unplug all power cords from electrical outlets remove the battery pack then disconnect any interconnecting cables Safety Notice 1 Translation on page 7 Before the computer is powered on after FRU replacement make sure all screws springs or other small parts are in place and are not left loose inside the computer Verify this by shaking the computer and listening for rattling sounds Metallic parts or metal flakes can cause electrical shorts Battery Pack Three Screw Covers and Three Screws C Loosen Keyboard Assembly Raise front until it clears case Two Ribbon Cables and Keyboard Slide keyboard forward and flip it over in front of computer Three Top Cover Screws C Inside right and left rear access doors along top edge Two Status Display Ribbon Cables Top Cover Use small screwdriver to release latch on left side if ne
260. ing 95F6315 Swedish Finnish 95F5468 Swiss French 95F5711 Swiss German 95F5715 Turkish 95F5467 U K English 95F5741 U S English 95F5741 Model N51 8551 109 110 IBM Mobile Systems HMM Volume 1 Model CL57 8554 General Checkout 112 Memory Checkout 115 Power Systems Checkout 117 Symptom to FRU Index 122 Numeric Error Codes 2 123 Symptoms 127 Miscellaneous Symptoms 127 Undetermined Problem 130 Related Service Procedures 131 Checking Installed Devices 131 Power on Password 132 How to Run the Advanced Diagnostics 132 Hard Disk Partition 132 Restoring the Partition 133 CL57 LCD FRU Replacement Notice 133 Product Overview 134 FRU Removals and Replacements 135 bocations 9 1 P aros 140 Parts Listing s es oos 141 Copyright IBM Corp 1995 111 General Checkout 001 DOES THE PROBLEM APPEAR TO BE A POWER SUPPLY FAILURE Yes No 002 Go to Step 006 003 DO ALL SYSTEM STATUS INDICATORS REMAIN OFF Yes No 004 Go to Step 006 005 Make sure the power control switch at the rear of the computer is set to ON Go to Power Systems Checkout on page 117 006 Power off the computer and all external devices
261. ing Cradle NiMH Battery Port Replicator standard Ethernet Adapter thin Ethernet Adapter twisted pair Modem 2400 BPS US Fax Modem US Fax Modem Worldwide Fax Modem DAA Adapter US Fax Modem DAA Adapter UK Fax Modem DAA Adapter Danish Fax Modem DAA Adapter French Fax Modem DAA Adapter German Fax Modem DAA Adapter Italian Fax Modem DAA Adapter Norwegian Fax Modem DAA Adapter Spanish Fax Modem DAA Adapter Swedish Fax Modem DAA Adapter Swiss Fax Modem DAA Adapter Australia Fax Modem DAA Adapter New Zealand Fax Modem DAA Adapter Latin America BIOS Update Diskette 202 IBM Mobile Systems HMM Volume 1 33G9301 33G9320 6952301 14F0033 14F0051 13F9979 33G6490 33G9297 33G9487 33G9488 33G9489 33G9310 33G9311 33G9296 33G9302 33G9305 33G9298 33G9295 33G9475 33G9303 33G9302 33G9306 33G9307 33G9304 33G6490 33G9312 33G9298 33G9313 33G9308 33G9309 92F8846 92F8896 33G6293 92F8847 92F8848 92F8849 92F8850 92F8851 92F8852 92F8853 92F8854 92F8855 92F8856 33G9284 33G9387 92F9288 33G9490 Keyboards 300 Belgian 33G9423 Canadian 33G9422 Danish 33G9424 Dutch 33G9425 French 33G9324 German 33G9317 Italian 33G9318 Latin America Spanish 33G9431 Norwegian 33G9426 Portuguese 33G9427 Spanish 33G9319 Swedish Finnish 33G9428 Swiss 33G9430 U K English 33G9316 U S English 33G9315 Numeric Keypad 33G9314 Tools Tri Connector Wrap Plug 72X8546 PC Test Card 35G4703 Audio Wrap Cable 66
262. iniature Mouse Quick Charger Quick Charger U S Canada Latin America Quick Charger Japan 2 pin Quick Charger Japan 3 pin SCSI Fast Adapter 16 Bit AT SCSI External Cable for 92F0330 SCSI Internal Cable for 9270330 SCSI Adapter A with Cache SCSI Adapter A without Cache SCSI Cable internal Serial Adapter Strap Terminator Inline space permitting IBM Mobile Systems HMM Volume 1 15F7996 72X6671 07G1851 07G1246 07G1248 07G1771 07G1190 06G9878 07G1541 07G2581 07G3999 53G7772 72X8524 72X6757 07G1540 07G1544 07G1546 07G1542 23F3230 94X2540 94X2527 8529151 72X6672 95F5723 07G1854 07G1247 07G1249 07G1774 92F0330 32G4089 37G0084 85F0063 85F0002 64F4127 79F6840 07G1449 92F0142 Keyboards Arabic 07G2954 Belgian 0761482 Canadian French 0791490 Danish 07G1483 Dutch 07G1484 French 07G1167 German 0791168 Greek 07G2957 Hebrew 07G2956 Icelandic 07G2955 Italian 07G1169 Japan 07G1481 Norwegian 07G1485 Portuguese 07G1489 Spanish 07G1480 Spanish Speaking 07G1491 Swedish Finnish 07G1486 Swiss French 07G1487 Swiss German 07G1488 Turkish 07G2953 U K English 07G1166 U S English 07G1735 Numeric Keypad N51 SX Arabic 95F6877 Belgian 95F5741 Canadian French 95F5466 Danish 95F5467 Dutch 95F5467 French 95F6313 German 95F6314 Greek 95F5467 Hebrew 95F5741 Icelandic 95F5467 Italian 95F6316 Japan 79F6401 Norwegian 95F5467 Portuguese 95F5741 Spanish 95F6315 Spanish Speak
263. isk Drive System Board Hard Disk Drive Cable oo 0130XXXX Indicator Card System Board Keyboard Control Card rm 0137XXXX Serial Adapter System Board Communication Adapter Holder Any Serial Device 5 Communication Cable gt 0166XXXX 0167XXXX 1 Adapter in Communications Cartridge 2 Communications Cartridge Model CL57 8554 125 Symptom Error FRU Action 19990301 Startup drive not found 1 Start the backup copy of the Reference Diskette and verify if the startup sequence is correct a Select Set features from the Main Menu b Select Set startup sequence c Check the list of devices on the Screen 19990302 Operating system not found 1998 19990303 See Hard Disk Partition on page 132 before replacing any FRUs Pops gom Make sure that an operating system is installed Hard Disk Drive System Board Hard Disk Drive Cable Restore the system programs onto the system partition Set configuration Hard Disk Drive System Board Hard Disk Drive Cable 126 IBM Mobile Systems HMM Volume 1 Symptoms Symptom Error FRU Action Continuous beep 1 System Board Repeating short beeps See External Keyboard Auxiliary Input Device Checkout on page 465 before replacing any FRUs Keyboard 2 Keyboard Control Card 3 System Board One long and one
264. iskette Drive Connector 26 pin Serial Connector Keyboard Numeric Keypad Connector Mouse Pointing Device Connector Audio Card Interface Main Board Interface Docking Connector 240 pin 1 Rearside EBEEBmomauammum J 9 p aa B n Dock 3545 383 Audio Card LED Assembly Cable Connector I O Card Cable Connector Audio Cable Connector Main Board Cable Connector I O Card Cable Connector jen es of aE 384 IBM Mobile Systems HMM Volume 1 LED Assembly Speaker Connector Left Main Board Cable Connector Audio Card Cable Connector Speaker Connector Right Hwy EIE SCSI Power Supply Connector 4 Power Supply Connector P3 2 pin Power Supply Connector P1 10 pin Power Supply Connector P2 10 H Power Cord Connector Dock 3545 385 Parts Listing 386 IBM Mobile Systems HMM Volume 1 Dock Unit Index 1 Bottom Cover For Germany mica gray 2 Main Cabinet Main Cover Main Chassis Handle Rear Cover Bottom Cover Main Cabinet Main Cabinet For Germany mica gray 3 Main Board 4 Card 5 Audio Card 6 Speaker Right Left Buzzer 7 Power Supply Unit 8 Micro Switch Group 9 Security Feature Group For Germany mica gray 10 Key Lock Assembly 11 LED Assembly 12 Blank Bezel For Germany mica gray 13 Au
265. isplay 402 External Keyboard 404 How Run the Diagnostics 405 Running Diagnostics 410 Symptom to FRU Index 416 Miscellaneous Symptoms 417 Numeric Error Codes 418 FRU Codes 419 Undetermined Problems 421 Product Overview 422 Secutity A RSEN ES 422 Main Gatd 2e ac tote gmk Tei 423 Riser Card 425 Power Supply 426 Specifications 427 FRU Removals and Replacements 428 1010 Main Cabinet Group 429 1020 Audio Card 431 1030 Power Supply Unit 432 1040 Riser Card 436 1050 Main Card 437 1060 Keylock Assembly 439 1070 Micro Switch Group 440 1080 Solenoid Group 441 1090 Tray Unit Group 442 1100 Blank Cover Group 444 1110 Speaker and Speaker Cover Group 446 1120 Cable Group 448 Locations 2 os eux mme BO a 450 uuo ace AR ap ettet 458 Special Tools 461 Copyright IBM Corp 1995 389 General Checkout The IBM ThinkPad Dock II hereinafter referred to as the Dock 1 expands the capability of the IBM ThinkPad 360 750 and 755 notebooks hereinafter referred to as the computer using the IBM AT Bus architecture The diagnost
266. isplaying 2 Communications memory count Cartridge 3 Hard Disk Drive LCD too dark unable to 1 LCD Inverter adjust contrast or 2 LCD Panel brightness 3 System Board LCD unreadable or 1 LCD Panel distorted If an external 2 System board display is OK replace 3 LCD Inverter system board last 4 LCD Cable Model N51 8551 91 Symptom Error FRU Action LCD cannot be turned on or 1 LCD Inverter off 2 System Board 3 LCD Cable Blank screen or extra 1 LCD Panel horizontal or vertical line s 2 System Board displayed on upper or lower 3 LCD Cable half of the LCD Computer status indicator is incorrectly blinking or stays on System Board 2 Related Device Computer status indicator 1 I O Panel Assembly stays off but the POST 2 System Board ends without an error 3 Related Device Suspend light comes on 1 Reseat voltage after POST an error regulator cables 2 Voltage Regulator Reference Diskette does not 1 Diskette Drive work Try another 2 System Board Reference Diskette or any 3 Diskette Drive Cable bootable diskette before 4 Reference Diskette replacing FRUs Ensure all correct level drivers are loaded Keyboard does not work 1 Keyboard Control Card 2 Numeric Keypad 3 System Board One or more keys do not 1 Keyboard work 2 Numeric Keypad if See External installed Keyboard Auxiliary Input Device Checkout on page 465 before rep
267. itare scosse elettriche non rimuovere la copertura in plastica che avvolge la parte inferiore della scheda invertitore Para evitar descargas no quite la cubierta de pl stico que rodea la parte baja de la tarjeta invertida Introduction 11 Safety Notice 7 Though main batteries have low voltage a shorted grounded battery can produce enough current to burn combustible materials or personnel Bien que le voltage des batteries principales soit peu eleve le court circuit ou la mise la masse d une batterie peut produire suffisamment de courant pour br ler des materiaux combustibles ou causer des br lures corporelles graves Obwohl Hauptbatterien eine niedrige Spannung haben konnen sie doch bei KurzschluB oder Erdung genug Strom erzeugen um brennbare Materialien zu entzunden oder Verletzungen bei Personen hervorzurufen Sebbene le batterie di alimentazione siano a basso voltaggio una batteria in corto circuito o a massa pu fornire corrente sufficiente da bruciare materiali combustibili o provocare ustioni ai tecnici di manutenzione Aunque las bater as principales tienen un voltaje bajo una bater a cortocircuitada o con contacto a tierra puede producir la corriente suficiente como para quemar mate rial combustible o provocar quemaduras en el personal 12 IBM Mobile Systems HMM Volume 1 Safety Notice 8 Before removing any FRU power off the computer unplug all power co
268. itiGS x SI RAE oe 245 Product Overview 247 FRU Removals and Replacements 248 Locations i e sexu RD Wee 251 Front View 251 System Board 252 Paitsisting leno 253 Copyright IBM Corp 1995 231 General Checkout Important An external diskette drive must be attached to the computer to run the diagnostics program from a diskette If an external diskette drive is not attached to the computer do the following 1 Run the POST Power On Self Test 2 f you receive an error go to Symptom to FRU Index on page 237 3 If you suspect an undetermined problem go to Undetermined Problems on page 239 Power off the computer and all external devices 2 Check all cables and power cords for correct connection 3 Insert the Advanced Diagnostics diskette into the diskette drive 4 Power on all external devices 5 Power on the computer and check for one short beep at the end of POST with a clear and readable diagnostics menu displayed If you did not get the correct responses go to Symptom to FRU Index on page 237 6 Run the advanced diagnostics tests For information on how to disable the password see Power On Password on page 240 7 Find your symptom below then go to the appropriate page Otherwise see Symptom to FRU Index on page 237 then go to Undetermined Problems on
269. itional diskette power supply voltage is incorrect see Power Systems Checkout on page 117 If the adapter is on the list run the adapter diagnostics tests If the list contains an adapter or device that is not installed go to Undetermined Problem page 130 Model CL57 8554 131 Power on Password Important This information is not available in this HMM online format See your IBM Servicer or IBM Authorized Dealer for this procedure How to Run the Advanced Diagnostics 1 Power on the computer 2 When the cursor moves to the upper right press Ctrl Alt Ins to start the system program If the IBM logo does not appear insert the backup copy of the Reference Diskette into the diskette drive press Ctrl Alt Del then repeat this step 3 Advance to the Main Menu 4 Press Ctrl A to run the system checkout Hard Disk Partition A protected partition on the hard disk contains the system configuration data set system setup programs and customer and advanced diagnostics System setup and diagnostic programs can be loaded from this partition by pressing and holding Ctrl Alt Del and as soon as the cursor moves to the upper right corner of the display pressing and holding Ctrl Alt Ins 132 IBM Mobile Systems HMM Volume 1 Restoring the Partition If a computer or hard disk problem prevents system setup or diagnostic programs from being loaded from the protected partition load and run the
270. ive DISK ERROR Invalid 1 If the problem is a address mark diskette a Copy any readable files to another diskette and reformat faulty diskette If bad sectors are reported discard the faulty diskette b Diskette c Diskette Drive 2 If the problem is a hard disk a Back up the hard disk if possible and run PREP to reinitialize the disk see Running PREP on page 64 Reformat disk and install operating system b Hard Disk Drive 54 IBM Mobile Systems HMM Volume 1 Symptom Error DISK ERROR Invalid data read FRU Action 1 If the problem is a diskette a Copy any readable files to another diskette and reformat faulty diskette If bad sectors are reported discard the faulty diskette b Diskette c Diskette Drive 2 If the problem is a hard disk a Back up the hard disk if possible and run PREP to reinitialize the disk see Running PREP on page 64 Reformat disk and install operating system b Hard Disk Drive DISK ERROR Must run SETUP to boot from Winchester 1 Run Setup program to specify correct hard disk drive type 2 System Board DISK ERROR No bootable partitions 1 Retry the boot command syntax and verify a valid partition is selected using the DOS FDISK command 2 Format partition and install operating system using the DOS FORMAT command Model N45SL 2614 5
271. ive startup sequence might have been altered Be extremely careful during write operations such as copying saving or formatting Data or programs can be written over if you select an incorrect drive 1 Power off the computer and all external devices 2 Check all cables and power cords for correct connection 3 Insert the Advanced Diagnostics diskette into the diskette drive 4 Power on all external devices 5 Power on the computer and check for one short beep at the end of POST with a clear and readable diagnostics menu displayed If you did not get the correct responses go to Symptom to FRU Index on page 211 6 Run the advanced diagnostics tests For information on how to disable the password see Power On Password on page 216 7 Find your symptom below then go to the appropriate page Otherwise see Symptom to FRU Index on page 211 then go to Undetermined Problems on page 214 Symptom Go to Error Code or Message Symptom to FRU Index on page 211 Configuration Problem Checking the Installed Devices List on page 218 Power Problem Power Systems Checkout on page 209 Memory Problem Memory Checkout on page 207 TrackPoint 1 Problem TrackPoint Il Checkout on page 470 Note For information about how to run diagnostics error messages passwords and various other tests and service checks go to Related Service Procedures on page 215 206 IBM Mobile Systems
272. kette does not contain the module of code required to support that device The missing device is a 5 25 Inch 360KB or 1 2MB External Diskette Drive adapter or another unrecognizable adapter The missing device is defective adapter or system board is defective Run Automatic Configuration see Automatic Configuration before continuing and determine which type of device SCSI or non SCSl is missing from the Installed Devices List in Advanced Diagnostics then continue with the following steps If SCSI and non SCSI devices both are missing go to Undetermined Problem on page 156 SCSI Devices Important SLOT 1 designates the logical position for the SCSI adapter built into the system board which controls the internal and external SCSI devices If you are instructed to replace the SCSI adapter in Slot 1 replace the system board The adapter supporting the missing device might be defective If more than one SCSI adapter is installed isolate adapters in the option slots one by one then suspect the system board 1 Power off the computer and disconnect all cables attached to the system board and the SCSI adapter 2 Terminate the adapter as required 3 Power on the computer and run Automatic Configuration If the adapter is not on the Installed Devices List in Advanced Diagnostics the adapter or the system board is defective If the adapter is on the list run the adapter diagnostic test
273. lace system board 200305 Memory Error Perform BIOS update See BIOS Update Procedure on page 195 Replace system board 200307 Memory Error Charge battery re enter configuration data in Setup power off computer then power on Replace backup battery Replace system board 200308 Memory Error ThinkPad 300 2615 Make sure memory modules are properly seated in their sockets Use Setup to confirm that the hardware configuration is correct Run Advanced Diagnostics to determine what hardware is failing Replace memory modules if errors are above 2MB Replace system board if errors are below 2MB or if replacing memory modules did not help 187 Symptom Error FRU Action 200351 PMI Error An SVGA monitor is required to run the application that is to be resumed 1 This message appears if an SVGA monitor was attached when the system entered suspend mode but it was not found when the system resumed 2 Attach an SVGA monitor before resuming 200352 or 200353 1 Retry the operation PMI Error after the computer is finished accessing the diskette drive 200354 PMI Error 1 Insert the diskette that was in the computer when it was rested 200355 PMI Error 1 Retry the operation after modem or serial port activity is finished 2 Replace system board 200402 200403 1 Power off computer 200404 200405 wait 15 secon
274. lacing any FRUs 3 Keyboard Control Card External display problems See External Display Self Test on page 464 before replacing any FRUs External Display 2 System Board 3 I O Panel Assembly ncorrect memory size during POST See Memory Checkout on page 77 before replacing any FRUs System Board 2 Memory Module Kit Computer hang or 1 System Board ntermittent hang 2 Hard Disk Drive Cable See Undetermined 3 Hard Disk Drive Problem on page 94 before 4 Replace the last device replacing any FRUs being tested 5 Voltage Converter The computer goes into 1 System Board suspend mode after the 2 Voltage Converter POST 3 Lid Switch 4 Keyboard Control Card 92 IBM Mobile Systems HMM Volume 1 Symptom Error FRU Action The computer does not 1 System Board suspend or resume 2 Voltage Converter 3 Lid Switch 4 Keyboard Control Card The computer does not 1 Voltage Converter power off 2 System Board I O Panel Assembly Real time clock inaccurate 1 Backup Battery See Testing the Battery 2 System Board Pack on page 82 before replacing any FRUs Printer problems 1 See Printer Checkout on page 468 Serial or parallel port device Device problems Cable System Board Serial Adapter Panel Assembly gr deor Internal Data Fax modem does not communicate with a remote modem or a fax See
275. le Hard Disk Drive One screw on cabinet bottom holds hard disk drive in place Have customer backup hard disk drive before removing drive Run Prep after installing new hard disk drive Two Screws J At each end of memory module support bracket Memory Module Support Bracket Backup Battery Battery Compartment Cables Look for twice in illustration Two Screws J At each end of DC to DC PCB Assembly DC to DC PCB Assembly Lift front to unplug assembly from system board Be careful not to damage or lose shielding Modem Ribbon Cable Three Modem Housing Screws J Front right screw holds a black grounding cable down Modem Housing Assembly Mouse Cable One System Board Screw J Three System Board Threaded Hex Spacers Cable System Board Transfer math coprocessor if installed to new system board Backup Battery IBM Mobile Systems HMM Volume 1 Model N45 Exploded View 69 Model N45SL 2614 Locations System Board External Display Connector Parallel Connector Serial Connector Memory Adapter Card Connector Auxiliary Device Connector Hard Disk Drive Connector Diskette Drive Connector Status Light Panel Connector Keyboard Connectors LCD Connector Modem Connector Jack gt mum 1 LN LU N Y jo NS LL Y mo H DC to DC Board Top AC Adapter Connector Backup Battery Connector Battery Pack Connector Battery Status
276. list indicate screw types See the Screw Size Chart on page 19 to match the letters to the correct screw type and size before replacing each screw Safety Notice 8 Translation on page 13 Before removing any FRU power off the computer unplug all power cords from electrical outlets remove the battery pack then disconnect any interconnecting cables Safety Notice 1 Translation on page 7 Before the computer is powered on after FRU replacement make sure all screws springs or other small parts are in place and are not left loose inside the computer Verify this by shaking the computer and listening for rattling sounds Metallic parts or metal flakes can cause electrical shorts Battery Compartment Door Battery Pack Note If you are not removing other batteries or the LCD assembly go to step 18 Open Accessory Door Use a coin RTC Battery Standby Battery 9 Two Hinge Covers Open the LCD display completely to the flat position Use a small screwdriver to gently press the cover latch through the slot while lifting the cover Four Hinge Screws D Two LCD Bezel Screws GG E LCD Bezel Only remove brightness contrast slides from the bezel to replace them They are easily damaged Move the slides to the lowest position before reattaching the slides Four Backlight Lamp Screws GG Backlight Lamp Mono only If tape is present remove and save tape Lamp is fragile han
277. listed above 2 System Board 3 Hard Disk Drive Cable 24XX 1 System Board 5001 to 5016 1 System Board 5017 to 502X 1 System Board 2 LCD Display Assembly 503X 1 External CRT Display 2 System Board 8601 8602 1 Pointing Device 2 System Board 3 Numeric Keypad 8604 1 System Board 86XX 1 System Board not listed above 2 Pointing Device 3 Numeric Keypad 101XX 1 Internal Data Fax See Fax Modem Modem Checkout on page 466 2 System Board before replacing any FRUs 3 Any serial device 102XX 1 System Status Display Assembly 2 System Board 3 Related device Undetermined Problem You are here because the diagnostics tests did not identify the failing FRU Check the power supply in use see Power Systems Checkout on page 27 If the power systems are operating correctly return here and continue with the following procedure 1 Power off the computer and remove the battery packs from the computer 2 Remove or disconnect one of the following devices or adapter do not isolate FRUs that are known to be good a Non IBM devices b Modem printer mouse or other external device c IC DRAM card d Hard disk drive fixed disk drive or diskette drive e Any adapter and device 3 Power on the computer and start the system program 4 If the symptom remains repeat steps 2 and until you find the failing FRU or until all FRUs have been removed 5 If all of the FRUs listed have been removed and the
278. m Error FRU Action 0215XXXX If the failing device is an external device go to the external devices service SCSI CD ROM Drive 2 System Board of 3550 Expansion Unit 3 SCSI Adapter if used external device go to the external devices service pamphlet pamphlet 4 SCSI Cable 0217XXXX 1 SCSI Rewritable If the failing device is an Optical Drive 2 System Board of 3550 Expansion Unit 3 SCSI Adapter if used 4 SCSI Cable 0260XXXX 1 System Board of 3550 Expansion Unit 2 Any SCSI Device 1998009X 1 Restore System Partition Miscellaneous Symptoms Symptom Error FRU Action Program load error during remote IPL from the file service Displayed on upper or lower half of the LCD 1 Network Adapter External display screen changes colors External Display Docking Frame One or more keys do not work on the external keyboard but the 3550 Expansion Unit is otherwise functional See External Keyboard Auxiliary Input Device Checkout on page 465 1 External Keyboard Keyboard Cable 3 System Board of 3550 Expansion Unit Power good light does not turn on and fan runs 1 System Board of 3550 Expansion Unit 2 Power Supply Power good light does not turn on fan does not run and 3550 Expansion Unit is not functional See Undetermined Problem on page 333 Power Supply 2 System Board of 3550 Expansion U
279. ment The furnishing of this document does not give you any license to these patents You can send license inquiries in writing to the IBM Director of Licensing IBM Corporation 500 Columbus Avenue Thornwood NY 10594 U S A Trademarks The following terms denoted by an asterisk in this publication are trademarks of the IBM Corporation in the United States and or other countries 386SLC AIX AT FaxConcentrator HelpCenter HelpClub HelpLearn HelpWare IBM Micro Channel OS 2 Personal System 2 PhoneCommunicator PS 2 Screen Reader SLC Skill Dynamics SpeechViewer SystemXtra ThinkPad TrackPoint XGA The following terms denoted by a double asterisk in this publication are trademarks of other companies ActionMedia Intel Corporation Frame Frame Technology Inc Intel Intel Corporation Novell Novell Corporation PCMCIA Personal Computer Memory Card International Association Prodigy Prodigy Services Company Triplett Triplett Corporation Windows Microsoft Corporation Miscellaneous Information 489 Part Number 30H2356 Printed in U S A
280. mer Relations Toronto Customer Service Dispatch Customer Service Parts Customer Support Center ISC Customer Service Repair Centre HelpClub Registration BM Direct BM Certification Administrator BM Certification Coordinator Mail to IBM Certification 50 Acadia Drive Markham Ontario L3R 0B3 BM HelpFax BM HelpFax Toronto BM HelpPC BM Information Network Support BM Information Network Support Toronto Miscellaneous Information 487 IBM Canada Customer and Servicer Support Number Information 800 663 7662 Lexmark Product Information 800 263 2769 Parts Orders Exchange or Emergency 416 443 5808 Parts Regular Orders Exchange Fax 416 443 5755 Parts Orders Inquiries 514 938 3022 PC Co Bulletin Board Montreal 905 316 4255 PC Co Bulletin Board Toronto 604 664 6464 PC Co Bulletin Board Vancouver 204 934 2735 PC Co Bulletin Board Winnepeg 800 661 7768 PS Marketing Support PSMT 800 465 1234 Publications Ordering 416 513 3360 Service Announcement HMS Manuals 416 513 3372 Service Announcement HMS Manuals Fax 905 316 4148 Service Management Support topw 905 316 4100 Service Management Support Fax 905 316 4150 Service Manager 905 316 4100 Service Manager Fax 905 316 4872 Service Quality Programs 905 316 4100 Service Quality Programs Fax 800 661 2131 Skill Dynamics Education 800 387 8483 PS 1 Warranty Service Business Partner DOAs 800 565 3344 PS 1 Warranty Service Customer H
281. mputer DID YOU HEAR ONE LONG OR TWO SHORT BEEPS Yes No 012 Replace the system status display to verify the fix If the problem still remains put back the original System status display then replace the system board 013 Suspect one of the options or devices Reinstall each of the options or devices to the computer one at a time and power on the computer to see if the original problem occurs Step 013 continues 28 Mobile Systems HMM Volume 1 013 continued Replace the last installed option or device when the problem occurs Testing the AC Adapter 1 If a noise can be heard from the AC adapter when it is plugged into line voltage replace the AC adapter If a noise still comes from the AC adapter suspect the computer If not the AC adapter has a problem Replace the AC adapter with the original one then go to the next step 2 Measure the output voltage at the plug of the AC adapter cable Pin Voltage V dc 1 14 3 to 415 8 2 Ground If the voltage is not correct replace the AC adapter Testing the Rechargeable Battery 1 Remove the keyboard 2 Set the rechargeable battery in place without connecting any external power devices 3 Measure the voltage between terminals 1 4 and 2 and note the voltage A 4 Using the AC adapter apply external power to the computer Make sure that a charge arrow appears in the system st
282. mputer is powered on after FRU replacement make sure all screws springs or other small parts are in place and are not left loose inside the computer Verify this by shaking the computer and listening for rattling sounds Metallic parts or metal flakes can cause electrical shorts Note Be sure the LED cable is not in the battery compartment of over the keyboard supports Battery Pack Litt Keyboard Pry up front of keyboard with a small plastic screwdriver Three Ribbon Cables Remove Keyboard Remove Hard Disk Drive Ribbon Cable Use caution the cable pins can scratch the LCD Fourteen Bottom Cover Screws 6 2 DD 6 EE 2 G screws near mouse buttons 1 D screw in center 1 D screw near power button icon 6 EE screws around bottom cover perimeter Bottom Cover Ribbon Cable Open the IC DRAM cover on the bottom From the bottom keep pressure on the system board while removing the cable If replacing the hard disk drive or bottom cover remove the 4 G screws near notice Caution copper flakes easily from the screws Hard Disk Drive Mouse Button Cable Pull connector not the cable Three Cables E 248 IBM Mobile Systems HMM Volume 1 System Board Note plastic screw inserts location Two Threaded Spacers In power card Power Card Note washer placement ThinkPad 500 2603 249 ThinkPad 500 Exploded View IBM Mobile Systems HMM Volume 1 250 Loca
283. ms errors and the possible causes The most likely cause is listed first Use this index to help you decide which FRUs to have available when servicing the computer Note For IBM devices not supported by the ThinkPad 300 diagnostic code refer to the manual for that device Numeric Error Codes Symptom Error FRU Action 200006 Hard Drive Error 200007 Hard Drive Error 1 2 e e Check drive cable connection Boot the computer from the diskette drive back up the hard drive then prep and format the hard drive Replace hard drive Replace video power board Check drive cable connection Boot the computer from the diskette drive back up the hard drive then prep and format the hard drive Replace hard drive Replace video power board 200008 Hard Drive Error Check drive cable connection Replace hard drive Replace video power board 200009 Hard Drive Error Check drive cable connection Reinstall the operating System on the hard disk Boot the computer from the diskette drive back up the hard drive then prep and format the hard drive ThinkPad 300 2615 185 Symptom Error FRU Action 200102 Diskette Error 1 Make sure diskette is properly formatted and inserted Try a different diskette Check all cable connections Replace diskette drive Replace video power board 200103 Diskette Error Make sure diskette
284. n Select the Looptest icon and press Enter or click the Click button Select a device and press the Spacebar A v mark appears for the selected device If the selection is OK select OK and press Enter to start the loop test To exit the loop test press and hold Ctrl Pause until the interrupt is accepted by the test program A beep sounds when the interrupt is accepted The test loop Stops at the end of the current test How to Run the Keyboard Test Use the following procedure to run the keyboard key test 1 2 3 a 8 Turn off the computer Remove the external keyboard if one is attached Press and hold F1 key then turn on the computer Hold F1 until the Easy Setup screen appears Select Test and press Enter The basic diagnostic screen appears Press Ctrl A to go to advanced diagnostic screen Press Ctrl K a keyboard graphic appears on the screen By pressing a key the mark appears or disappears on the corresponding key position on the screen Repeat this step for any keys that need to be tested To exit the test press Esc or select the cancel icon How to Run the Audio Test Use the following procedure to run the audio tests 1 2 3 5 Turn off the computer Insert the maintenance diskette into diskette drive A and turn on power Select the Audio Diagnostics from the main menu Select Tests from the menu bar and press Enter Select tests from the pull down menu and press Enter R
285. n appears Note In this screen SCSI controller of the Dock appears as Adapter 0 IBM SOSI DIAGNOSTICS 1 1 Status Ready Select SCSI adapter Adapter Location BIOS Ver Adapter 0 CA 00 1 00 EL Up LD ENTERS ESC Qui Figure 2 Select SCSI Adapter Screen Note If the following screen appears instead of the one in Figure 2 check that the SCSI devices are correctly installed If the problem still occurs the main board has a failure Ignore the actions in this screen message Dock 3545 363 _ JBMSCSIDIAGNOSTICS 4 4 Status Ready NO SCSI HOST ADAPTER FOUND The following corrective action is recommended 1 Ensure adapter is installed and properly seated 2 Check system for resource conflicts Change MSO and 1 jumpers disable memory managers 3 Replace SCSI adapter Refer to the installation instruction for jumper setting and proper cabling information Press any key to continue Figure 3 Error Message Screen 5 Press Enter 6 After the following message appears SCANNING SCSI BUS FOR DEVICES The screen changes to IBM SCSI DIAGNOSTICS 1 1 Status Ready SCSI LUN Vender Product Rev Capacity ID 6 0 IBM KZ P R144 160956146 Hard F1 Help F5 User t Up ENTER Select ESC Quit Select 1 Down Figure 4 SCSI Device Type Selection Screen Continue with the follo
286. n page 290 and follow the procedure If the power is on but the expected screen does not appear go to Symptom to FRU Index on page 296 006 Note all error codes on the screen Go to Symptom to FRU Index on page 296 and find the error code and follow the instruction If the problem remains go to Undetermined Problems on page 301 ThinkPad 710T 2523 287 CONTINUED 007 DID THE TEST MENU APPEAR AllLoop Restart c ge O Planar 12000KBMem Keyboard Mouse Video HDD Mad 3 H FDD Paralle Serial FlashMem Digitizer LED lt ems zu E m Slot1 ATA 51012 58 SIot3 ET Enter pmp en Yes No 008 Go to Symptom to FRU Index on page 296 and find the error code or the symptom and follow the instructions If the problem remains go to Undetermined Problems on page 301 IS THE DISPLAYED CONFIGURATION CORRECT WITH THE INSTALLED DEVICES Note Installed devices are displayed in a dark shade devices not installed are displayed in a gray shade Yes No 010 Go to Checking the Installed Devices List on page 302 011 Select All on the Test Menu and go to Step 012 on page 289 Diagnostic test will run on all devices displayed in a dark shade 288 IB
287. ng or being out of focus go to External Display Self Test on page 464 Model P70 and P75 8573 147 CONTINUED 4 A minimum of 512KB of memory must be active to load the diagnostic tests IS THE LIST OF INSTALLED DEVICES CORRECT Yes No 017 Go to Checking Installed Devices on page 157 018 Run the diagnostic tests See How to Run Advanced Diagnostics on page 158 Note If the test stops and you cannot continue replace the last device being tested DID THE TESTS IDENTIFY A FAILURE Yes No 019 Go to Step 021 020 Follow the action described on the screen If that does not correct the problem go to Symptom to FRU Index on page 151 021 DID YOU RECEIVE A POST ERROR CODE Yes No 022 You might have an intermittent problem e Check for damaged cables and connectors e Reseat all adapters drives and modules e Check the system unit fan for proper operation e Start an error log and run the tests multiple times Goto Undetermined Problem on page 156 023 Go to Symptom to FRU Index on page 151 If that does not correct the problem go to Undetermined Problem on page 156 148 IBM Mobile Systems HMM Volume 1 Memory Checkout Power off the computer before removing or replacing parts 4MB memory modules installed in slots 2 or 4 must be FRU number 79F3234 00011000 indicates a system board parity check error Rem
288. ng can cause personal injury and machine damage Do not service the following parts with the power on when they are removed from their normal operating places in a machine Power supply units Pumps Blowers and fans Motor generators and similar units This practice ensures correct grounding of the units e electrical accident occurs Use caution do not become a victim yourself Switch off power Send another person to get medical aid Safety Inspection Guide The intent of this inspection guide is to assist you in identifying potentially unsafe conditions on these products Each machine as it was designed and built had required safety items installed to protect users and service personnel from injury This guide addresses only those items However good judgment should be used to identify potential safety hazards due to attachment of non IBM features or options not covered by this inspection guide If any unsafe conditions are present you must determine how serious the apparent hazard could be and whether you can continue without first correcting the problem Consider these conditions and the safety hazards they present 16 IBM Mobile Systems HMM Volume 1 Electrical hazards especially primary power primary voltage on the frame can cause serious or fatal electrical shock Explosive hazards such as a damaged CRT face or bulging capacitor Mechanical hazards such as loose or mis
289. nit Intermittent Failures See Undetermined Problem on page 333 Power Supply 2 System Board of 3550 Expansion Unit 3 Any Device or Adapter 3550 Expansion Unit cannot be powered off 1 System Board of 3550 Expansion Unit 2 Power Supply LED for hard disk drive stays on 1 SCSI Hard Disk Drive 2 System Board of 3550 Expansion Unit 332 IBM Mobile Systems HMM Volume 1 Symptom Error FRU Action LED for hard disk drive is 1 System Board of not working but the 3550 3550 Expansion Unit Expansion Unit is completely functional Undetermined Problem Use the following procedure when the diagnostic tests do not identify the failing adapter or device Check the power supply see Power Systems Checkout on page 327 If the power supply is operating correctly return here and continue with the following procedure 1 2 Power off the 3550 Expansion Unit Remove or disconnect one of the following adapters or devices Do not isolate adapters or devices that are known to be good a Non IBM devices b Modem printer mouse external keyboard external display numeric keypad or other external devices c Any adapter d SCSI device Power on the 3550 Expansion Unit and reconfigure the system Run system checkout see Step 016 on page 319 If diagnostic tests cannot be loaded from the computer hard disk drive load and run the tests from the Referenc
290. not add it to the list you might have one of the following conditions The diagnostic code for the missing device is not on your Advanced Diagnostics diskette The missing device is a 5 25 Inch External Diskette Drive Adapter or another unrecognizable adapter The missing device is defective The bus adapter is defective e The adapter or device is not an IBM product If the number of drives installed in the computer differs from the number shown in the installed devices list an error can occur during the diagnostic tests Restart the computer and correct the drive information in the Set Configuration menu before running the diagnostic tests Power On Self Test POST Each time you power on the computer the POST is initiated The POST takes up to 15 seconds to complete depending on the options installed The POST checks the following system board memory display keyboard diskette drive hard disk drive parallel port and serial port To start the POST power on the computer 1 You will hear one short beep when the POST successfully ends If the POST cannot be completed successfully an error message appears on the display accompanied by the Configuration Utility box requesting the user to press the Esc or Enter key If the Esc key is pressed the computer bypasses the error and attempts to complete the POST If the Enter key is pressed the Configuration Utility is shown The user can then try to correct t
291. ntrol signals e Power voltages External SCSI Connector The external SCSI connector is a 50 pin external device connector and is for external SCSI devices A maximum of seven SCSI devices both internal and external are supported 424 IBM Mobile Systems HMM Volume 1 Connector This connector is a 26 pin D shell connector and is for the FDD External Attachment Kit Users can attach the diskette drive that was removed from the computer to the Dock II with this kit Parallel Connector The parallel connector allows the attachment of devices that accept eight bits of parallel data at standard transistor transistor logic TTL levels The connector is a 25 pin D shell connector and is primarily for printers However the connector can be used as a general input output connector for any device or application that matches its input output capabilities The signal from the parallel port of the computer is replicated to the parallel connecter of Dock Il Serial Connector This connector is a fully programmable serial connector that supports asynchronous communications The 9 pin D shell connector provides the signals to drive a serial or EIA 232D device The signal from the serial port of the computer is replicated to the serial connecter of Dock Il Keyboard Numeric Keypad Connector This 6 pin connector the rear of the Dock II allows the attachment of a keyboard The keyboard numeric keypad connector is marked with a
292. o agitando el sistema y escuchando los posibles ruidos que provocar an Las piezas met licas pueden causar cortocircuitos electricos Introduction 7 r Safety Notice 2 Some standby batteries contain a small amount of nickel and cadmium Do not disassemble it recharge it throw it into fire or water or short circuit it Dispose of the battery as required by local ordinances or regulations Use only the battery in the appropriate parts listing when replacing the RTC or backup battery Use of an incorrect battery can result in ignition or explosion of the battery Certaines batteries de secours contiennent du nickel et du cadmium Ne les demontez pas ne les rechargez pas ne les exposez ni au feu ni l eau Ne les mettez pas en court circuit Pour les mettre au rebut conformez vous la reglementation en vigueur Lorsque vous remplacez la pile de sauvegarde ou celle de l horloge temps reel veillez n utiliser que les mod les cites dans la liste de pieces detachees adequate Une batterie ou une pile inappropriee risque de prendre feu ou d exploser Einige Hilfsbatterien enthalten geringe Mengen Nickel und Cadmium Sie durfen nicht zerlegt wiederaufgeladen Feuer oder Wasser ausgesetzt oder kurzgeschlossen werden Die Batterien mussen vorschriftsmaBig entsorgt werden Beim Ersetzen von RTC oder der Sicherungsbatterie nur Batterien des Typs verwenden der in der Ersatzteilliste aufgefuhrt ist Der Einsatz f
293. o that they do not cause a short circuit If any problems are found reconnect or replace them Check the power supply for correct operation see Power Supply on page 398 If the power supply is operating correctly return here and continue with the following procedures 1 Turn off the computer 2 Remove or disconnect one at a time the following adapters or devices from Dock II Do not isolate adapters or devices that are known to be good a Non IBM devices b A modem printer mouse external keyboard external display external diskette drive numeric keypad or other external devices c Any adapter Note Removing an adapter or device may cause configuration errors Ignore error code 174 d SCSI device e Hard disk drive 3 Turn on the system and check if the problem has changed 4 If the symptom remains repeat Steps 1 through until you find the failing adapter or device or until all adapters or devices have been removed 5 If all adapters or devices have been removed and the problem remains replace the following Dock FRUs one at a time Note If a replaced part did not resolve the problem put the original part back in the Dock II Do not replace non defective parts a Riser card b Main card c Dock II audio If the problem goes away when you remove an adapter but replacing the adapter does not correct the problem replace the main card of Dock Il Dock 3546 421 Produc
294. oard IC DRAM Card Connector Connected under system board Two I O Connector Screws LL Connectors and Cover Six Voltage Converter Card Screws SS Two Threaded Spacers On voltage converter card Battery Cable Voltage Converter Card Be careful to use correct screws to replace voltage converter Bottom cover can be cracked Model CL57 8554 137 Model CL57 Exploded View IBM Mobile Systems HMM Volume 1 138 Model CL57 Exploded View continued 139 Model CL57 8554 Locations System Board System Expansion Connector 150 pin Display Control Card Serial Connector Panel Parallel External Input Indicator Card Password Override Connector Backup Battery Communication Interface Modem Serial Diskette Drive Thermal Sensor Hard Disk Drive Trackball Keyboard Card Connector Dew Point Sensor Voltage Converter Voltage Converter B 140 IBM Mobile Systems HMM Volume 1 Parts Listing 141 Model CL57 8554 System Unit Index 1 2 3 4 ou 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 142 Frame Keyboard 0791393 Bezel LCD 07G1391 LCD Panel 48G9999 Cover LCD Rear 0791392 Cable LCD 07G1384 Speaker 07G1229 Indicator Card 0791375 Support Indicator Card 0761398 Top Cover 0791390 Trackball Assembly 1397752 Guide Modem 0791378 Bracket Modem 07914
295. oard and P2 from the card Install jumpers between pins 2 and 6 and pins 8 and 9 of connector P2 of the power supply Connect the Dock power cord Check the power supply voltages on connectors P1 P2 and the SCSI power supply connector using Table 1 and Table 3 on page 348 then check that the fan is turning If any of the voltages are not correct replace the power supply If all voltages are correct the power supply is working correctly Other Dock parts can cause the power supply to shut off Return to the procedure that sent you here and continue If you have completed that procedure go to Undetermined Problem on page 357 Dockl 3545 347 Power Supply Connector P1 ER EH E Table 2 Power Supply Connector P1 Pin Signal V dc Min V dc Max 1 2 3 5 volts 4 8 5 25 4 5 6 12 volts 11 46 13 2 7 Ground 8 12 volts 11 46 12 6 9 5 volts 4 53 5 5 10 Ground Power Supply Connector P2 N EH E Table 3 Power Supply Connector P2 Pin Signal V dc Min V dc Max 1 Power on 2 System on 4 0 5 25 3 VCC 4 Mode control 5 5 volts 4 8 5 25 6 8 Ground 12 volts 11 46 12 6 Docked 10 NC m
296. ogram type BF and press Enter to boot from the diskette drive 6 Follow the Advanced Diagnostics menus to test the computer Press F1 for help Running PREP The PREP utility initializes and prepares the hard disk surface for storage of data It performs a low level format then checks for bad sectors If any bad sectors are found they are marked in a way that prevents data from being stored in them There are two situations when PREP is used 1 To prepare the hard disk surface for formatting when installing a new hard disk drive 2 To exclude sectors of the hard disk that have become unusable indicated by intermittent or continuous hard disk drive read failures Warning PREP erases all data on the hard disk If possible back up the data on the hard disk to diskettes before running PREP To run PREP 1 Boot the Advanced Diagnostics diskette 2 Press the right arrow key to select the Run Tests menu 3 Press the down arrow key to select Advanced Utilities from the menu and press Enter 4 Select PREP and press Enter PREP displays its version number a list of informational messages and then asks if you want to proceed Do you want to proceed with PREP Y N Press N if you want to cancel PREP and return to the DOS command line Press Y to continue with PREP PREP asks for the hard disk drive unit number drive C 2 0 and D 1 Hard disk drive unit number 0 7 Enter the drive num
297. ommunications Intelligence Corporation 312 IBM Mobile Systems HMM Volume 1 Tools and Miscellaneous No special tools are needed to service the computer The following lists the miscellaneous parts kits Numbers in parentheses show quantity Screw kit 53G7113 LCD screw 10 System board and DC DC screw 10 Bottom cover screw long 10 Bottom cover screw short 10 Bus connector stud 10 Connector stud screw 10 Keyboard Mouse screw 10 FDD screw 10 HDD bracket screw 10 System board bracket screw 10 Knob Sheet 53G7103 Knob sheet assembly 1 Screen control button top Label Group 53G6952 Serial No label blank 1 Artwork blank 1 Information label H 1 Information label H for Japan 1 Information label T 1 Information label T for Japan 1 Battery CSU label 1 Bracket Kit 53G6953 l O bracket assembly 1 AT BUS KBD mouse bracket 1 IC card bracket 1 HDD bracket 1 Miscellaneous Kit 53G6954 Battery knob 1 Screw cap 1 Front foot 1 Rear foot 1 DC DC shield 1 Tri Connector Wrap Plug 72X8546 PC Test Card 3504703 Audio Wrap Cable 6695180 Screwdriver Kit 95F3598 ThinkPad 710T 2523 313 Power Cords Warning Use only the power cord certified for your country Index 1 Colombia U S Venezuela Japan 2 pin Japan 3 pin Hong Kong Singapore U K France Germany Spain Italy Australia New Zealand Denmark Israel Bangladesh Pakistan Sri Lanka South Africa Switz
298. on 860X 1 Mouse 2 External keyboard 3 card 104XXXX XXX 1 Go to SCSI 209XXXX XXX Diagnostics Dock 1 210XXXX XXX on page 362 211XXXX XXX 212XXXX XXX 213XXXX XXX 214XXXX XXX 215XXXX XXX 216XXXX XXX 217XXXX XXX 19990301 19990302 1 See the Symptom to FRU Index for the computer you are servicing Not shown above See the Symptom to FRU Index for the computer you are servicing See Undetermined Problem on page 357 Miscellaneous Symptoms Symptom Error FRU Action Program load error during remote IPL from the file Servicer 1 Network Adapter External display screen changes colors Go to External Display Self Test on page 464 One or more keys do not work on the external keyboard but the Dock is otherwise functional Go to External Keyboard Auxiliary Input Device Checkout on page 465 Computer does not work power good light does not turn on but the fan runs Power good light does not turn on fan does not run and the computer is not functional See Undetermined Problem on page 357 See Undetermined Problem on page 357 Although the computer is powered off the fan of the Dock power supply is running The fan is working correctly To stop the fan set the key lock to the external left position Q gt Dock 3545 353 Symptom Error FRU Action Computer is functional fan 1 LE
299. ons of the publication IBM may make improvements and or changes in the product s and or the program s described in this publication at any time It is possible that this publication may contain reference to or information about IBM products machines and programs programming or services that are not announced in your country Such references or information must not be construed to mean that IBM intends to announce such IBM products programming or services in your country Requests for technical information about IBM products should be made to your IBM authorized reseller or IBM marketing representative Copyright International Business Machines Corporation 1995 All rights reserved Note to U S Government users Documentation related to Restricted rights Use duplication or disclosure is subject to restrictions set forth in GSA ADP Schedule Contract with IBM Corp ii IBM Mobile Systems HMM Volume 1 About This Manual This manual contains service and reference information for IBM Laptop Notebook Portable and ThinkPad Computer products Use this manual along with the advanced diagnostic tests to troubleshoot problems effectively The manual is divided into sections as follows Important The Introduction section provides general information guidelines and safety information required to service computers The majority of the manual consists of product specific sections that include service ref
300. ootable diskette before 4 Reference Diskette 128 IBM Mobile Systems HMM Volume 1 Symptom Error FRU Action Keyboard does not work 1 Keyboard Control Card 2 Keyboard Cable 3 Numeric Keypad if used 4 System Board One or more keys do not 1 Keyboard Work 2 Numeric Keypad See External 3 Keyboard Control Card Keyboard Auxiliary Input Device Checkout on page 465 before replacing any FRUs External display problems 1 External Display See External Display 2 Display Control Card Self Test on page 464 before replacing any FRUs ncorrect memory size 1 System Board during POST 2 Memory Module See Memory Checkout on 3 IC DRAM Card page 115 before replacing any FRUs Computer hang or 1 System Board ntermittent hang 2 Hard Disk Drive Cable See Undetermined 3 Hard Disk Drive Problem on page 130 4 Replace the last device before replacing any FRUs being tested 5 Display Control Card 6 Memory Module 7 IC DRAM Card 8 Voltage Converter The computer goes into 1 System Board suspend mode after the 2 Voltage Converter POST 3 Lid Switch 4 Keyboard Control Card The computer does not 1 System Board suspend or resume 2 Voltage Converter 3 Lid Switch 4 Keyboard Control Card The computer does not 1 Voltage Converter power off 2 System Board 3 Indicator Card Real time clock inaccurate 1 Backup Battery See Testing the Backup 2 System Board
301. or discolored dots in any colored back ground except black is 14 or more The number of lighted dots in a black background is 7 or more Model CL57 8554 133 Product Overview The following table provides a brief overview of the computer features Feature Description Processor MHz 386SX 20 MHz Bus Architecture Micro Channel Memory Standard 2MB Memory Maximum 16MB Video VGA Diskette Drive 3 5 inch Hard Drive 80MB 134 IBM Mobile Systems HMM Volume 1 FRU Removals and Replacements Follow the numerical sequence in the FRU removal sequence list and the exploded view to remove or disconnect parts in the correct order The letters in parentheses in the list indicate screw types See the Screw Size Chart on page 19 to match the letters to the correct screw type and size before replacing each screw Safety Notice 8 Translation on page 13 Before removing any FRU power off the computer unplug all power cords from electrical outlets remove the battery pack then disconnect any interconnecting cables Safety Notice 1 Translation on page 7 Before the computer is powered on after FRU replacement make sure all screws springs or other small parts are in place and are not left loose inside the computer Verify this by shaking the computer and listening for rattling sounds Metallic parts or metal flakes can cause electrical shorts
302. ors follow the instructions on the screen and insert a scratch diskette 3 If the drive test detects an error FRU code 50 appears If the diskette media are known to be good replace the drive or the drive cable External Display Self Test If the display problem occurs only when using an external display use the following instructions to correct the problem Note Before you replace a display check the following list to see if it is connected correctly 8506 and 8508 displays must be connected to an Image Adapter A or an Image l Adapter A e 63 and 85XX systems support either 63XX or 85XX displays e 85XX systems with an XGA 2 adapter support 95XX displays e 95XX systems support either 63XX 85XX or 95XX displays e ThinkPad models support either 85XX or 95XX displays If the screen is rolling replace the display assembly If that does not correct the problem replace FRUs in the following order until the problem goes away 1 Video card 2 Display adapter any type 3 System board 4 Bus adapter if used If the screen is not rolling run the display self test as follows 1 Power off the computer and display Disconnect the display signal cable Power on the display Set the contrast to its maximum position Set the brightness control to the center detent position ON Check for the following conditions 464 IBM Mobile Systems HMM Volume 1 e You should be able to vary the
303. ory The memory write and read test proceeds through the IC Dock 3545 361 DRAM memory When the POST memory test has completed the usable memory size is compared with the configuration data and if a mismatch is detected a 2XX error code occurs The user can continue with system operation by pressing F1 and call for service at a later time The memory sizes that are de allocated because of the POST process is kept by the hibernation or suspend functions To test this memory it must be re configured as part of the original memory size The memory re configuring is done by turning power off and on De allocation support is done only by the POST for memory errors All unrecoverable memory errors that occur during normal operation cause an interrupt to the operating system Error Log Diagnostic errors are printed on the printer that is attached to parallel port when the error is detected The error is also logged in the system memory Use the following procedure to display the errors 1 End the test if it is running Press Ctrl A to select the advanced diagnostic mode Press Ctrl E The error log appears To exit the screen select the cancel icon or press Esc cr om The error log is not saved when system power is turned off SCSI Diagnostics Dock 1 The SCSI diagnostics help you troubleshoot SCSI adapter and device problems through a series of menus The diagnostics are provided on the Dock Option Diskette
304. ounding 428 IBM Mobile Systems HMM Volume 1 1010 Cabinet Group Removal Make sure the security key is in the vertical position Kl BH Dock II 3546 429 Caution Be careful not to damage the volume control knob when removing the main cabinet group Control 430 IBM Mobile Systems HMM Volume 1 1020 Audio Card Removal Main Cabinet Group 1010 e Remove all cables from the connectors on the audio card Refer to Audio Card on page 454 for the location of these connectors Step Color and type quantity Length Pan head screw 2 6 mm Diameter 3 mm 0 12 in 0 24 in Dock II 3546 431 1030 Power Supply Unit Removal Main Cabinet Group 1010 e Remove all cables from the connectors on the riser card Refer to Riser Card on page 455 for the location of these connectors e Remove all cables from the connectors the main card Refer to Main Card on page 453 for the location of these connectors Lift up and turn over the power supply assembly then release the cables on the rear of the rack e Remove all remaining cables from the connectors on the main card Turn the power supply assembly to the upright position E Do not forget to install the washer on the left screw at replacement in step E 432 IBM Mobile Systems HMM Volume 1 433 Do
305. ountries Rear Door Screws four each 6 32 1 4 3 x 5 mm 3 x mm 3 x 10 3 x 12 mm 3 5 x 6 mm 4 x 4 mm 4 x 8 mm 4 x 9 mm 4 x 10 mm 92F0104 79F3234 72X8498 65X1571 65X1319 72X6673 90X7393 65X1569 38F4737 6279235 65X1576 65X1574 65X1528 07G1680 23F3196 23F3195 65X1583 23F2741 System P70 Serial Number xxxx49999 and earlier Index 2 2 3 System Board 031 16 MHz System Board 061 121 20 MHz Plasma Display Adapter see page 177 Cable Plasma Display Power see page 177 Bus Interface Assembly Bus Interface Card Cover Rear Power Supply see page 177 Cover Main 8573 031 23 prefix Cover Main 8573 031 99 prefix Cover Main 8573 061 23 prefix Cover Main 8573 061 99 prefix Cover Main 8573 121 23 prefix Cover Main 8573 121 99 prefix Cover PDP Connector Cover Diskette Drive Cover Hard Disk Drive Tilt Assembly Diskette Drive Display Tilt 38F5969 65X1564 38F4686 38F5939 65X1567 79F3197 65X1582 38F4734 38F7821 38F8947 65X1577 23F3206 23F3018 23F3207 65X1558 79F3239 65X1563 65X1559 65X1579 Model P70 and P75 8573 173 System P70 Serial Number xxxx50001 or later Index 2 System Board 031 16 MHz 56F9084 2 System Board 061 121 20 MHz 56F9085 3 Plasma Display Adapter see page 177 59F9083 Cable Plasma Display Power 56F9087 4 Bus Interface Assembly 56F9101 Bus Interface Card 79F3197 Cover PDP Connector 56F910
306. ove all memory module kits except the one in position 1 If the problem remains replace the kit in position 1 If the kit does not solve the problem replace the system board If the problem disappears after removing the memory module kits you should still have a kit in position 1 install the kits one at a time until the problem returns Replace the kit that caused the problem to return If the kit does not solve the problem replace the system board 00011100 indicates a memory expansion adapter parity check error Remove the memory expansion adapters from the expansion slots one at a time until you no longer get a 111 error If all of the adapters have been removed and you still have a 111 error replace the system board Remove the memory expansion kits from the adapter that was removed last Install the kits one at a time until the failure returns Replace the kit that caused the error to return if that does not solve the problem replace the adapter 00021500 00021600 indicates a failing system board memory module kit If the error message does not indicate the location of the failing kit follow the procedure for a 00011000 error described above Model P70 and P75 8573 149 Power Systems Checkout To check the power supply voltages do the following Note If you cannot power on the computer a motor start jumper might be installed on the hard disk drive Remove the motor start jumper Power off the comp
307. placing any FRUs 1 Memory Module Kits 2 System Board 34 IBM Mobile Systems HMM Volume 1 Symptom Error FRU Action 301 302 1 System Board 2 Keyboard 303 1 System Board 2 Numeric Keypad 3 Keyboard 304 305 1 Keyboard See External 2 System Board Keyboard Auxiliary Input Numeric Keypad Device Checkout on page 465 before replacing any FRUs 306 310 1 System Board 308 1 Numeric Keypad 3XX 1 System Board not listed above 2 Auxiliary input device See External 3 Keyboard Keyboard Auxiliary Input Device Checkout on page 465 before replacing any FRUs 602 653 654 1 Defective diskette 2 Diskette Drive 3 System Board 655 660 661 1 System Board 6XX 1 Diskette Drive not listed above 2 System Board 3 Diskette Drive Cable 7XX 1 Math Coprocessor 2 System Board IBM does not supply a math coprocessor 9XX 1 System Board 2 Any parallel Device 3 Communication Cable 1107 1 Communication Cable 11XX 1 System Board 2 Any serial adapter 3 Communication Cable 1207 1 Communication Cable 12XX 1 Any serial adapter 2 System Board 3 Any serial device 4 Communication Cable 1705 to 1707 1709 1711 1718 to 1720 1730 1732 Hard Disk Drive Reformatting the hard disk can recover from the problem Model L40 SX 8543 35 Symptom Error FRU Action 17XX 1 Hard Disk Drive not
308. power off and on De allocation support is done only by the POST for memory errors All unrecoverable memory errors that occur during normal operation cause an interrupt to the operating system Error Log Diagnostic errors are printed on the printer that is attached to parallel port when the error is detected The error is also logged in the system memory Use the following procedure to display the errors 1 End the test if it is running Press Ctrl A to select the advanced diagnostic mode Press Ctrl E The error log appears To exit the screen select the cancel icon or press Esc QR om The error log is not saved when system power is turned off Dock II 3546 409 Running Diagnostics The Dock II Options Diskette helps you troubleshoot expansion unit SCSI adapter and SCSI device problems through a series of menus Run the diagnostics after you have completed the installation of your Dock Il and SCSI devices to verify that these devices work correctly Do the following 1 Turn off the computer the Dock Il and external SCSI devices 2 Insert the Option Diskette into drive A 3 Turn on all attached external SCSI devices the computer then the Dock Il 4 The Logo Screen appears IBM ThinkPad Dock Il Option Diskette Version 1 00 Licensed Material Property of IBM C Copyright IBM Corp 1981 1994 All Rights Reserved U S Government Users Restricted Rights Use duplication or disclosure restric
309. ppropriate FRUs If the problem remains after all repair actions are taken go to Undetermined Problem on page 357 Dock 3545 345 Power Systems Checkout If the power good light is not on and the power supply fan is not turning check the power cord for continuity and correct installation If the power cord is not the problem either the power supply is defective or another component is defective causing the power supply to shut off To verify that the power supply is operating correctly do the following 1 Power off the computer and disconnect the Dock I power cord 2 Remove all internal and external devices and the computer from the Dock I 3 Remove power supply connector from the I O card and the SCSI power supply connector from the SCSI device 346 IBM Mobile Systems HMM Volume 1 4 10 11 12 Install jumpers between pins 1 and 2 and pins 3 and 4 of JP2 on the main board of the Dock I TTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTI es pese p Main Board Connect the Dock power cord Check the power supply voltages on connector P3 using Table 4 on page 349 then check that the fan is turning If the voltage is not correct or the fan is not turning replace the power supply Disconnect the Dock power cord Remove the jumpers installed in Step 4 Remove power supply connector P1 from the main b
310. ps and a 1 System Board blank display 2 Any options or devices External display problems T External Display See External Display 2 System Board Self Test on page 464 before replacing any FRUs Incorrect memory size 1 System Board during POST 2 Memory Module Kits See Memory Checkout on page 25 before replacing any FRUs Computer hang up or 1 System Board intermittent hang up 2 Hard Disk Drive 3 Math Coprocessor 4 Replace the last device being tested See Undetermined Problem on page 36 Computer does not suspend 1 System Board or resume 2 System Status Check the Suspend icon to Display Assembly make sure of the failure 3 Any options or devices Computer does not power 1 System Status off Display Assembly 2 System Board Real time clock inaccurate 1 System Board Printer problems 1 See Printer Checkout on page 468 Serial or parallel port device 1 Device problems 2 Cable 3 System Board CON is incorrectly blinking 1 System Board or stays on 2 Related Device CON incorrectly remains 1 System Board off but diagnostics runs 2 Related Device without an error 3 System Status Display Assembly nternal Data Fax Modem 1 Internal Data Fax does not communicate with Modem a remote modem or a fax Make sure Data Fax See Fax Modem Modem power option is Checkout on page 466 set to on in the Set before replacing any FRUS Features program 10
311. pter from the Dock I Trademark of the IBM Corporation 350 IBM Mobile Systems HMM Volume 1 Symptom to FRU Index The Symptom to FRU Index lists error symptoms and possible causes The most likely cause is listed first Note Replace the FRUs one at a time in the sequence shown in the FRUs of the Dock and Sequence of Action column If a replaced part did not resolve the problem put the original part back in the Dock Do not replace non defective parts Always begin with General Checkout on page 341 This index also can be used to help you decide which FRUs to have available when servicing the Dock Numeric error codes show the errors detected in the POST or system operation In the following error codes X can be any number FRU codes are used for errors detected by diagnostic tests If no error codes are available use narrative symptoms If the symptom is not listed or you cannot correct the problem using this index go to Undetermined Problem on page 357 IMPORTANT 1 Before replacing any SCSI device verify that there are no duplicate SCSI ID settings 2 Make sure that there are no conflicts of hardware Settings such as interrupt level memory address DMA channel and address 3 If you have both an error message and an incorrect audio response diagnose the error message first 4 f you cannot run the advanced diagnostic tests but did receive a POST error message diagnose the
312. r grounding of the electrical outlet can be verified by a certified electrician 18 IBM Mobile Systems HMM Volume 1 Screw Size Chart Use the chart below to match the size and shape of the screws used in the computer you are servicing A Silver B 5P Black C Silver D ls Brass E TIT Black G Black H Brass J Silver K Brass Silver M Silver N Silver P i Black a I 5 Introduction 19 Screw Size Chart continued Use the chart below to match the size and shape of the screws used in the computer you are servicing Brass 5 T fr Brass Black V Brass R Black X Black Brass gt Brass D m Black BB Brass Dum ores Black ce G Black Silver 20 Mobile Systems HMM Volume 1 Screw Size Chart continued Use the chart below to match the size and shape of the screws used in the computer you are servicing ee i Silver HH F Brass JJ D Silver KK Black LL Brass MM NN 1 Silver PP Brass QQ pee Brass BR Brass ss IT Black UU q Black ww Silver XX gt Black Introduction 21 22
313. r you are servicing If the problem remains go to Undetermined Problems on page 421 2XX 1 See the Symptom to FRU Index for the computer you are servicing 2 Main card 3 IC DRAM card or DIMM card 3XX See External Keyboard on page 404 418 IBM Mobile Systems HMM Volume 1 Symptom Error FRU Action 6XX 1 Before changing any devices run the diagnostic test See the How To Run the Diagnostics on page 405 2 FDD external attachment kit 3 Diskette drive assembly 4 Riser card 11XX 12XX 1 Serial devices 2 Communication cable 3 Riser card 17XX 1 Hard disk drive 2 5 inch ThinkPad hard disk drive 2 HDD installation kit 3 Main card 24XX 1 Main card 2 Riser card 860X 1 Mouse 2 External keyboard 3 Riser card 19990301 19990302 See the Hardware 19990305 Maintenance Manual of the computer Not shown above 1 See the Hardware Maintenance Manual of the computer 2 See Undetermined Problems on page 421 FRU Codes If an error is detected by the diagnostic tests a four digit FRU code is displayed Two suspected FRU codes are shown The two leftmost digits indicate the first FRU code The following table shows the FRU codes and their FRUs The most probable failing FRU is shown first Note Replace the FRUs one at a time in the sequence shown in the FRUs of the Dock II column If a replaced part did not
314. r Cover Group Removal Main Cabinet Group 1010 446 IBM Mobile Systems HMM Volume 1 Color and type quantity Length Binding head tapping screw 4 Diameter 3 mm 0 12 in 12 mm 0 47 in Binding head tapping screw 6 Diameter 2 6 mm 0 10 in 8 mm 0 31 in Dock II 3546 447 1120 Cable Group Removal Main Cabinet Group 1010 MAIN CARD CS22 LCD CARD CS1001 460 mm 1 81 in gt 580 mm 2 28 in z AUDIO CARD TOP COVER CONNECTOR CS308 CS801 3 3 4 4 5 6 7 8 RISER CARD 1 2 3 4 CS58 380 mm 1 50 in gt AUDIO CARD MAIN CARD CS304 521 2 2 4 4 5 5 230 mm 0 9 in AUDIO CARD CD ROM CS301 CS805 ow fal 370 mm 1 46 in AMP PCB AUDIO JACK CARD CS305 CS310 1 wur T RED 2 ware 4 RED 2 6 6 600 mm 2 36 in 448 IBM Mobile Systems HMM Volume 1 AUDIO CARD CS302 MAIN CARD A4 NOTE RED WHITE RED WHITE 340 mm 1 34 in AUDIO CARD CS303 SUB NOTE CS24 1 WHITE RED WHITE 520 mm 2 04 in Pins Lengt
315. rds from electrical outlets remove the battery pack then disconnect any interconnecting cables Avant de retirer une unite remplacable en clientele mettez le systeme hors tension debranchez tous les cordons d alimentation des socles de prise de courant retirez la batterie et deconnectez tous les cordons d interface Die Stromzufuhr muB abgeschaltet alle Stromkabel aus der Steckdose gezogen der Akku entfernt und alle Verbindungskabel abgenommen sein bevor eine FRU entfernt wird Prima di rimuovere qualsiasi FRU spegnere il sistema scollegare dalle prese elettriche tutti i cavi di alimentazione rimuovere la batteria e poi scollegare i cavi di interconnessione Antes de quitar una FRU apague el sistema desenchufe todos los cables de las tomas de corriente electrica quite la bater a y a continuaci n desconecte cualquier cable de conexi n entre dispositivos Introduction 13 Safety Information The following section contains the safety information that you need to be familiar with before servicing an IBM mobile computer General Safety Follow these rules to ensure general safety 14 Observe good housekeeping in the area of the machines during and after maintenance When lifting any heavy object 1 Ensure you can stand safely without slipping 2 Distribute the weight of the object equally between your feet 3 Use a slow lifting force Never move suddenly or twist when you attempt to lift
316. res Do the loop test See How to Run the Loop Test on page 407 The power of Dock II cannot 1 Riser card be turned off 2 Main card LCD Dock II for the hard 1 2 5 inch hard disk disk drive stays on drive 2 HDD installation kit LCD Dock II for the hard disk drive is not working but the Dock II is functional 1 Check the LCD Circuit Board Group 2 LCD Circuit Board Group 3 Main card 4 Riser card Beep sounds continuously 1 Before replacing any devices check that the release lock lever is opened 2 Security feature group 3 Main card Dock 3546 417 Symptom Error FRU Action The HDD 2 is not recognized and no error codes appear on the Screen The password of the HDD 2 is still set 1 Remove the hard disk password for the ThinkPad hard disk as follows a Install the second hard disk drive on the computer b Remove the hard disk password Note The HDD 2 icon indicates that the 2 5 inch ThinkPad hard disk drive is installed in Dock Numeric Error Codes Symptom Error FRU Action 10X 11X 1 Adapter in slot if used 2 Riser card 3 Main card 195 1 Do the following The computer was docked steps to the Dock II while in a Turn off and hibernation mode undock the system b Turn on and shut down the system c Turn off and dock the system 1XX See the Symptom to FRU Index for the compute
317. resolve the problem put the original part back in the Dock Il Do not replace non defective parts Always start with the first FRU then continue down the list The two rightmost digits indicate the net FRU code Do these FRU replacements in the same way as with the first FRU codes Undock the computer from the Dock II to check that the FRU code appears with the computer only If a FRU code appears replace the FRU indicated in the Dock 3546 419 Symptom to FRU Index for the computer you are servicing Then dock the computer on the Dock II to check if any FRU codes appear Use the table below FRU Code FRU Action 10 1 Main card 2 Riser card 15 1 Audio card 2 Riser card 30 Reserved 32 1 See External Keyboard on page 404 2 Main card 3 Riser card 33 1 External mouse 2 Main card 3 Riser card 45 See External Display on page 402 51 1 Diskette drive FDD 2 2 Main card 3 Riser card 56 1 Diskette drive FDD 2 2 Main card 3 Riser card 61 1 Hard disk drive HDD 2 2 Main card 3 HDD installation kit 70 Main card 80 Reserved 90 Reserved If the problem remains after the FRUs are replaced go to Undetermined Problems on page 421 420 IBM Mobile Systems HMM Volume 1 Undetermined Problems Use the following procedure when the diagnostic tests do not identify the failing adapter or device Check that all cables wires and connectors are connected s
318. rie contient du nickel Ne la demontez pas ne l exposez ni au feu ni l eau Ne la mettez pas en court circuit Pour la mettre au rebut conformez vous la reglementation en vigueur Lorsque vous remplacez la batterie veillez n utiliser que les modeles cites dans la liste de pieces detachees adequate En effet une batterie inappropriee risque de prendre feu ou d exploser Auch Akkus enthalten geringe Mengen von Nickel Sie durfen nicht zerlegt wiederaufgeladen Feuer oder Wasser ausgesetzt oder kurzgeschlossen werden Die Batterien mussen vorschriftsmaBig entsorgt werden Beim Ersetzen von RTC oder der Sicherungsbatterie nur Batterien des Typs verwenden der in der Ersatzteilliste aufgefuhrt ist Der Einsatz falscher Batterien kann zu Entzundung oder Explosion fuhren La batteria contiene piccole quantit di nichel Non smontarla gettarla nel fuoco o nell acqua n cortocircuitarla Smaltirla secondo la normativa in vigore DPR 915 82 successive disposizioni e disposizioni locali Quando si sostituisce la batteria utilizzare soltanto i tipi inseriti nell appropriato Catalogo parti L impiego di una batteria non adatta potrebbe determinare l incendio o l esplosione della batteria stessa Las bater as contienen peque as cantidades de niquel No las desmonte ni recargue ni las eche al fuego o al agua ni las cortocircuite Desechelas tal como dispone la normativa local Utilice s lo bater as que se encuentren en la lista
319. rnational Association POS Programmable Option Select PUN Physical Unit Number as in SCSI RAID Redundant Array of Inexpensive Disks disk array models RAM Random Access Memory read write RGB Red Green Blue is in monitors ROM Read Only Memory SASD Sequential Access Storage Device Tape SCB Subsystem Control Block SRAM Static Random Access Memory SCSI Small Computer Systems Interface SCSI ID SCSI Identification Number assigned device number SPD Software Product Description SR Service Representative T A NDD Technical Advisor See your Marketing Representative TDD Telecommunications Device for the Deaf TFT Thin Film Transistor TPF ThinkPad File UL Underwriters Laboratory VCA Video Capture Adapter VESA Video Electronics Standards Association VGA Video Graphics Array 640x480x16 VPD Vital Product Data VRAM Video Random Access Memory WORM Write Once Read Many Media XGA Extended Graphics Array 1024 x 768 x 256 Y C Luminance Chrominance Signal Pertains to Video 484 IBM Mobile Systems HMM Volume 1 Problem Determination Tips Due to the variety of hardware and software combinations that can be encountered use the following information to assist you in problem determination If possible have this information available when requesting assistance from Service Support and Engineering functions Machine type and model Failure symptom What when where single or multiple systems 15
320. rs One on each hinge Screen Sub Assembly Backup and Standby Batteries When installing backup battery align wires with edge of voltage converter Ensure wires do not extend beyond edge of voltage converter or they might be damaged when you replace bottom cover Five Screws 4 E 1 V On bottom cover Bottom Cover Ribbon Cable from Diskette Drive Battery Cable Voltage Converter Cable Keyboard Cables EE m EE E Model N51 8551 99 eje De 7 277 gt N e N w w w N ejo N 100 Three Voltage Converter Screws 2 H 1 T Voltage Converter Voltage converter consists of three boards Gently lift voltage converter up to unplug two connectors from system board Four Diskette Drive Cables These cables are very fragile Be very careful when disconnecting them Four Diskette Drive Screws H Diskette Drive Speaker Two Battery Bracket Screws B Battery Bracket Two Hard Disk Drive Cables These cables are very fragile Be very careful when disconnecting them Two Hard Disk Drive Screws H Hard Disk Drive Have customer backup all information on hard disk drive before removal When replacing hard disk drive use customer s backup Reference Diskette to restore system partition Upper Left System Board Cable Six System Board Screws 2 L 4 H Lower Left System Board Cable Upper Left System Board Cable Upper Right System Board Cable Two Cables System Board Top E
321. rted at any time after the computer is powered on This is page 2 of System Parameters Press Esc to exit Utilities The system is configured with several utility programs These programs provide added function that enhance the usability of the system It is recommended that you backup these programs to prevent loss of data Use the INTRO program shipped with the computer to backup the utilities The utility programs are SIMUL EPP2 PHDISK Allows you to enable disable simultaneous display on both the LCD and external monitor Note The computer will not enter Suspend Resume while in the Simultaneous mode You must exit Simultaneous mode before Suspend Resume is allowed Also the Func F7 function is not recognized until you exit the Simultaneous mode Provides Enhanced Parallel Port Utility This utility needs to be added to the AUTOEXEC BAT and CONFIG SYS if the option attached to the parallel port supports the enhanced parallel port mode Prepares the hard disk drive for the hibernation feature including formatting and the marking of defective areas A partition is reserved on the hard disk drive to save data before the computer enters Hibernation mode Warning Running this utility causes loss of data on the hard disk drive It is important that the customer backup all data prior to using this utility r Important Run the PHDISK utility if you change the operating environment reformat the hard
322. rtridge see Checking Installed 4 Hard Disk Drive Devices on page 131 5 IC DRAM Card 6 Memory Module 000166XX 1 Communications Cartridge 000171XX 1 See Testing the Backup Battery on page 121 2 System Board 000172XX 1 System Board 00017300 1 See Testing the Backup Battery on page 121 2 System Board 3 Voltage Converter Model CL57 8554 123 Symptom Error FRU Action 00017400 If Automatic Configuration does not solve the problem run Advanced Diagnostics Set Configuration 2 System Board 3 Math Coprocessor 00019000 000191XX System Board 00019200 1 Lid Switch 2 Keyboard Control Card 3 System Board 00019300 1 System Board 000199XX 1 System Board 0001XXXX 1 System Board not listed above 2 Communications Cartridge 3 Indicator Card 0002XXXX See Memory Checkout on page 115 before replacing any FRUs 1 IC DRAM Card or Memory Module 2 System Board 00030100 00030500 1 Keyboard Control Card 2 System Board 3 Keyboard or Numeric Keypad 00030200 00030300 00030400 1 System Board 2 Keyboard Control Card 3 Keyboard or Numeric Keypad 00030600 1 Keyboard or Numeric Keypad Auxiliary Input Device Keyboard Control Card System Board Panel Assembly gud eo I 0004XXXX System Board Any Parallel Device Communication Cable Panel Assembly Pe Ne 000601XX Disk
323. s Model P70 and P75 8573 157 4 f the adapter fails the tests replace it or the system board SLOT 1 If the adapter passes the tests a different adapter might be defective 5 Reconnect the cables to the SCSI adapter or system board then terminate the adapter as required 6 Go to Undetermined Problem on page 156 to find the problem Enable and Disable Settings To verify that the Enable and Disable settings are correct select Set and View SCSI Device Configuration from the Set Configuration menu and determine if there are any Presence Error Reporting devices listed The Settings must be as follows e Devices connected to the computer must be set to Enabled e Devices listed but not connected must be set to Disabled Change the settings by pressing F5 then save them by pressing F10 Non SCSI Devices The missing device is defective If that does not correct the problem go to Undetermined Problem on page 156 Note If the number of diskette drives shown on the list is incorrect an error can occur during the tests Restart the computer and verify that the drive information on the Set Configuration menu is correct then continue testing How to Run Advanced Diagnostics Power off the computer Insert the Reference Diskette into drive A Power on the computer Advance to the Main Menu Press Ctrl A to run the System Checkout Or X Irc 158 IBM Mobile Systems HMM Volume 1 Power on Pass
324. s 2 Select Test and press Enter The basic diagnostic screen appears Select a device and press Enter to run the test 4 The test progress screen appears e Dock 3545 359 5 OK appears when the test ends without any errors Advanced Diagnostic Tests 1 Go to the advanced diagnostic screen by pressing Ctrl A on the basic diagnostic screen 2 Select Tool to install the tools 3 Select a device press the spacebar and install the tool Multiple devices can be selected by repeating this step A v mark appears for the selected device 4 Select OK and press Enter if the selection is OK 5 Select a device and press Enter to start the tests How to Run All Tests n the advanced diagnostic screen select Test All to test all devices How to Run the Loop Test 1 Go to the advanced diagnostic screen by pressing Ctrl A on the basic diagnostic screen 2 Select the Looptest icon and press Enter or click the Click button 3 Select a device and press the spacebar A v mark appears for the selected device 4 If the selection is OK select OK and press Enter to start the loop test 5 To exit the loop test press and hold Ctrl Pause until the interrupt is accepted by the test program A beep sounds when the interrupt is accepted The test loop stops at the end of the current test How to Run the Keyboard Test 1 Power off the computer 2 Remove the external keyboard if one is attached 3 Press and hold F1 k
325. s see FRU Codes on page 298 If the symptom is not listed go to Undetermined Problems on page 301 In the following error codes X can be any number Note For IBM devices not supported by ThinkPad 710T diagnostic code refer to the manual for that device Numeric Error Codes Symptom Error FRU Action 10X 1 System Board 110 1 SIMM Card Check Memory Checkout 2 System Board on page 290 before changing any device 111 1 Option Bus 2 System Board 161 1 Refer to Backup Battery Test on page 293 2 System Board 162 1 Check Device See Checking the Installed Configuration Devices List on page 302 2 System Board before changing any FRU 3 Diskette Drive Assembly 4 Hard Disk Drive Assembly 5 Diskette Drive Cable 6 Hard Disk Drive Cable 7 Modem Card 163 1 Set Time and Date 2 System Board 164 1 Check Device See Memory Checkout on Configuration page 290 before changing 2 SIMM Card any FRU 3 System Board 199 1 Refer to Checking the Installed Devices List on page 302 1XX 1 System Board 20X 1 System Board 2 SIMM Card 296 IBM Mobile Systems HMM Volume 1 Symptom Error FRU Action 21X 1 SIMM Card 2 System board 2XX 1 System Board See Memory Checkout on 2 SIMM Card page 290 before changing any FRU 301 31X 1 System Board 2 Keyboard 304 305 1 System Board 2 Mouse 308 1 System Board 3
326. s unreadable characters see External Display Self Test on page 464 Step 018 continues Expansion Unit 3550 325 NTINUED 018 continued IS THE LIST OF INSTALLED DEVICES CORRECT Yes No 019 Go to Checking the Installed Devices List on page 334 If the problem is not corrected go to Undetermined Problem on page 333 020 Run the advanced diagnostics tests DID THE TESTS IDENTIFY A FAILURE Note 1 S If the test stops and you cannot continue replace the last device being tested 2 The following table describes the slot information displayed on the screen This information is also displayed during the test of the 3550 Expansion Unit when the test is successfully completed n can be any number Slot Number Identified Device n IBM 3550 Expansion Unit n 1 Built in SCSI n 2 Upper slot n 3 Lower slot Yes No 021 Go to Step 023 022 Follow the action described on the screen If the problem is not corrected go to the Symptom to FRU Index on page 329 023 DID THE POST END WITHOUT AN ERROR Yes No 024 If you noticed an error symptom or if you received any POST error codes when the computer powered on go to Symptom to FRU Index on page 329 or If the problem is not corrected go to Undetermined Problem on page 333 326 IBM Mobile Systems HMM Volume 1 025
327. sing hardware The guide consists of a series of steps presented in a checklist Begin the checks with the power off and the power cord disconnected Checklist 1 2 3 Check exterior covers for damage loose broken or sharp edges Power off the computer Disconnect the power cord Check the power cord for a Athird wire ground connector in good condition Use a meter to measure third wire ground continuity for 0 1 ohm or less between the external ground pin and frame ground b The power cord should be the appropriate type as specified in the parts listings c Insulation must not be frayed or worn Remove the cover Check for any obvious non IBM alterations Use good judgment as to the safety of any non IBM alterations Check inside the unit for any obvious unsafe conditions such as metal filings contamination water or other liquids or signs of fire or smoke damage Check for worn frayed or pinched cables Check that the power supply cover fasteners screws or rivets have not been removed or tampered with Introduction 17 Handling Electrostatic Discharge Sensitive Devices Any computer part containing transistors or integrated circuits ICs should be considered sensitive to electrostatic discharge ESD ESD damage can occur when there is a difference in charge between objects Protect against ESD damage by equalizing the charge so that the machine the part the work mat and the person handling the p
328. skette Drive 2 System Board Diskette drive bypassed 1 Diskette Drive ThinkPad 350 PS Note 425 2618 213 Symptom Error FRU Action Can t read diskette 1 Diskette Drive Hard disk problem Hard Disk Printer problem Check Configuration Parallel Port System Board owe Communication or plotter problem Check Configuration Serial Port PCMCIA Device System Board ROOu Undetermined Problems If you have not already done so go to Power Systems Checkout on page 209 and check the AC adapter and ba ttery voltages If the AC adapter and battery voltages are correct and the problem remains do the following 1 2 21 Power off the computer Remove or disconnect one of the following devices Any external devices or cables Any PCMCIA device Power on the computer If the symptom remains repeat steps 1 2 and 3 until you find the failing adapter or device If this does not solve the problem replace the system board 4 Mobile Systems HMM Volume 1 Related Service Procedures This section provides information on the following Status Indicators PC Test Card LED Power On Password on page 216 Power On Self Test POST on page 216 Advanced Diagnostics Diskette on page 216 Loading the Diagnostics Diskette on page 216 How to Run the Diagnostics on page 217 Formatting the Hard Disk Drive on page 217
329. spend Resume Switch Backup Battery Connector Battery Contacts Standby Battery Connector Diskette Drive Connectors Display Power Connector Math Coprocessor Connector Memory Module Connector 1 Memory Module Connector 2 Speaker Connector Keyboard Connectors 4 Password Override Connector kJ Switch Assembly Connector 9 System Status Display Connector Option Connector Hard Disk Drive Connectors Display Signal Connectors Suspend Resume Switch Connector Top View 42 IBM Mobile Systems HMM Volume 1 Parts Listing Model 140 SX 8543 43 System Unit Index Display Assembly LCD System Status Display Assembly Top Cover 2MB Memory Module Kit 4MB Memory Module Kit 8MB Memory Module Kit 80387SX Math Coprocessor Bottom Cover System Board System Board with attached speaker Speaker Speaker for p n 8123176 10 Bezel Blank 10 Bezel Modem 10 Bezel Serial Adapter 11 Backup Battery Lithium 13 Shield Battery 14 Standby Battery 15 Door Bus Connector 16 Door Battery 17 Door I O Connector 18 Rechargeable Battery 18 Rechargeable Battery Switzerland only System Board Fuse Card Miscellaneous Kit screws rubber bumpers and bottom cover caps DASD ONORRPRWND e Index 5 Diskette Drive Cable
330. stems HMM Volume 1 SCSI Rewritable Optical Drive error code 0217XXXX To continue the diagnostics of other devices remove these SCSI devices from the installed device list before starting diagnostics Important When the Problem Determination Procedure in the operation manual that is supplied with the adapter or device says Have the system unit serviced the system unit stands for the computer and this 3550 Expansion Unit 001 Power off the 3550 Expansion Unit and all external devices Remove the computer from the 3550 Expansion Unit Diagnose the computer problem first DID THE TEST COMPLETE WITHOUT ANY ERRORS Yes No 002 Have the computer serviced 003 Install the computer on the 3550 Expansion Unit again and make sure that the computer is firmly connected Check all cables and power cords Notes 1 The mouse or other pointing devices do not work if connected to the keyboard connector 2 The mouse or other pointing devices do not work if connected to the mouse connector on the numeric keypad 3 The computer keyboard does not work if an external keyboard is connected to the 3550 Expansion Unit Power on all external devices Power on the 3550 Expansion Unit Watch the screen for a power on self test POST error code Write down all error codes that are displayed You can press Pause when an error code occurs to hold the code on t
331. sts connect them to the 3550 Expansion Unit and test the 3550 Expansion Unit with the computer installed When testing the 3550 Expansion Unit use the Diagnostic Diskette supplied with the 3550 Expansion Unit a Because the serial and parallel ports on the computer are covered by the 3550 Expansion Unit when the computer is installed on the 3550 Expansion Unit answer No when you are asked if a wrap plug is used b Test the status indicators on the 3550 Expansion Unit by using the system status indicator test of the computer The corresponding indicators on the 3550 Expansion Unit turn on and off in the test except for the power on indicator This power on indicator does not turn off due to hardware restriction If the user did not bring the computer with the 3550 Expansion Unit use a properly working computer with the 3550 Expansion Unit If the diagnostics of the following SCSI devices fail or stop suspect that the diagnostic programs are down level before replacing SCSI devices SCSI Tape Drive error code 0211XXXX SCSI CD ROM Drive error code 0215XXXX SCSI Rewritable Optical Drive error code 0217XXXX To continue the diagnostics of other devices remove these SCSI devices from the installed device list before starting diagnostics Important 316 When the Problem Determination Procedure in the operation manual that is supplied with the adapter or device says Have the system unit serviced
332. t POST Each time you power on the computer POST is initiated The POST takes up to 90 seconds to complete depending on the options installed The POST checks the following system board memory display keyboard diskette drive hard disk drive parallel port and serial port To start the POST power on the computer The following will happen 1 You will hear one short beep when the POST successfully ends If the POST cannot be completed successfully an error message appears on the display accompanied by the Configuration Utility box requesting the user to press the Esc or Enter key When the Esc key is pressed the computer bypasses the error and attempts to complete the POST If the Enter key is pressed the Configuration Utility is shown The user can then try to correct the error If a critical error is encountered the POST is halted 2 The computer attempts to load the operating system as customized If an operating system is not found a graphic message icon is displayed requesting the user to insert a diskette into the diskette drive and press the F1 RESUME F1 KEY key to resume operation Advanced Diagnostics Diskette The Advanced Diagnostics diskette contains diagnostic and utility programs The diskette is intended to test only IBM products Non IBM products prototype cards or modified options can give false errors and invalid computer responses Loading the Diagnostics Diskette To load the diagnos
333. t Overview The features of the Dock II are e Security Security lock Security hole Main Card SCSI Subsystem SCSI devices Terminators Audio Jacks Stereo speakers Headphone jack Speaker in jacks Audio out jacks PCMCIA slots External display connector Docking connector External SCSI connector FDD connector Parallel connector Serial connector Keyboard numeric keypad connector Mouse pointing device connector Riser Card AT slot Storage device connectors Internal hard disk connector Internal SCSI device connector e Power Supply Security The Dock has two features to secure it from being used by unauthorized persons Security Lock The security lock is located on the left panel of the Dock II and can be unlocked with the security lock key This security lock provides the following protection Cover Lock prevents unauthorized access to the devices and options inside the Dock Il Computer Lock protects from unauthorized removal of the computer e Key Controlled Power prevents unauthorized use of the Dock II or unauthorized access to the data stored on the internal SCSI device through the external SCSI connector by securing the power 422 IBM Mobile Systems HMM Volume 1 The key lock has three positions nA f TN 2 1 Icon Cover Computer Power Key Lock Lock Secured
334. t program Have the customer refer to the operating system manual for a description of the hard disk preparation commands Warning All data on the selected hard disk drive will be destroyed during a format operation or surface analysis After formatting the hard disk drive copy the System files from the Diagnostics diskette to the hard disk drive Restoring the TP500 Subdirectory The TP500 subdirectory on the Diagnostics diskette and hard disk drive contains the following Installation utilities e Introductory program Other utilities OS 2 PCMCIA drivers If the hard disk drive is reformatted or the files in the TP500 subdirectory on the hard disk drive are corrupted copy the TP500 subdirectory on the Diagnostics diskette to the hard disk drive To create a TP500 subdirectory on the hard disk drive and copy the files do the following 242 IBM Mobile Systems HMM Volume 1 Important The following is required to complete this procedure DOS or OS 2 must be installed on the hard disk drive An external diskette drive must be attached to the computer Power on the computer 2 At the DOS prompt type md c TP500 then press Enter A TP500 subdirectory is created on the hard disk drive 3 Insert the Diagnostics diskette into the diskette drive 4 Type copy a TP500 c TP500 then press Enter The files are copied from the TP500 subdirectory on the Diagnostics diskette to
335. te and the computer must match 2 Select 2 Backup Restore system programs from the Main Menu 3 Select 3 Restore the system partition to load the System setup and utility programs and the customer and advanced diagnostic programs onto the system partition of the hard disk If this does not correct the problem use the backup copy of the Reference Diskette to format the hard disk and then restore the programs to the protected partition If the problem remains return to the I998XXXX 19990303 error code on page 90 in the Symptom to FRU index Note After the programs have been restored the Insert Diskette icon appears unless an operating System is present Setting System Configuration If you configure the computer using 4 Set configuration from the Reference Diskette make sure the languages of the Reference Diskette and the computer match Model N51 8551 97 Product Overview N51 SX The following table provides a brief overview of the computer features Feature Description Processor MHz 386SX 16 Mhz Bus Architecture Micro Channel Memory Standard 2MB Memory Maximum 10MB Video VGA Diskette Drive 3 5 inch Hard Drive 40MB 2 5 inch Product Overview N51 SLC The following table provides a brief overview of the computer features Feature Description Processor MHz 386SLC 16 Mhz Bus Architecture Micro Channel
336. ted by GSA ADP Schedule Contact with IBM 5 After a few seconds the Main Menu appears Main Menu Select one 1 Test Expansion Unit 2 Test SCSI Subsystem Enter Fi Help F3 Exit 6 Select a device for testing and go to the respective section 410 IBM Mobile Systems HMM Volume 1 Testing the Expansion Unit 1 The Test Selection Menu appears when you select Test Expansion Unit on the Main Menu Test Selection Menu Select one 1 Run the test one time 2 Run the test Enter Fi Help F3 Exit 2 Select an item on the screen and follow the instructions that appear on the screen Dock 3546 411 Testing the SCSI Subsystem Note If a SCSI adapter is installed in an ISA slot remove it before running the SCSI diagnostic program 1 When you select Test SCSI Subsystem on the Main Menu the diagnostics program checks the system configuration for SCSI devices and displays the following if no SCSI controller is found SCSI Subsystem Diagnostics Utility V1 0 No SCSI found Enter F3 Exit If a SCSI controller is found the computer goes on to initialize the SCSI devices and displays the following SCSI Subsystem Diagnostics Utility V1 0 Scanning Target n Enter F3 Exit 2 If the initialization fails the following screen appears SCSI Subsystem Diagnostics Utility V1 0 SCSI Initialization Failed
337. ter Multimedia Support Multivendor Consulting OS 2 Information Line OS 2 Support Center OS 2 Support Line 486 IBM Mobile Systems HMM Volume 1 U S Customers and Helpware Subscribers Number Information 303 924 4125 800 284 5933 914 962 0310 800 237 4824 800 742 2943 800 547 1283 800 426 2622 606 323 3000 800 551 2832 Parts Information Prodigy Prodigy User Questions PS 2 Trade In Program PS 2 Loan for Learning PS 2 Lease from IBM Credit Solution Validation Lab Technical Coordinator Program SystemXtra for Personal Systems LAN Automated Distribution 2 OS 2 Bulletin Board OS 2 Application Assistance Center Technical Services Boca Raton fee Technical Support typewriters printers Technical Solutions Magazine IBM Canada Customer and Servicer Support Number Information 800 387 8343 800 668 5682 800 387 8343 905 316 7952 800 661 PSMT 905 316 5556 514 938 6048 800 465 6600 905 316 6666 800 465 6666 800 263 2769 800 465 2222 416 443 5701 800 465 7999 800 465 7999 905 513 3367 905 316 2683 800 465 3299 905 316 3299 800 565 3344 800 268 3100 905 474 6666 Ambra Customer Support Ambra Business Partner Warranty Support Ambra Business Partner Parts Warranty Claims Ambra Bulletin Board Business Partner Marketing Support Business Partner Marketing Support Toronto Business Partner Marketing Support French Customer Relations Custo
338. ter to complete shutdown before changing the battery Computer is shutting down due to low battery voltage Two short beeps 1 POST error See Symptom to FRU Index on page 296 Three short beeps 1 Move computer to a cooler environment Battery or computer high temperature threshold has been exceeded Four short beeps every five 1 System Board seconds and a blank LCD 2 SIMM Card 3 Modem Card ThinkPad 710T 2523 299 Miscellaneous Symptoms Symptom Error FRU Action No beep Power on LED not lit and a blank LCD during POST See Power Systems Checkout on page 290 before replacing any FRUs 1 System Board 2 DC DC Card 3 Power source when failing No beep Power on LED lit and a blank LCD during POST See Power Systems Checkout on page 290 before replacing any FRUs System Board 2 Modem Card No beep during POST but computer runs OK 1 System Board Speaker LCD screen unreadable or 1 LCD Assembly characters missing pels 2 System Board One or more keys do not 1 Keyboard work 2 System Board Computer does not respond 1 Pen to Pen input 2 LCD Assembly 3 System Board LCD backlight not 1 Inverter Card functioning 2 LCD Assembly 3 Switch and LED Card 4 System Board LCD backlight intensity not 1 LCD Assembly adjustable 2 Switch and LED Card 3 System Board LCD contrast not adjustable 1 LCD Assembly
339. the TP500 subdirectory on the C drive Error Log Use the following steps to create an error log run the diagnostic tests and automatically record any error messages in an error log This procedure is normally used to diagnose an intermittent problem Note The errors must be logged to a diskette drive or to a printer If recording errors on a diskette use a copy of the Advanced Diagnostics diskette that is not write protected Do not run any diskette tests when logging to a diskette drive Do not run a parallel port test when logging to a printer Creating the Error Log 1 Insert the Advanced Diagnostics diskette into the diskette drive 2 Press 0 SYSTEM CHECKOUT then Enter 3 Depending on the options installed in the computer questions about attached devices may appear on the display Answer as required then press Enter 4 Press Y or N IS THE LIST CORRECT Y N then Enter Press 2 LOG UTILITIES then Enter Press 0 START ERROR LOG then Enter 7 Press 0 or 1 LOG TO DISKETTE OR PRINTER 0 1 then Enter 8 If you are logging to diskette press A ENTER THE DRIVE ID FOR ERROR LOG then Enter 9 Press 9 END LOG UTILITIES then Enter On ThinkPad 500 2603 243 Starting the Test 1 Press 1 RUN TESTS MULTIPLE TIMES then Enter 2 Select the device you suspect has a failure then press Enter 3 Select the number of times the test is to be run then press Enter 4 Press N WA
340. the Personal Computer Memory International Association 210 IBM Mobile Systems HMM Volume 1 Symptom to FRU Index The Symptom to FRU Index lists symptoms errors and the possible causes The most likely cause is listed first Use this index to help you decide which FRUs to have available when servicing the computer In the following error codes X can be any number m Note For IBM devices not supported by the ThinkPad 350 and 350C diagnostic code refer to the manual for that device Numeric Error Codes Symptom Error FRU Action 02X 101 107 Battery AC Adapter Memory Option System Board ROI 111 Memory Option 117 System Board Hard Disk Drive ies 118 Card System Board 126 1 System Board Press FN and F1 to set the time and date 161 163 1 Set Configuration Press FN and F1 to set the time and date Battery System Board 162 Check the Installed Devices list for a missing device Any Missing Device 2 System Board 16X 1 Set Configuration Press FN and F1 to set the time and date 2 Battery 3 System Board 1XX 1 System Board not listed above 2XX 1 Memory Option 2 System Board 3XX 1 Keyboard Before replacing FRUs 2 Pointing Device power off computer and all 3 Numeric Keypad external devices then 4 External Keyboard power on computer first 5
341. the brightness 1 0 TNT BRT Contrast Adjustment By pressing and holding lt you can change the contrast No function Reserved Auto Tune Sensitivity Selection LO Means the sensitivity of the TV is low In this mode the TV Tuner receives strong TV signals only To set LO press lt HI HI Means the sensitivity of the TV is high factory default In this mode the TV Tuner receives weak and strong TV signals To set HI press 7 LO Common Devices Checkout 473 Message Parameter LCD Time On Screen Message appears 035 035 On Screen Message appears for 3 seconds To set D3S press lt DON DON On Screen Message always appears To set DON press Power on the TV Tuner Use the ThinkPad Features program or PS2 EXE to power on the TV Tuner then power on the internal device in the diskette drive compartment If power for the internal device is turned off when the TV Tuner is set up nothing appears on the LCD display Turn on power for the TV Tuner again If you are using DOS do one of the following Power on the computer and type PS2 from the command prompt to start the ThinkPad Features program Select Set Power Features from the ThinkPad Features menu then put a check mark at Internal Serial Port or Diskette Drive Compartment under the Power for devices If you nee
342. the failure repeatable Has this configuration ever worked has been working what changes were made prior to it failing e Reference Diskette Version and revision level Hardware configuration Print out print screen configuration from system partition or Reference Diskette currently being used e Operating system software Type and revision level OS 2 SYSLEVEL Command e Software setup appropriate to the software e CONFIG SYS e STARTUP CMD e AUTOEXEC BAT m Important To eliminate confusion identical systems are considered identical only if they 1 Are the exact machine type and models 2 Have the same adapters attachments in the same locations 3 Have the same address jumpers terminators cabling 4 Have the same software versions and levels 5 Have the same Partition Reference Diskette version 6 Have the same configuration options set in the system 7 Have the same setup for the operation system control files Config Sys Autoexec bat Startup Cmd etc Comparing the configuration and software set up Config sys etc between working and non working systems will often lead to problem resolution Miscellaneous Information 485 Phone Numbers U S and Canada Before you place a call to the Support Center refer to Problem Determination Tips on page 485 Authorized Dealers or Servicers Number Information 919 517 0001 800 937 3737 8
343. then type 0 to run the tests DID YOU RECEIVE AN ERROR MESSAGE OR ERROR CODE Yes No 006 The diagnostic tests have completed without detecting an error 007 Go to Symptom to FRU Index on page 32 24 IBM Mobile Systems HMM Volume 1 Memory Checkout Notes 1 Power off the computer before removing or replacing any parts 2 Run AUTOMATIC CONFIGURATION after removing or replacing memory modules If you have to run configuration with your own diskette be sure the customer has all the correct option diskettes available 3 Disregard 164 Memory Size Errors Model L40 does not work with the combination of two 4MB memory modules installed 001 Remove the memory module kits in connectors 1 and 2 if installed Note which memory module kit is in connector 1 Run the memory tests Use the RUN TESTS ONE TIME option DID THE MEMORY TESTS END WITHOUT AN ERROR Yes No 002 Replace the system board 003 DID YOU REMOVE THE MEMORY MODULE KIT IN CONNECTOR 1 Yes No 004 Go to Step 007 005 Reinstall the memory module in connector 1 Run the memory test Use the RUN TESTS ONE TIME option DID THE MEMORY TESTS END WITHOUT AN ERROR Yes No 006 Replace the memory module in connector 1 If that does not correct the problem replace the System board 007 Step 007 continues
344. tics diskette insert the Advanced Diagnostics diskette into the diskette drive and power on the computer 216 IBM Mobile Systems HMM Volume 1 How to Run the Diagnostics To access diagnostic tests from the SELECT AN OPTION Menu do the following 1 Select 0 SYSTEM CHECKOUT then press Enter 2 Atthe Installed Devices menu press Y then press Enter 3 The SYSTEM CHECKOUT menu is then displayed 4 Select 0 or 1 from the SYSTEM CHECKOUT menu 5 Select the devices to be tested Formatting the Hard Disk Drive Hard disk drives normally contain tracks in excess of their stated capacity to allow for defective tracks The user is notified by a diagnostic message when the defect limit has been reached and service is recommended The Advanced Diagnostics Format program is different from the operating system format program Before the customer can transfer information from the backup diskettes to the hard disk drive the hard disk drive must be formatted using the operating system format program Have the customer refer to the operating system manual for a description of the hard disk preparation commands Warning All data on the selected hard disk drive will be destroyed during a format operation or surface analysis After formatting the hard disk drive copy the System files from the Diagnostics diskette to the hard disk drive Error Log Use the following steps to create an error log run the diagnostic tests and autom
345. til the media is loaded 7 Press any key If no SCSI devices are found a pop up menu appears SCSI Subsystem Diagnostics Utility V1 0 SCSI Devices Test Menu Select one device name device name No Device Present yero 7 device name device name Exit Enter F3 Exit 8 The test begins and the following pop up menu appears SCSI Subsystem Diagnostics Utility V1 0 SCSI Devices Test Menu Select one 1 All device name a 2 3 device name en IDn Test in Process 7 8 9 0 device name device name Exit Enter F3 Exit 9 If the test is successful the following appears 414 IBM Mobile Systems HMM Volume 1 SCSI Subsystem Diagnostics Utility V1 0 SCSI Devices Test Menu Select one 1 AII device name za device name IDn Test Passed device name levice name xit Enter F3 Exit 10 If the test is unsuccessful the following appears SCSI Subsystem Diagnostics Utility V1 0 SCSI Devices Test Menu Select one device device name IDn Test Failed device name device name Exit 2 3 4
346. tions Front View o SS nos 72a 5 285 oe 5 al oo a lt gt STESGcBL_v 259 S9 8 5 8 5 lt lt sg aESOSSEEELSZ 5 gt EIESEJEREJETISEJERSE EIES 251 ThinkPad 500 2603 System Board BEESBEnnmmnmmnmm Pointing Device Connector Hard Disk Drive Connector Keyboard Connector Sense Connector Wobble Connector LED Connector Power Card Connector LCD Data Connector Parallel Port Connector PCMCIA Connector IC DRAM Card Socket External Display Connector LCD Power Connector Diskette Drive Serial Port Connector J13 252 IBM Mobile Systems HMM Volume 1 Parts Listing 2 253 500 2603 Important IBM ThinkPad 500 2603 Models 081 and 171 are obsolete The following FRU numbers are being discontinued System Board 52G7290 Power Card 59G7922 Base Cover Assembly 59G7921 AC Adapter 59G7923 SLA Self Charging Battery 59G7924 SLA Rechargeable Battery 59G7946 you encounter a ThinkPad 500 2603 Model 081 or 171 please call 1 800 426 7244 for upgrade instructions System Unit Index 1 2 3 4 5 6 10 11 Keyboard Ass
347. tom Error FRU Action 000161XX 1 Battery 000162XX 1 Any Device Verify the enable disable settings are correct before replacing any FRUs 000163XX 000164XX Set Configuration 000165XX 2 System Board See Checking Installed Devices on page 157 for more information 000166XX 1 Any Adapter 000194XX 1 System Board 2 Memory Module 0001XXXX 1 System Board not listed above 000201XX 1 System Board Memory Module or Memory Expansion Adapter or Memory Expansion Kit 2 System Board 20X slot 0 1 System Board Memory Module 2 System Board 20X slot 1 4 1 Adapter Memory 2 Memory Adapter 000211XX 000215XX 1 System Board 000216XX 000221XX Memory Module See Memory Checkout on 2 System Board page 149 before replacing any FRUs 000225XX 1 System Board Memory Module 2 System Board 000301XX 000302XX 1 Keyboard 2 Keyboard Cable 3 System Board 000303XX 1 System Board 2 Keyboard 3 Keyboard Cable 000304XX 1 System Board 2 Keyboard 000305XX 1 Keyboard Cable 000401XX 1 System Board 000602XX 1 Defective Diskette 0006XXXX 1 Diskette Drive 2 System Board 3 Power Supply 4 Diskette Drive Cable 0007XXXX 1 Processor Board 2 System Board Model P70 and P75 8573 153 Symptom Error FRU Action 001102XX 001106XX System Board 2 Any Serial Device 001107XX 1 Communications Cable 2 System Board
348. ts Non IBM products prototype cards or modified options can give false errors and invalid computer responses 001 DOES THE PROBLEM APPEAR TO BE A POWER SUPPLY FAILURE Yes No 002 Go to Step 006 003 DO ALL SYSTEM STATUS INDICATORS REMAIN OFF Yes No 004 Go to Step 006 005 Go to Power Systems Checkout on page 78 006 Power off the computer and all external devices Check all cables and power cords Make sure no diskette is in the drive Power on all external devices Power on the computer and check for the following responses 1 All system status indicators appear once for about 1 second Note Some indicators remain on and others go off after 1 second 2 Memory test the number increases 3 One or two short beeps DID YOU RECEIVE THE RESPONSES LISTED ABOVE Yes No 007 1 If the memory count is incorrect go to Memory Checkout on page 77 2 Go to Symptom to FRU Index on page 87 If that does not correct the problem go to Undetermined Problem on page 94 74 Mobile Systems HMM Volume 1 008 Press Ctrl Alt Del When the cursor moves to the upper right press Ctrl Alt Ins to start the system program If the IBM logo screen does not appear insert the backup Reference Diskette into the diskette drive and 1 2 repeat this step If you are not at the Main Men
349. tte DMA Direct Memory Access DRAM Dynamic Random Access Memory DTI Display Technology Inc ECA Engineering Change Announcement ECC Error Correction Code EGA Enhanced Graphics Adapter ESD Electrostatic Discharge ESDI Enhanced Small Device Interface EEPROM Electrically Erasable Programmable Read Only Memory EWS Energy Work Station FRU Field Replaceable Unit replaceable part GPIB General Purpose Interface Bus IEEE 348 GSA General Services Administration Ht Height IDE Integrated Drive Electronics IC Integrated Circuit IEEE Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers IEC International Electrotechnical Commission IML Initial Machine Load IPL Initial Program Load ISO International Organization for Standardization Copyright IBM Corp 1995 483 Information ISDN Integrated Services Digital Network LAN Local Area Network LBA Local Block Address LTB Local Transfer Bus LUN Logical Unit Number as in SCSI MAP Maintenance Analysis Procedure MCGA Modified Color Graphics Adapter 320 x 200 x 256 MCA Micro Channel Architecture bus structure MHz Mega hertz millions of cycles per second MIDI Musical Instrument Digital Interface MM Multimedia N A Not Available or Not Applicable NDD National Distribution Division NMI Non Maskable Interrupt NSC National Support Center NVRAM Non Volatile Random Access Memory OEM Original Equipment Manufacturer PCMCIA Personal Computer Memory Card Inte
350. tte Identifying Drive Mark 3 5 Inch 1 44MB 1 44 on the eject button 3 5 Inch 2 88MB 2 88 on the eject button The following table provides compatibility information for 3 5 inch diskettes and 3 5 inch diskette drives Diskette 1 44MB 2 88MB Capacity Drive Drive 1 0MB Read Write Read Write 2 0MB Read Write Read Write 4 0MB Not Compatible Read Write The following table provides identification information for 5 25 inch diskette drives Diskette Identifying Drive Mark 5 25 Inch 360KB External Asterisk on bezel 5 25 Inch 1 2MB Internal 1 2 on the eject button The following table provides compatibility information for 5 25 inch diskettes and 5 25 inch diskette drives Diskette 360KB 1 2MB Capacity Drive Drive 360KB Read Write Read Write 1 2MB Not Compatible Read Write Note A 360KB diskette written to or formatted on a 1 2MB drive can be read reliably only on a 1 2MB drive 6 IBM Mobile Systems HMM Volume 1 Safety Notices Multi lingual Translations In this manual safety notices appear in English with a page number reference to the appropriate multi lingual translated safety notice found in this section The following safety notices are provided in English French German Italian and Spanish languages r Safety Notice 1 Before the computer is powered on after FRU replacement make sure all screws springs or other small parts are in pl
351. ttery Lithium Holder Backup Battery 15 Standby Battery Standby Battery Benelux Standby Battery Switzerland 16 Door Bus Connector Door Bus Connector 17 Door I O Connector 18 Bezel Diskette Drive 19 Battery Pack Nickel Cadmium Sweden Benelux Switzerland 19 Battery Pack Nickel Hydride Sweden Benelux Switzerland 20 Bottom Cover 21 Cover Memory Module Kit 22 Communication Adapters Serial Adapter Data Fax Modem Adapter U S Canada only Data Fax Modem Adapter Japan only High Speed Data Fax Modem U S Canada only Telephone Cable 23 Door Option Slot 24 Voltage Converter Holder Voltage Converter 25 2MB Memory Module Kit 4MB Memory Module Kit 8MB Memory Module Kit 26 Card Keyboard Control Nb1 SX 26 Card Keyboard Control 51 SLC Supporter Keyboard Control Card 106 IBM Mobile Systems HMM Volume 1 07G1741 0761842 3563229 3563230 0761742 0761737 0761739 0761740 0761841 3563231 3563232 0761738 0761745 0761744 0761210 3563335 0791211 0761216 0761223 0761225 0761736 0761240 0761503 0791241 0761212 0761954 0761213 0761227 0761242 0761194 0761497 0761243 0761244 0761195 0761500 0761245 0761209 0761222 7956840 5397772 94 2506 42092592 94 1540 0761214 0761219 0791221 0761879 0761880 0791881 0761218 3563239 0761220 Index 27 System Board N51 SX 07G1876 System Board N51 SX Japan only 07G1877 27 System Board N51 SLC 06G9902 System Board N51 S
352. ttery pack is full Amber Battery pack is being fast charged Amber Battery pack temperature is flashing out of operational range Red Problem in battery circuit Off Computer is operating from battery pack Battery pack is removed from computer Computer is off Computer is using external power car battery or AC power Computer is attached to AC i power Standby mode is active Computer is operating from battery J On Hard disk drive is active Diskette drive is active On Port replicator is attached On External video is enabled On Modem is enabled LAN controller is enabled On Speaker is enabled Keyboard is Num Lock mode On Keyboard is in Caps Lock mode D On Keyboard is in Scroll Lock mode za On Imbedded keypad is locked on ThinkPad 300 2615 193 Power On Password Important This information is not available in this HMM online format See your IBM Servicer or IBM Authorized Dealer for this procedure How to Run Advanced Diagnostics 1 Power off the computer and all external devices 2 Insert the Advanced Diagnostics diskette into diskette drive 3 Power on all external devices then power on the computer 4 Press Ctrl Alt Ins to start the Monitor program 5 Atthe Monitor program prompt type BF then press Enter 6 Follow the instructions on the screen and run the diagnostics tests Note Press F1 to access the h
353. u follow the instructions on the screen to advance to the Main Menu If you cannot advance to the Main Menu go to Symptom to FRU Index on page 87 or If that does not correct the problem go to Undetermined Problem on page 94 Notes a If the computer has an incorrect keyboard or numeric keypad response go to External Keyboard Auxiliary Input Device Checkout on page 465 b If the printer has incorrect responses go to Printer Checkout on page 468 c If the external display has problems such as jittering rolling shifting or being out of focus go to External Display Self Test on page 464 Press Ctrl A and run the system checkout IS THE LIST OF INSTALLED DEVICES CORRECT Yes No 009 Go to Checking Installed Devices on page 95 010 Run the diagnostic tests DID THE TEST IDENTIFY A FAILURE Note Yes If the test stops and you cannot continue replace the last device tested or If any POST error code appears go to Symptom to FRU Index on page 87 No You might have an intermittent problem e Check for damaged cables and connectors e Reseat all adapters drives and modules Step 011 continues Model N51 8551 75 TINUED 011 continued e Start an error log and run the tests multiple times Check the power supply in use when the error is reported see Power Systems Checkout on page 78 Check Symptom to FRU
354. un options are set to test once and stop on error as defaults Other options can be selected by the pull down menu of Setting up Follow the instructions that appear on the screen to proceed with the tests If the tests end without detecting any error the All tests passed OK message appears If an error is detected the FRU code and error description message appear Go to FRU Codes on page 419 and replace the FRU Dock II 3546 407 9 To exit the test screen press Esc Notes a If an instruction to plug the external loop cable appears connect it between the microphone line jack of the computer and the headphone jack of Dock Il b instruction to plug the headphone appears connect it to the headphone jack of Dock Il c Volume Control Test does not work when the computer is docked to Dock Il PC Test Card LED The green LED on the PC test card lights when the PCMCIA test is running If the LED does not go on check that the card is installed correctly by reseating the card If it still does not light after reseating try using another slot for the test If the LED still does not go on and the test fails replace the FRU shown in the diagnostic error code Diagnostic Error Indications If an error is detected the following appears Large X on the left side of the device icon e Device ID three digits e Error code two digits FRU code four digits
355. unless your SCSI drive was used previously in another configuration This test does not have to be run on a new drive 2 To select a test option type the number in the Enter Selection field and press Enter Dock 3545 365 Product Overview The following table provides a brief overview of the Dock features Feature Description Security e Security lock e Security hook Main Board e AT full size slot 98 pin Audio Stereo speakers e Headphone jack e Speaker in jacks e Audio out jacks e SCSI Subsystem e Storage device connectors e ThinkPad hard disk connector Internal small computer system interface SCSI device connector e External display connector e connector Card e Docking connector 240 pin e External SCSI connector FDD connector e Parallel connector e Serial connector e Keyboard or numeric keypad connector e Mouse connector Power supply 70 e Automatically switches to 100 125 V ac or 200 240 V ac 50 or 60 Hz 366 IBM Mobile Systems HMM Volume 1 FRU Removals and Replacements This section contains information on removals and replacements and locations The arrows in the removals and replacements show the direction of movement to remove a field replaceable unit FRU or to turn a screw to release the FRU The arrows are marked in numeric order to show the correct sequence of removal When other FRUs must b
356. us PCMCIA In use Diskette Drive In use Hard Disk In use Warning Security Key O s A 6 452 IBM Mobile Systems HMM Volume 1 External Diskette Drive Connector 26 pin External Display Connector 15 pin External SCSI Connector Keyboard Numeric Keyboard Connector Mouse Pointing Device Connector 6 pin 9 Serial Connector 9 pin Parallel Connector 25 pin Power Supply Connector CN25 E Power Supply Connector CN26 BH o o Dock II 3546 453 Audio CD ROM Audio Connector CN301 Audio Jack Connector CN305 Main Card Connector CN302 Connector Reserved CN303 Main Card Connector CN304 Top Cover Connector CN308 joer 454 IBM Mobile Systems HMM Volume 1 Riser Card Sensor Connector CN57 Top Cover Connector CN58 Main Card Connector CN50 Internal SCSI Connector CN55 Power Supply Connector CN56 Internal IDE Connector CN53 AT Slot 1 AT Slot 2 joo 1 fen LCD Circuit Board Group Main Card Connector CN1001 Dock II 3546 455 Power Supply Power Supply Connector CN25 Power Supply Connector CN56 SCSI Power Supply Connector 4 pin
357. user reported symptom If any errors are detected go to Numeric Error Codes on page 418 021 Note the error code and go to FRU Codes on page 419 and replace the appropriate FRUs If the problem remains after all repair actions are taken go to Undetermined Problems on page 421 396 IBM Mobile Systems HMM Volume 1 Checking the Installed Devices The HDD 1 or FDD 1 represents the first drive in the system configuration respectively Similarly the HDD 2 or FDD 2 represents the second drive usually attached through a Dock Il Notes 1 Neither the Dock Il nor the adapters and SCSI devices installed in the Dock II appear as icons on the screen 2 HDD 1 and HDD 2 icons are for the 2 5 inch ThinkPad hard disk drive If the devices are installed but the icon appears in a gray shade rather than a dark shade on the basic diagnostic Screen it means that the devices are defective Turn off the computer and make sure that the devices are correctly connected If the symptom still remains after the computer is turned on replace the devices or the main card of Dock II Dock II 3546 397 Power Supply If the power on indicator is not on and the power supply fan is not turning check the power cord for continuity and correct installation If the power cord is not the problem either the power supply is defective or another component is defective causing the power supply to cut off To verify that the po
358. uter 2 Unplug the two power supply connectors 3 Power on the computer and check for the voltages listed below Ifthe voltages are not correct check the power cord for continuity the power cord is good replace the power supply Vdc Vdc Ground Positive Minimum Maximum Pin Pin 44 8 45 2 6 7 or 8 3 4 0r 5 11 5 12 6 6 7 0r 8 2 11 0 12 9 6 7 or 8 1 12 J 8 System Unit Fan non functioning fan can cause heat to build up resulting in intermittent problems If the fan is not running replace the power supply 150 IBM Mobile Systems HMM Volume 1 Symptom to FRU Index Error symptoms and the FRUs that might be responsible for the failure are listed in the Symptom To FRU index The most likely failing FRU is listed first If the computer displays an error message and gives an incorrect audio response start with the FRUS listed for that error message An X in an error message can be any number Notes 1 Before replacing any SCSI devices verify that there are no duplicate SCSI ID settings 2 f you are unable to find an error message you have an IBM device with its own service manual or a device not supported by the advanced diagnostic tests Refer to the manual for that device Important SLOT 1 designates the logical position for the SCSI adapter built into the system board which controls the internal and external SCSI devices
359. wer supply is operating correctly do the following 1 Turn off the computer and disconnect the Dock II power cord 2 Remove all internal and external devices and the computer from the Dock Il 3 Remove the power supply connector CN26 from the main card refer to Main Card on page 453 and CN56 from the riser card refer to Riser Card on page 455 4 Remove the SCSI power supply connector from the SCSI device 5 Install jumpers between pins 1 and 2 and pins 3 and 4 of JP2 on the main card o d SS _ oo 6 Connect the Dock power cord 7 Check the power supply voltages on the CN26 CN56 and SCSI connectors by referring to the respective voltage tables Then check that the fan is turning If the voltage is not correct or the fan is not turning replace the power supply 8 Connect the Dock power cord If any of the voltages are not correct replace the power supply If replacing the power supply does not correct the problem then replace the main card 398 Mobile Systems HMM Volume 1 Power Supply Connector CN25 10 12 Cc H E 1 Signal V dc Min V dc Max 1 5
360. wing Selecting a SCSI Device Test The first SCSI device in the list with the lowest SCSI ID is highlighted 1 Select the device to test with the cursor and press Enter Adapter Diagnostics Three pass fail tests are run on the built in SCSI controller to check Read Only Memory ROM Random Access Memory RAM and the SCSI data bus Device diagnostics This function issues the Device Diagnostic command to the selected device If the device is a removable media you are instructed to insert the media If the command completes successfully the selected devices are installed and are functioning correctly 364 IBM Mobile Systems HMM Volume 1 Test Unit Ready This command is issued to each device to check that the device is online and ready to accept commands Get Device Status f an error occurs in the Test Unit Ready Read or Read Write tests run Get Device Status to isolate the failure problem causing the error Read Test This test issues Read commands to read all data from the beginning to the end of the drive to verify that the drive reads the data correctly e Read Write Test This test issues Write commands then reads the data back and compares the write and read data to verify that the drive is operating correctly This test destroys all data test on the drive e Low Level Format Drive This test performs a low level format all existing data is destroyed It is not necessary to run this test
361. with the power off controls is near you Remember Another person must be there to Switch off the power if necessary Use only one hand when working with powered on electrical equipment keep the other hand in your pocket or behind your back Remember There must be a complete circuit to cause electrical shock By observing the above rule you might prevent a current from passing through your body When using testers set the controls correctly and use the approved probe leads and accessories for that tester Introduction 15 Stand on suitable rubber mats obtained locally if necessary to insulate you from grounds such as metal floor strips and machine frames Observe the special safety precautions when you work with very high voltages these instructions are in the safety sections of maintenance information Use extreme care when measuring high voltages e Regularly inspect and maintain your electrical hand tools for safe operational condition Do not use worn or broken tools and testers e Never assume that power has been disconnected from a circuit First check that it has been powered off e Always look carefully for possible hazards in your work area Examples of these hazards are moist floors nongrounded power extension cables power surges and missing safety grounds e Do not touch live electrical circuits with the reflective surface of a plastic dental mirror The surface is conductive such touchi
362. word Important This information is not available in this HMM online format See your IBM Servicer or IBM Authorized Dealer for this procedure Model P70 and P75 8573 159 Product Overview P70 The following table provides a brief overview of the computer features Feature Description Processor MHz 386 20 Mhz Bus Architecture Micro Channel Memory 2MB Standard Memory 8MB Maximum Video VGA Diskette Drive 3 5 inch Hard Drive 30MB 60MB 120MB Product Overview P75 The following table provides a brief overview of the computer features Feature Description Processor MHz 486 33 MHz Bus Architecture Micro Channel Memory 8MB Standard Memory 16MB Maximum Video XGA Diskette Drive 3 5 inch Hard Drive 160MB 400MB 160 IBM Mobile Systems HMM Volume 1 FRU Removals and Replacements Safety Notice 8 Translation on page 13 Before removing any FRU power off the computer unplug all power cords from electrical outlets remove the battery pack then disconnect any interconnecting cables Safety Notice 1 Translation on page 7 Before the computer is powered on after FRU replacement make sure all screws springs or other small parts are in place and are not left loose inside the computer Verify this by shaking the computer and listening for rattling sounds Metallic parts or metal flakes can
363. xternal keyboard mouse parallel and serial devices to Dock Il then connect Dock II to the computer and test it 6 If external devices are attached to Dock II such as an audio amplifier check the device by referring to the manual shipped with the device 7 f the user did not bring the computer with Dock 11 when service is needed use a computer that works correctly with Dock II How to Diagnose Combined FRUs t an adapter or device consists of more than one FRU an error code can be caused by any of the FRUs Before replacing the adapter or device remove the FRUs one by one to see if the symptom changes Dock II 3546 391 CONTINUED How to Use Error Messages The error messages caused by Dock 11 the attached computer and the attached devices are displayed on the LCD of the attached computer or on the external display Use the error codes displayed on the screen to diagnose failures If more than one error code is displayed begin the diagnosis with the first error code The cause of the first error code can result in false error codes being displayed If the error code is displayed see the Symptom to FRU Index on page 416 Important When the Problem Determination Procedure in the operation manual that is supplied with the adapter or device says Have the system unit serviced this means the computer and Dock Il 001 Turn off the computer and all external devices Remove the computer from Dock
364. y Sweden Finland EMEA Others Benelux Japan SIMM 2MB SIMM 4MB SIMM 8MB Backup Battery Bottom Cover 53G7099 53G7100 53G7115 53G7098 48G9685 53G7101 53G6963 53G6964 53G7142 53G6954 53G6965 53G6966 53G6967 48G9775 48G9776 48G9777 48G9778 48G9800 53G7143 53G7104 53G7105 53G7106 53G7108 53G7107 53G7110 79F1002 79F1003 79F1004 5397114 5397102 ThinkPad 7107 2523 311 16 5MB Non pre loaded 48G9899 TPF 10MB Non pre loaded 48G9900 TPF 15MB Non pre loaded 49G0000 TPF Pre loaded See the table below TPF 10MB 15MB 15MB P N PenDOS PenDOS PenPoint U S English 53G7152 53G7151 53G7153 U K English 53G7155 53G7154 53G7156 French 53G7158 53G7157 53G7159 German 53G7161 53G7160 53G7162 Italian 53G7164 53G7163 53G7165 Spanish 53G7167 53G7166 53G7168 Japanese 53G7170 53G7169 53G7171 17 Miscellaneous Kit Hard Disk Drive 48G9780 18 Disk Drive 60MB 53G6962 19 Switch and LED Card 48G9684 20 Sub Battery Except countries below 53G7092 For Switzerland 53G7093 For Benelux 53G7094 For Japan 48G9814 21 LOCD Digitizer Cable 48G9686 External FRUs External Diskette Drive without cable 48G9896 External Diskette Drive Cable 48G9897 Quick Charger 48G9820 Car Adapter U S Canada LA Japan 07G1190 EMEA 35G3304 AC Adapter 07G1246 AP EMEA 07G1851 Japan 2 Pin 07G1248 PenPoint is a trademark of the GO Corporation PenDOS is a trademark of the C
365. y zero 1 Try another copy of the software or have the customer contact the software manufacturer or dealer and report the problem Unless this message occurs during the power up sequence the problem is with the software 2 Power off computer wait 15 seconds then power on computer If the message reappears replace System board ERROR Extended memory size error SETUP XXXK ACTUAL XXXXK 1 Run Setup program to verify the extended RAM memory size matches the memory installed 2 Check the memory module installation 3 Run Advanced Diagnostics to test extended memory If you cannot boot the computer replace the System board and try again If the tests identify an expansion memory module replace it If the tests identify a problem in the base memory replace the system board ERROR File too long for program buffers 1 Correct Advanced Diagnostics diskette 2 Advanced Diagnostics diskette ERROR File too long for ROM size 1 Correct Advanced Diagnostics diskette 2 Advanced Diagnostics diskette ERROR File too short to fill ROM 1 Correct Advanced Diagnostics diskette 2 Advanced Diagnostics diskette Model N45SL 2614 57 Symptom Error FRU Action ERROR Invalid command Retry the command 2 Try another copy of the software or have the customer cont
366. ys see External Display Self Test on page 464 before replacing FRUs External Display Display Power Cord 3 LCD Assembly One long and multiple short beeps 1 External Display if installed 2 External Display Power Cord 3 LCD Assembly Miscellaneous Symptoms Symptom Error FRU Action Blank screen 1 Battery 2 AC Adapter 3 DRAM Card 4 System Board ThinkPad 510 2604 265 Symptom Error FRU Action Display problems For external displays see External Display Self Test on page 464 before replacing FRUs LCD contrast not adjustable 1 External Display if installed 2 External Display Power Cord LCD Assembly System Board LCD Assembly System Board AO Ha Keyboard problems Reseat cables Keyboard System Board Nes Mouse problems Reseat cable Mouse System Board GOAN Se Diagnostic tests hang Battery AC Adapter DRAM Card System Board Puteo Blinking cursor only Diskette drive bypassed Diskette Drive System Board 1 Reseat DASD Serial Cable ThinkPad MultiPort Diskette Drive Cannot read diskette Diskette Drive Diskette Drive Cable Diskette System Board Boom Hard disk drive problem Hard Disk Drive Hard Disk Drive Cable System Board Printer problem Check Configuration ThinkPad MultiPort Parallel Port System Board Regum c Communication
367. ystems HMM Volume 1 013 continued Restart the computer DO YOU STILL HAVE THE POST ERROR Yes No 014 To run system checkout or if you suspect another problem go to Step 016 015 Go to Symptom to FRU Index on page 329 016 Set the volume control switch to maximum Power off then power on the 3550 Expansion Unit Closely watch the flashing cursor in the top right corner of the screen press and hold Ctrl Alt then press Insert You must do this while the cursor is at the top right corner of the screen Release the keys Check for the following responses One or two short beeps e Readable instructions or the Main Menu DID YOU RECEIVE BOTH RESPONSES Yes No 017 Go to the Symptom to FRU Index on page 329 or If the problem is not corrected go to Undetermined Problem on page 333 018 If you are not at the Main Menu follow the instructions on the screen to advance to the Main Menu If you cannot advance to the Main Menu go to Undetermined Problem on page 333 Press Ctrl A and run the system checkout Notes 1 If the external keyboard has incorrect keyboard responses see External Keyboard Auxiliary Input Device Checkout on page 465 2 f the printer has incorrect printer responses see Printer Checkout on page 468 3 If the image on the external display is out of focus jittering rolling or ha

Download Pdf Manuals

image

Related Search

Related Contents

etc 3.15 dispositivo de gerenciamento de energia elétrica  Manual do usuário - Nagao Racing Suspensões Especiais  

Copyright © All rights reserved.
Failed to retrieve file